The great historical, geographical and poetical dictionary being a curious miscellany of sacred and prophane history : containing, in short, the lives and most remarkable actions of the patriarchs, judges, ... heresiarchs, ... emperors, ... and all those who have recommended themselves to the world ... together with the establishment and progress both of religious and military orders ... ; [with] The genealogy of several illustrious families in Europe ; The fabulous history of the heathen gods and heroes ; The description of empires, kingdoms ... / collected from the best historians, chronologers, and lexicographers ... but more especially out of Lewis Morery ... his sixth edition corrected and enlarged by Monsieur Le Clark ... now done into English ; to which are added by way of supplement ... the lives ... and writings of the illustrious families of our English, Scotch and Irish nobility ... clergy ; as also an exact description of these kingdoms ... by several learned men ; wherein are inserted the last five years historical and geographical collections of Edmond Bohun ... never extant till in this work.

I (Book I)

• I, This Letter, is sometimes a Vowel, and sometimes a Consonant. Several Nations, chiefly the Italians, Spa∣niards, English and Flemings, pronounce the I Vowel, and Consonant two or three different ways. The Ancients sometimes changed I into U. As, Decumus & Maxumus, for Decimus & Maximus.

• Iabajahites, a Sect of Mahometans, who say, That God's Knowledge extends not to all things, but is perfected by Ex∣perience. They also hold, That God governs the World, accor∣ding to the Chance of the divers Events; as not having, from Eter∣nity, a perfect Knowledge of all particular Futurities. Ricaut, con∣cerning the Ottoman Empire. Sup.
• Iabel, Lamech's Son, of the Family of Cain and Ada. He liv'd like the Nomades, and is thus spoken of, Gen. 4.20. And Ada bare Jabel, &c.
• Iabesh-Gilead, a Town of Judaea, in the Country of Gilead, whose Inhabitants were put to the Sword, for their unwillingness to help the Israelites against those of the Tribe of Benjamin. Ne∣vertheless, 400 Virgins were preserved, and married to the Rem∣nant of Benjamin. About 400 Years after, Nahash K. of the Ammo∣nites, having ravaged the Country of Gilead, pressed Jabesh ex∣tremely, An. Mun. 2963. and would grant no better Articles to the Besieged, than that they should Surrender the Town, and their Right Eyes together. But Saul defeated the Ammonites, and delivered the Place. Judges 21. 1 Kings 11.
• Iabin, King of Hazor, who opposed Joshua, and was De∣feated.
• Iabin, King of Canaan, that kept Israel in Bondage 20 Years. His Army, commanded by Sisera, was routed by Barak in An. Mun. 2740. The Scripture observes, that Jabin had 900 Chariots of Iron. Joshua cap. 11. Judges 4, & 5.
• * Iabock, or Ieboc, Lat. Jabochus, a small River arising in the Mountains of Arabia, and watering Rabba, Arbel, Panuel, at Sa∣lem fails into the River Jordan, dividing the Tribes of Manasseh and Gad. Jacob passed this River, Gen. 32. and it is mentioned, Numb. 21. Deut. 2, 3. Jos. 12.
• Iacatra, a Town of the East-Indies in Java Island, taken by the Dutch, and named Batavia. See Batavia.
• Iacaya, a Turkish Prince, Son to Mahomet III. Some think him an Impostor; others own him to have been a lawful Prince, and relate his Story thus. Mahomet III. who died in 1603, had 3 Sons, by 3 different Sultanesses, viz. Mustapha, strangled by his Order; this Jacaya, and Achmet, who came to the Crown. La∣para, Jacaya s Mother, a Christian born, foreseeing her Son like to be Sacrificed, out of Policy to secure the Crown to his Elder Brother Mustapha, then living, ask'd the Sultan leave to go to Magnesia, to take the Air, and prevent a Sickness she feared. Be∣ing got thither with Jacaya, she gave out, that he was dead of the Small-Pox, and caused another to be buried in his room, with the usual Ceremonies. She trusted an Eunuch with her Son, who carried him to Macedonia, in the Habit of a Greek Monk, and disco∣vered his Quality to the AB^p of Thessalonica, who educated him, till he was 17 Years old, and then Baptized him. This young Prince, desirous to know his Fortune, disguised himself in the Ha∣bit of a Dervis, or Religious Turk, and leaving Thessalonica, he pri∣vately surveyed the Chief Towns of Greece. At Scopea he was entertained with the News of the Death of his Father, and his El∣der Brother Mustapha. Seeing himself now the lawful Heir, and hoping to possess the Throne, he went into Asia, where he knew, some Bassas had rebelled against the new Emperor. To them he discovered himself to be Mahomet's Second Son, and at the Head of their Army fought Achmet's General: But being wounded, he was forced to retire into Greece. Having sollicited Bassa Druis, a Man very powerful at the Port, and a secret Friend to the Bassa's of Asia, he went to Constantinople in a Persian Religious-Habit. So a Conspiracy was formed against Achmet; but his Friend Bassa Druis dying, the Prince Jacaya was forced to escape out of Con∣stantinople, in the Company of a Polish Ambassador, as far as Cra∣covia. Having been some time in the Service of this Polander, he discovered himself to an Envoy from Tuscany, who conducted him to the King. The Proofs he gave of his Quality, were some Declarations of the Sultaness his Mother, the Eunuch, and the B^p

〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• of Thessalonica, with some Letters from the Bassa's of Asia. At that time also, a Chiaus from Achmet, sent formerly to the Bassa's of Asia, whilst Jacaya was with them, arrived at the Court of Poland, knew this Prince, demanded him to be delivered up to his Ma∣ster Achmet; but his Majesty refused it. Jacaya, thinking him∣self not secure in that Country, because the Chiaus corrupted some Tartars to murther him, retired to Vienna in Austria, where the Emperor Matthias received him kindly. But Jacaya still aim∣ing at his Father's Crown, and finding the Emperor not disposed to assist him with an Army, went for help to the Duke of Tusca∣ny, who kindly gave him a considerable Allowance, and endea∣voured to persuade the K. of Spain, and other Christian Princes, to embrace so favourable an Opportunity of Dethroning Achmet, and pulling down the Turkish Empire; but all to no purpose. Jacaya went afterwards into France, with Charles de Gonzague, Duke of Nevers, and since Duke of Mantua, with whom having quar∣relled, he became exposed to many Affronts. It is not known, whether this Lord did lie in wait for him, or not; but 'tis certain, that he vanished away, no body ever finding out what became of him. Some think, that he retired into a Charter-house, but if the Carthusians had concealed him, when alive; yet, after Death, they would have spoken of him, as an Example to Posteri∣ty, and a Glory to their Order. * De Recoles Les imposteurs in∣signes.
• Iacca, a Spanish Town in the N. of Arragon, with a Cittadel, and Bishoprick suffragan to Saragoza. It stands upon the River Ara••ona, at the foot of the Pyrenaean Hills, 16 Spanish Miles from Saragoza to the North, 8 from the Confines of France, and 8 from Huesca in Arragon to the North West. This City is the Capital of the County of Arragon.
• Iachen, a famous Physician in Egypt, in the Reign of Sannis, viz. about An. Mun. 3300. His making use of Charms and Magical Spells to cure Diseases, gained him great Repute. 'Tis said, that hereby he put a stop to a Plague, that did waste Egypt, and that the Egyptians, in gratitude, dedicated a Temple, wherein in Publick Distempers, they sacrificed unto him, and then with Fire from his Altar, kindled some Wood-piles in the City, to clear it from the Infection of bad Air. * Suidas.
• Iacob, Isaac's Son, by Rebeccah, born An. Mun. 2199. His Story is to be found from Gen. 25. to 47. This is added by Jo∣sephus. Torniel, Salian, &c. That the Birth-right, which Esau sold him for a Mess of Pottage, was, besides other Privileges, the Priest-hood, exercised, in those Days, by the Eldest Son of eve∣ry Family, and therefore Esau is called Prophane by the Apostle, because he set Holy Things to sale. They add, that he was particularly well versed in Astrology, and taught it to his Children.
• Iacob, Matthan's Son, mentioned by St. Matthew in the Gene∣alogy of the Son of God, according to the Flesh. * Luke 3. Tor∣niel A. M. 3962. n. 2.
• Iacob, an Hungarian, and Chief of the Sect of the Shepherds. 'Tis said, that in his Youth, he entred into the Order of Citeaux; and afterwards turned Mahometan. Others deny this, and say, he only promised the Sultan of Egypt to depopulate France. He spoke ve∣ry good French, German and Latin, and was wonderfully indu∣strious in cajoling the Mobile. Assuming to himself the name of a Prophet, he preached up an Holy-War, for the Deliverance of the Holy-Land, and to revenge the Quarrel of the King St. Lewis: in which War, he affirmed poor People only were to be employ∣ed, for the greater manifestation of the Power of God, in con∣founding Worldly Powers by the weakest means. He boasted of conversing with the blessed Virgin, and Angels in Visions, and re∣presented them on Banners, which his Company carried; and upon his own, was printed a Lamb holding a Cross. Being fol∣lowed by a great number of Shepherds and Husband-men, he di∣vided them into Companies and Regiments, and appointed Ru∣lers over them, he himself being named the Ruler of Hungary. They entered into Amiens in Picardy 30000 strong, An. 1251. Ja∣c••b went afterwards to Paris, where he insolently consecrated Holy-water in St. Eustache's Church, and preached in Sacerdotal Vestments. Being increased to near 100000, they pretended to separate, in order to take Ship in different places. Jacob, with his reserve, was received in Orleans as a Prophet, in spite of the Bishop's Prohibitions, whose Name was William de Bussy. Thence he went to Bourges, where he endeavoured, in vain, to se∣duce the People. And, because the Queen Blanche had dispatch∣ed Orders to all the Prelates and Magistrates, to exterminate these Fanaticks, the Inhabitants of Bourges armed themselves, pursued, and about two Leagues from the Town, over-took them. Ja∣cob was killed by a Butcher, and all his Men slain upon the place, or carried to the Magistrates, to be Condemned and Hanged. The other Shepherds were likewise killed or hanged at Marseilles, Aiguemorte, Bourdeaux, and other places; so that this Faction scarce survived Jacob's Death. * See Shepherds. Hist. de St. Louis en 1688.
• Iacob Bardeus, commonly called Zanzalus, the Author of the Sect of the Jacobites, composed a kind of Catechism containing an Explanation of his Opinions. At least the Syrians ascribe unto him this Work, quoted by Abraham Ecchellensis, upon a Copy which is at Rome in the Maronites College. * M. Simon.
• Iacob-Ben-Hajim, a Rabbi, famous for the Collection of the Maso••ah printed at Venice in 1625. with the Text of the Bible, the Chaldaick Paraphrases, and Rabbinical Commentaries. This Edi∣••ion of the Bible in Hebrew, and those that have followed the great and little Masorah, compiled by R. Jacob-Hajim, are esteem∣ed by the Jews. Nothing before him was exact upon the Maso∣rah, which is properly a Critick upon the Bible, establishing and fixing the reading of it. This Rabbi, has prefixed a Preface to the great Masorah, wherein he speaks of the benefit of his Work, and withal explains, what the Keri and Ketib are, which are diffe∣rent Readings of the Hebrew Text. He won't allow different Rea∣dings, to have been marked in the Margins of the Copies, and in the Collection of the Masorah, because there were good grounds to doubt about the manner of reading. He observeth also, that the Talmudist-Jews agree not always with the Authors of the Masorah. Besides the different Readings collected by the Masorets, and by this Rabbi put in the Margin of his Edition, some others are super-added, which are not in the Masorah, but are his own Collections out of some Manuscripts. This ought to be ob∣served, because some Learned Men have not distinguished them from the Masorah. * M. Simon.
• Iacob-Ben-Naphtali, a famous Rabbi in the V. Century. He was one of the chief Masorets; and in an Assembly at Tiberias in Palaestine, summoned by the Jews in 476, under Pope Simplicius, he and Ben-Asser, are said to have invented the Hebrew Tittles to serve as Vowels, and the Accents to make the Reading easy. Ge∣nebrard, and many learned Men, think so, though others are of another Opinion. Geneb. in Simpl. & in not. Chron. V. S. Serrarius, lib. de Rabin.
• * Iacobellus, a Bohemian Hussiite, and famous Preacher of the XIV. Century, noted for his Learning and Piety. He is common∣ly said to be the Author of the War undertaken by the Bohemians, because they were refused the Sacrament in both Species. Spanh. Epit.
• Iacob (Florent) an Austin Friar, and Batchelor of Arts in the Sorbonne, about the end of the XVI. Century. 'Tis he, that in a Thesis, boldly asserted the Pope to be Master of the K. of France's Temporalities; for which he was condemned with his President Thomas Blanzi. * Spon. A. C. 1595. n. 13.
• Iacob-jan, an Armenian, born at Zulfa, was in 1641. Negeach-Bachi, or Chief of the K. of Persia's Joiners. He had the greatest Mechanical Head-piece in all the Kingdom, and is Author of ma∣ny fine Inventions. Travelling into Europe, he so well learned the Art of Printing, that he erected a Printing-house at Ispahan, and made the Mattress himself. They printed, in Armenian, St. Paul's Epistles, and the 7 Penitential Psalms, and their Design was to print the whole Bible; but they were at a loss, for the way of making good Ink; and the Copists perceiving their Implovment in danger, made continual Complaints too, to hinder the Settle∣ment of that new Art, that would deprive them of their daily Bread. None may execute the Office of the Chief of the Joiners, but a Mahometan; only Jacob-jan had a particular Privilege, be∣cause of the excellency of his Genius. The King often sollicited him to renounce Christianity, and embrace Mahometanism, but no Advantages proposed to him, could make him Apostatize. * Tavernier's Voyage de Perse.
• Iacob (Lewis) a Carmelite Friar, Councellor and Almoner to the French King, Author of Bibliotheca Pontificia, Traité des plus belles Bibliotheques. Bibliographia Parisina & Bibliog••aphia Gallica Ʋniversalis, An. 1643, 44. & Seq. De Claris Scriptoribus Cabbille∣nensibus. Gabrielis Naudaei tumulus, &c. He died May 10. 1670, at Paris, at Mr. Harlai's, Attorny-General.
• Iacobins: See Dominicans.
• Iacobits: Eastern Christians, so denominated from Jacob Bardeus▪ a Syrian, Disciple to Eutyches and Dioscorus, whose Heresy he spread so much in Asia and Africa, in the beginning of the VI. Century; that at last, in the VII. Century, the different Sects of the Euty∣chians, were swallowed up by that of the Jacobites, which also comprehended all the Monophysites of the East, i. e. Such as ac∣knowledge One only Nature, and that the Humane, in Christ, in which Latitude it included the Armenians and Abyssines. They de∣ny the Trinity, and make the Sign of the Cross with one Finger, to shew there is but One Person. They Baptize, by applying a hot-iron to the Children's Fore-head, after they have Circumci∣sed them; founding that Practise upon the Words of St. John Baptist, quoted by St. Matthew, Cha. 3. He will Baptize you with the Holy Ghost, and with Fire. Their Patriarch in Asia resides at Caramit in Mesopotamia. Their African Patriarch's See, is Alexan∣dria, and he follows the Errours of Dioscorus, together with the Cophtes. Their Asiatick Patriarch has the Title of Antioch, though a Schismatick Graecian, whose See is at Damas, pretends a Right to it. So their Patriarch in Egypt claimed the Title of Alexandria, and another for the Graecians lost it not for want of Pretensions. But since the Schism, the Jacobites have all along so far prevailed, as to make themselves Masters of that See, in spite of the Graeci∣ans, and upon that See, that of Aethiopia depends; where the Chri∣stians are Eutychians, and Jacobites, or Papists, according to the Relations of Aethiopia, which tell us, That the Emperor David sub∣mitted himself to Pope Clement VII, that Pope Pius IV. sent thi∣ther the famous Andrew Oviedo Jete in the Reign of Claudius, Da∣vid's Son; and that Gabriel Patriarch of Alexandria, sent in 1595. his Arch-Deacon and two Monks to Pope Clement VIII, to assure him of his Obedience, and Desire to re-unite his whole Church to the Roman See. Those Deputies, acknowledged the Roman for the Mother-Church, but yet we see no Fruits of any such Re∣cognition; and either through the alteration of the Patriarch's mind, a thing usual amongst Eastern Prelates, or the unwilling∣ness of his Successors to approve his Actions; 'tis certain, that
• ... 〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• Iamaisoit, a great part of Japan, in the Western Coast of Ni∣••••••n-Island. They commonly divide that Country into 12 great Provinces, or Kingdoms; viz. Aqui, Bingo, Bitco, or Bitcou, Foqui, Nangato, Tomo, &c. with some Towns of the same Name.
• Iamama, A City and Province of Arabia Foelix, in Asia, near the River Astan, towards the Limits of Arabia Deserta, going up to the Gulf of Balsera, or the Elcatif Sea; 250 Miles W. of the Persian Gult, and 70 German Miles from Balsera, to the S. E. Lon. 77. 30. Lat. 27. 00.
• Iamba, a City and Kingdom of the Indies, in the Peninsula, on this side the River Ganges, in the Dominions of the Great Mo∣gul, between Patna to the E. Naugracut to the N. Lahor to the W. and Bakar to the S. The City stands near a River, between the Ganges and the Mountains, which divide this Kingdom from that of Lahor. Calseri is also a good Town in that Coun∣try.
• Iambis, a City and Kingdom of the Indies in the Island Suma∣tra. It is situated about 5 or 6 Miles from the Sea, towards Pa∣limban, and is famous for Trade.
• Iamblichus, a Platonick Philosopher in the IVth. Century, born in Chalcis a Town of Syria, and Scholar to Porphyry. They were both excellent Philosophers, though suspected to have dis∣honoured that Science by Magical Superstitions. Jamblichus flou∣rished in the Reigns of Constantine the Great, and his Sons, and Julian the Apostate, who wrote 3 Letters to him, still extant. He composed divers Works; as, The Life of Pythagoras and of Alpius, with some Orations, exhorting to the Study of Philosophy, &c. Eunapius wrote his Life. Consult also Suidas. A Greek Author also of the same Name, lived in the II^d. Century, in the Reign of Antonine the Philosopher, who wrote the History of Rhodis's and Sinonides's Amours. Babylon was his Country; and he boasted himself to be a Magician, as Photius tells us.
• * Iamboli, Lat. Jambole, a Province in the Kingdom of Mace∣donia, bounded to the North by Thrace, to the East by the Archipe∣lago, and to the West by the Gulf of Thessalonica in part, and by the Province of Macedonia, properly so called, in part; and to the South, by the said Gulf and Sea. The Capital of it is Thes∣salonica. It produceth the most generous Horses in all Greece; so that Alexander the Great, kept about Pella and this place, 30000 Mares for breeding.
• S. Iames, called The Greater, Zebedee's Son, was called with his Brother John, by Christ, to the Apostleship, who named them both Boanerges, that is to say, The Sons of Thunder. Herod Agrippa, to please the Jews, caused this Holy Apostle to be Beheaded. Some say, his Accuser was Converted, to see this holy Man die with so much Constancy; and others add, that he Baptiz'd Phygel∣lus and Hermogenes, both Magicians; though afterwards they al∣ter'd their Faith, as St. Paul saith in his 2d. Epistle to Timothy. St. James was the first Martyr among the Apostles. He suffer'd An. Ch. 41. Acts 12.
• The Spaniards, upon some Traditions, pretend this St. James to have been their Apostle, though no ancient Author mentions it. The Bishop of Compostella, alledging this pretended Travel in the Great Lateran Council under Innocent III. to prove his Churches In∣dependency upon that of Toledo; he found the mighty Reasons unanswerable, which Roderick Ximenes his Archbishop, produced to the contrary. Cardinal Baronius, in his Remarks upon the Ro∣man Martyrology, asserted this Chimerical Tradition; but being convicted by many solid Reasons, grounded upon several Epistles of Popes, and divers Evidences of famous Authors, he retracted his Opinion in his Annals, which cost him dear, being handled very unworthily by the Spanish Writers; who to confirm their Opinion, say, They have the entire Body of that Apostle, which cannot be so, if there be a part in St. Saturnine's Church at Tho∣louse, as the Clergy of that City pretend. Nay, Mr. Corier in his History of Dauphine, makes out, That the Reliques, so much boa∣sted of by the Spaniards, are the Remains of the Body of a Holy Man of that Province called James, and not the Apostle. The curious may consult Innocent I's Letter to Decentius, and those of Gregory VII, to the Kings of Spain. In Jerusalem may be seen, a Church dedicated to his Name, about 300 Paces from Sion Gate. 'Tis one of the finest and largest in the Town; the Cupola in the middle is raised upon 4 large Pillars, and is open at the top, like that of the holy Sepulchre, for the conveniency of light. There are three Altars a-breast, in three Quires towards the East. At the left-hand-entrance into the Body of the Church, may be seen a little Chappel, the place, where 'tis thought, this holy Apostle was beheaded, because it was formerly the publick Market-place. The Church belongs to the Armenians, who have there a well-built Monastery, where are always a Bishop, and 12 or 15 Reli∣gious, who celebrate the Ordinary Service. The Church and Lodgings are said to have been founded by the Kings of Spain, to receive the Pilgrims of that Nation. Near that place, is the reputed dwelling-house of St. Thomas the Apostle, according to the Tradition of the Country. They say, neither Mahometan nor Jew can enter this place, but it costs him his life; and there∣fore keep the Doors continually shut, to prevent the Disaster. Doub∣dan Voyage de la Terre Sainte.
• St. Iames, called The Minor, in Scripture The Just, and The Brother, that is to say, Cousin of the Lord, an Apostle, was Alphaeus's Son, and the Apostle St. Jude's Brother. He is said to have been chosen Bishop of Jerusalem, and in that Quality, was President in the Council held by the Apostles at Jerusalem in 49 or 50. St. Paul calls him one of the Columns of the Church; and his Life was so holy, that Josephus looks upon the Destruction of Jerusalem, as a Punishment inflicted on the Jews, for putting him to death. Ananias II. High Priest, caused his Condemnation, and delivered him up to the People. Eusebius, after Hegesippus, saith, That the Jews compelling him to renounce publickly the Doctrine of Jesus Christ, he defended it on the Steps of the Temple, with such wonderful Constancy, that the enraged Pharisees, his chief Enemies, threw him down head-long, where his Brains were dash'd out with a Fuller's Club. So having govern'd his Church about 29 Years, he receiv'd the Crown of Martyrdom in 62. We have an Epistle of his, Addressed to the Faithful dispersed amongst the Jews, but Eusebius does not allow it Canonical; besides this, there is a Li∣turgy in several Editions of the Works of the Fathers which bears his Name, and is said to have been authorised by the Testimony of St. Cyrillus, Proclus of Constantinople, &c. but thought to be coun∣terfeit. There is also a Gospel attributed to him, placed amongst the Apocryphal Books.
• St. Iames of Nisibe, surnamed The Wise, was Bishop of Ni∣sibe, a City of Mesopotamia, and liv'd in the IV. Century. For his Zeal to defend and propagate the True Faith, he suffer'd much from Idolaters and Hereticks. He was present at the Council of Nice in 325. He preserved his City from the Persians, who be∣sieged it in 339 or 350. When 'tis said, That having Curs'd their Army, at St. Ephrem's request, God sent such Swarms of Flies against it, that forced it to withdraw. Baronius will have this to be in 339, soon after the death of Constantine; others, say, it hap∣pened in 350, at the second Siege. He wrote divers Commenta∣ries in Syriack; and Gennadius, beginning his Book of Illustri∣ous Men with him, saith, That he compiled 26 different Treatises.
• ...
  Kings of Scotland of the Name of Iames.
  • * Iames I. the 102^d. King of Scotland, having been detained as Prisoner in England; as he landed to refresh himself at Flambo∣rough in Yorkshire, in his way to France, while Prince, there being then a Truce betwixt the 2 Nations, was Ransomed, and returned home in 1423. On his Arrival, many were the Grievanc••s pre∣sented to him, which the People had lain under since his Father's Death, by the Neglect or Male-administration of the Governors; so that to pacify the Commons, he committed some of the Nobility accused, till the Meeting of Parliament, which was appointed against May 27. 1423. In the mean time, he and his Queen were Crowned, Apr. 20th. that same Year. When the Parliament met, many profitable Laws were made, especially against Robberies. In the next place, they consulted how to pay the King's Ransom, which the Treasury being exhausted, was not able to defray. It was push'd on by the Nobles, whose Sons were left for Hostages. And for that end, a Tax of the 20th. part, was imposed upon all Moveables, which the People reckoned intolerable; both in regard of the want of Money, because of the extraordinary cheapne••s of all things; being also unaccustomed to Taxes, and, that it was like to be a Precedent for time to come; so that the King finding the first Payment come in very hardly, he remitted the rest. The Parliament committed Murdo, D. of Albany, the late Governor of the Kingdom, and 2 of his Sons, the Earl of Lennox, with his Son-in-law, and 24 more of the prime Nobility. The Governor's youngest Son James, enraged at the Disaster of his Family, burnt Dumbarton, and killed John Howard the King's Uncle, with 32 of his Men, and then together with his Counsellor, the Bishop of Lis∣more, fled into Ireland, where he died. This same Year, in a Par∣liament at Sterling, Murdo above-mentioned with his 2 Sons and Son-in-law, were Condemned and Beheaded, and their Heads sent to Isabella, one of their Wives, to try, whether Grief would make her reveal her mind; yet, she was so composed, as to answer, That if the Crimes objected, were true, the K. had done justly, and according to Law. And in a little time, such Places as held out for the Rebels, were reduced. In 1426, John Stuart of Dernly, General of the Scots Cavalry in France, and the AB^p of Rheims, were sent Ambassadors to Scotland, to renew the ancient League with France, and to propose a Match betwixt K. James's Daughter, and Charles VII's Son, both Children, which was agreed. Two Years after, he went to Administer Justice in the High-lands, and repaired the Castle of Innerness, to curb the thieving Clans, who laid the Country under Taxes, Committed 40 of the Ring-leaders, hanged Macrory and Macarthur, and persuaded the rest, by fair Words, to behave themselves as they ought, threatning them severe∣ly, if they did otherwise. Alexander of the Isles, the greatest Man of the Kingdom, next to the King himself, being in like manner guil∣ty, yet made his Peace, by the Interest of his Friends, and was favourably Receiv'd at Court; but returning home, assembled his Comrades, plundered and burnt the Town of Innerness, and besieged the Castle; but on the approach of the King's Forces, retired to Log∣haber, and having 10000 Men with him, resolved to stand Battel; but the Cattans and Camerons, two of the Clans, deserting him, he dis∣missed his Army, retired to the West Isles, and thought of flying to Ireland, but finding that he could not be secure there, he submitted to the King's Mercy, who, at the Queen's desire, pardoned, but im∣prisoned him. A little after this, the Cattans and Camerons fought among themselves, to the mutual Ruine almost of both Clans; and Donald Balock, a Cousin of Alexander's, pretending to revenge him, Surprized and Defeated the King's Forces in Loghaber, com∣manded by Alexander and Alan Stuarts, Earls of Caithness and

• ...
  • ... Mar, wasting the Country with Fire and Sword, but fled with his Plunder to the Isles on the King's approach, who resolved to pur∣sue him thither; but that the Clans humbly petitioned him, not to ruin the Country for the fault of one: So that, on their deli∣vering up 300 of the chief Robbers, whom he hanged every Man, he desisted. Duffus and Murdo, two of the Captains of the High-landers, whom the King had released at the Desire of his Nobles, falling out with one another, and meeting with 1500 on a Side, they fought so eagerly, that only 12 were left of the one Party, and 9 of the other. Yet all those Calamities, did not restrain one Mac Donald of Rosse a notable Robber, who, with his Gang, plundered the Neighbouring Country; and, amongst others, a Wi∣dow, who told him, she would complain to the King; whereup∣on, he caused a Smith to nail Horse-shooes to her Feet, telling her, that would enable her the better for the Journey: The Woman, assoon as recovered, did actually go and acquaint the King with it, and Mac Donald being then in Custody, his Majesty ordered him, and 12 of his Accomplices to be so shod, and led through the City, a Herald going before, to acquaint the People with the cause of that unusual Punishment; after which, the Captain was behea∣ded, his Associates hanged, and their Bodies affixed to Gibbets by the High-ways. His Majesty's next care was, to find out Do∣nald of the Isles, and hearing that he lay conceal'd in a Noble-man's house in Ireland, he sent to Demand him; the Noble-man fearing lest he should escape by the Way, and the Cause be imputed to him, cut off his Head and sent it to the King. Robbery being thus suppressed; he took care to have Justice administred through the Kingdom, and Weights and Measures adjusted; for which end, many wholsome Laws were Enacted. Oct. 14. 1430. The Queen being delivered of Twins, publick Rejoicings were made, and during the same, he pardoned Archibald Douglas and John Kennedy, who had been committed for Speaking rashly concer∣ning the Government. He admitted Douglas to be God-father to his Children, and Knighted his Son. After this, the King applied himself to reform the Ecclesiasticks, and prevent their Tyranny. He erected publick Schools for Learning, encouraged learned Men, and would be present at their Disputations; and gave Charge to the Rectors of Universities, to present none but Scholars of Merit to him for Church-Preferments. And considering that his Kingdom had been a Scene of War for 150 Years together, and Trade neglected; he sent for Artificers from Abroad, and encou∣raged Commerce, by which means the Towns were Re-peopled. Upon the Complaints of the People, that the riotous Way of Li∣ving, as Carousing, Masking, Dancing, and sumptuous Cloaths, brought in Fashion at Court by those who followed him from En∣gland, infected the Country, he reformed that expensive Way of Living among his Nobles, by Reproof, his own Example and wholsome Laws. By the Death of the Valiant Alexander, Earl of Mar, a Natural Son of the Royal Family, (who signalized himself at Home and Abroad, routed the Dutch Fleet, and brought them to beg a Truce) the K. was possessed of Buchan and Mar, because this Alexander had no Issue, and having moreover taken abundance of Wards from the Nobility, who held of him, (i. e. The Profits of their Estates, during their Nonage, after the death of their Pa∣rents, the Charges of Education excepted) which former Kings used to remit, or at least quit for some Gratuity; having also re∣voked some Grants made by the former Governors, particularly of the Forfeiture of George E. of March, and also the Estate of Meliss Graham E. of Strathern, then a Hostage in England; the E. of Athol laying hold of these things, stirred up Disconten••s against the K. which brought him to an untimely Exit, as we shall hear anon. The Reason of the Earl's doing so, was, That being law∣ful Son to K. Robert II. by a former Marriage, but excluded from the Crown by his Father, who prevailed with the States at Scoon, to Legitimate his Eldest Natural Son, afterward Robert III. whom he had by Elizabeth Moor his Concubine, and afterwards his Se∣cond Wife. The E. of Athol thinking himself injured, sought the Destruction of his Natural Brethren, and their Issue, thinking thereby, to pave his Way to the Throne. This was the State of Affairs, when Ambassadors arrived from France, to carry home the King's Daughter Margaret, who was formerly betrothed to the Dauphin. At the same time, came Ambassadors from England, to prevent Renewing of the League with France, and sollicite a perpe∣tual League Offensive and Defensive with themselves; which being referred to the Parliament, the Ecclesiasticks were divided in Opinion, but the Nobility were altogether for France; alledging, That it was only a Trick of the English, to deprive them of the Assistance of their ancient Allies, and render them the more ob∣noxious to themselves; so they carried the Point, and the Prin∣cess was sent to France, having narrowly escaped from the English, Fleet who lay in Wait for her. Here Buchanan wipes of the Calum∣nies thrown upon this Lady, and the King her Father, by the English Historians. K. James prepared tor War with England, and trying to raise a Tax from the People to Rig out his Navy, he found them so averse, that he restored what he had Levied. In the mean time, Piercy of Northumberland invades the Scots Borders, and was opposed by William Douglas E. of Angus, who fought him with an equal Number, Defeated and Took 1500 of his Men, lo∣sing none of Note, but Alexander Johnson, a Noble and Valiant Per∣son. A little after, K. James attacked the Castle of Roxburgh held out by the English, and was like to have carried it, but was obli∣ged to disband his Army on Notice from the Queen, who came Post to inform him of a Conspiracy against his Life, which the E. of Athol, the Chief of the Conspirators, did also improve against him, to make him hateful to the People; as if by the Story of a Woman, he had been frightned from the Siege. And in the mean time, by his Spies at Court, while the King was enquiring into the Plot, he had information of every thing that passed; so that, push'd on by fear of his own danger, having brib'd some of the King's Servants; he, with the rest of his Associates, came to the very Chamber-door, as one of the Servants came out, whom they murdered, and bursting open the Door, which one of the Ladies stood against, putting her Arm instead of the Bar, which one of the Traitors had taken away, they broke the same; and rushing in upon the King, the Queen threw her self upon him, but having forced her away, after several Wounds, they murdered him bar∣barously, and escaped by the darkness of the Night, but were af∣wards apprehended, and condignly punished. See Stuart Wal∣ter. This Exit had James I. being much lamented by the Nobi∣lity and People, the former Assembling voluntarily, pursued the Murderers with utmost diligence, to testify their Love to the Me∣mory of their Prince, whom they lamented, as cut off in the Flo∣wer of his Age, and midst of his Endeavours to settle good Laws. He was a little Man, but very strong and nimble, of a quick Wit, well learned, a good Politician, and every way well accomplish'd for Government. He was Slain Feb. 12. 1437. in the 13th. of his Reign, Aged 44. Succeeded by the Youngest of his Twins, the Elder being Dead. His Wife was Joan Daughter to the Earl of Salisbury, of the Royal Blood of England, the most beautiful Wo∣man of her time, having fallen in Love with her whilst he was Prisoner in England. So that the English Court thought, it would prove a happy Opportunity of engaging him to their Interest. Buchanan.
  • James II. the 103^d King of Scotland, Succeeded his Father James I. at 7 Years of Age, which occasioned a great Dispute among the Nobility, who should be Elected Vice-roy. The Competitors were, Archibald Earl of Douglas, the greatest Man at that time in Scotland for Wealth and Power; and Alexander Levingston and Wil∣liam Creighton, who were both of good Families, and had obtai∣ned great Repute and Authority, by their prudent Management of Affairs under the former King. The Nobility were most for them, and declined the E. of Douglas, as being too formidable even to the Kings themselves, so that Alexander Levingston was chosen Re∣gent, and William Creighton Chancellor; the Convention was scarcely dissolved, when the Peace was broken by Factions, so that the Chancellor kept with the King in Edinburgh Castle, and the Regent with the Queen at Sterling. Douglas being fretted at his dis∣appointment, was pleased to see these Disorders, and the Men of Anandale, who were under his Command, drove booty from the Neighbouring Countries in a Hostile manner, which he was so far from Redressing on the Regent and Chancellor's Letters, that he forbid any under his Command, to Answer, if Summoned to the Courts of Justice; alledging, That he alone had the Power of Judging them according to Royalties granted his Predecessors, so that all on this side Forth was in a Flame, the Regent and the Chan∣cellor issuing Proclamations against one another. In the mean time, the Queen cunningly got her Son, the young King, out of the Chancellor's hands, thus: Coming to Edinburgh-Castle on pre∣tence of giving him a Visit, she insinuated so far into the Chancel∣lor, as to learn all his Designs, and have free Conversation with her Son, whom she perswaded to leave the Chancellor; in order to which, pretending that she was going to a Country-Church, to perform a Vow, she desired that she might have leave to go out of the Castle betimes; which being granted, she carried her Son with her in a Trunk, and before his Servants miss'd him, shipp'd him off at Leith, and ere Night arrived at Sterling, where they were joyfully received, the Queen's Wisdom commended, and the Chancellor's former Reputation blasted. He was accused as the Author of all the Disorders; and it was agreed in Council, to besiege him in Edinburgh-Castle; whereupon he craved Aid of D••uglas, who returned him Answer, That if both he and the Regent sell in the Contest, the Publick would lose nothing; by which, both Parties being terrified, they clapt up an Agreement, and the Chan∣cellor surrendred the Castle. But in a little time after, D••uglas died opportunely for them all, tho' his Son William gave them no little Disturbance, as may be found in his place. At the same time, the Islanders invaded the Continent, destroying all before them, in a most barbarous manner: To all these Miseries, there was an accession of Famine and Pestilence, so violent, that it kil∣led those whom it seized on in a days time, and continued 2 Years. The Queen, and her second Husband, James Stuart, with others, were thrown into Prison, as plotting against the Regent, but quickly released, and grievous things were, at the same time, laid to the Regent's Charge. Not long after, the Chancellor surpri∣zed the King near Sterling, and brought him to Edinburgh with 4000 Horse, where he was received with much joy. The Regent find∣ing himself out-witted, he came to an Agreement with the Chan∣cellor. In the mean time, the Country groaned under the Rob∣beries of the Douglassian Faction, the Earl himself being too Po∣tent to be dealt with by force. The Chancellor, &c. flattered him and his Brother to Court, where, by his, and the Regent's procurement, they were surprized at the King's Table, and imme∣diately beheaded, and some of their chief Followers also put to death; the King being almost of Age, did weep at the Misfortune of this great Man, for which the Chancellor rebuked him. Rob∣beries and Murders were not however, by this means, suppressed;

• ...
  • and still, all was charged upon the Douglasses by their Enemies. About this time, the King took the Government upon himself, and William then Earl of Douglas, acknowledged his Offences, threw him∣self at the King's feet, obtained Pardon, and became a Favou∣rite, which he improved, to be avenged on the late Regent and Chancellor, then out of Office; and procured their being Summo∣ned to give an account of their Administration, which refusing to do, because they alledged that their Enemies were to be Judges, he obtained, that they should be declared Rebels, and confiscated, so that it broke out into an open War between the Factions, seve∣ral Noble-men being engaged on both sides; Douglas besieged Creighton in the Castle of Edinburgh, but came at length to an Ac∣commodation, and Creighton was made Chancellor again. In the mean time, bloody Feuds betwixt divers Noble Families conti∣nued to the disturbance of the Peace of the Kingdom. Douglas procured the publick Disgrace of the Levingstons, the Father, who had been Regent, being imprisoned, and one of his Sons behea∣ded. The Truce being expired, there were mutual Incursions be∣twixt the English and Scots, almost with equal loss, and then the Truce was renewed for 7 Years, but the Publick miserably harass'd by the Factions of Douglas and others, and the Nation expos'd to the Mercy of any foreign Enemy; nor could they have escap'd ruine, had not the English laboured under Factions at home. The Borderers however broke the Truce, and drove great Booties from Scotland, which occasion'd a War, because the Scots in revenge, laid Cumberland almost desolate. So that an Ar∣my being rais'd under the Conduct of the Earl of Northumber∣land, and one Main, who had gain'd much R••putation for Con∣duct and Valour against the French, they pass'd the Rivers Solway and Annan, and Encamped by the River Sars in Scotland, sen∣ding out Parties to plunder the Country. The Day of Battle be∣ing come, the E. of Northumberland commanded the Main Body of the English, Main commanded the Left, and Pennington the Welsh, who made the Right. Douglas E. of Ormond commanded the Body of the Scots. Wallace of Craig Encounter'd Main, and Maxwell and Johnston attack'd Pennington. Wallace finding his Men much gall'd by the English Archers, call'd upon them to follow him, and so rushing in upon the English, came to a close Fight, and put them to the rout. Main lost his life fighting gallantly, and the English lost abundance of Men on the Banks of Solway, the River being swoln with the Tide. So that the English lost about 3000, and the Scots 600. The chief Prisoners, were Pennington, Robert Huntington, and the E. of Northumberland's Son taken, as assisting his Father to escape. The Scots got a great Booty, but lost their Commander Wallace, who died about 3 Months afterwards of his Wounds. After this, a Truce was made with England for 3 Years. This was An. 1448. Next Year, the King married Mary of Guelder∣land of the Blood Royal of France. Some new Disturbances hap∣pen'd with Earl Douglas, whom the King suspected of a Plot with the English, and a Combination with others of the Nobility; but being Potent, and not to be dealt with by open force in that Jun∣cture, the King sent for him to Court, under a promise of safe Conduct signed by many of the Nobility. And being come, took him aside, told him of his Miscarriages, particularly that Combi∣nation, which he advised him to break. Douglas though he had answer'd submissively in all other things, did hesitate on that, and desired time to consult his Associates, whereat the King being en∣raged, stabb'd him with his own hand, uttering these Words. If thou wilt not break the League, I will. This happen'd Feb. 1452. The Earl's Eldest Brother succeeded, and, with the rest of his Brethren and Friends, took to Arms, Declaring the King perjur'd, and tying the Safe Conduct, signed by him and his Council, to a Horses Tail, declared War, which was carried on in several Parts of the Kingdom, by those who adhered to the different Parties. The K. calling a Convention of States, had the Douglasses proclaimed Rebels. And there happen'd Bickerings on both Sides, but no pitch'd Battle. But some of Douglas's Party deserting him, he applied for help to England, but in vain. Douglas at length, being urg'd by his Friends to a Battle, discourag'd them by his Cowar∣dice, so that more deserted; whereupon he fled into England, whence he invaded the Borders, and then joined with Donald of the Isles. The English took the opportunity, and Invaded Scotland under Peircy of Northumberland, but were defeated by George Dou∣glas E. of Angus, which hasten'd the Submission of Donald of the Isle••. So that Tumults being composed at home, the King was meditating War against England for their Breach of Truce, when Ambassadors came from the D. of York, and others of the English Nobility, to desire his Assistance against their own King; in order to which, he march'd with a great Army, but was diverted, and obliged to disband the same, by a counterfeit Legate from the Pope, sent by the King of England, threatning Excommunication, if he proceeded: But being inform'd of the Cheat, he rais'd the Army again, and took Roxborough Town, and just as he was lay∣ing Siege to the Castle, received fresh Ambassadors from the D. of York, signifying that he was Conqueror, and thanking him for his Good-will, but desired him to withdraw the Siege, though he had promised to restore that, and other Places, to him. The K. being nettled at this, push'd on the Siege, and was unhappily Slain, by the Wedge of one of his own Guns, as he was directing a Bat∣tery. The Nobles, though astonish'd at his death, conceal'd it, and the Queen coming into the Camp that same day, did with a Manly Courage, press the Nobles to carry on the Siege. Brought her Son of 7 Years of Age into the Camp, where he was saluted King, and at last the English Surrendred, after a gallant Defence, and the Castle was demolished, lest it should occasion a new War. This End had James II. An. 1460. Aged 29. Being exercised all his time with Wars Foreign or Domestick. He was much la∣mented, because of his Moderation in Prosperity and Adver∣sity; his Valour against his Enemies, and Clemency to those that submitted: But chiefly, that he was killed, when great things were expected from him, and that his Successor was so young, viz.
  • Iames III. the 104^th King of Scotland, who began his Reign about 7 Years of Age, the Nobles swearing Fealty to him in Kelso. After which, he was carried to Edinburgh-Castle, under the Tute∣lage of his Mother, till the Meeting of the States. But the first thing that the Nobles did, was, to invade England, which they ravaged as far as they could, in that Season of the Year, and re∣turned with great Booty, having demolished many Castles. That same Year, King Henry of England being overcome by the D. of York, fled into Scotland, and sought Assistance, delivering up Berwick to the Scots at the same time, the better to engage them; and Treated of a Marriage betwixt the Prince of Wales and K. James's Sister, which took no effect. The States of Scotland be∣ing met, there was a great Dispute, who should be Regent during the King's Minority. The Queen claimed it as her due; but James Kennedy B^p of St. Andrews, a popular Man and Person of great Gravity, together with Douglas E. of Angus, thought it fit, that the States should chuse one, and of this Opinion, were most of the Nobility. The Matter was like to have issued in a War, the People disdaining it, as a thing Unpresidented, to be under the Government of a Woman: But it was at last taken up, thus, The Parliament chose a certain number for Regents, of which, one half were the Queen's Friends, and the other Kennedy's and Douglas's; things being thus composed, Ambassadors came from England to desire a Truce, which was granted for 15 Years. The Queen died the Year after, viz. 1463. Alexander D. of Albany the King's Brother, was taken by the English in his return from France but set at Liberty again, upon the Scots representing it as a Breach of Truce, and threatning a War. Shortly after this, the Kingdom was distracted, by an Invasion of Donald of the Isles, who proclaimed himself King of them, Invaded the Continent, and took the E. of Athol, who had fled for Sanctuary to a Church, which he also plundered; but his Fleet being Shipwrackt in his return, he thereupon fell distracted, which moved his Friends to restore the Booty and Prisoners, and to offer Expiatory Gifts to the Churches which they had robbed. After this, publick Matters were managed with great Prudence and Conduct by James Kennedy, to the Universal satisfaction. About the 6^th of the K's Reign, the Boyds came in favour at Court, the Chief of the Fa∣mily being employed to train up the King in Military Arts. He got the Ascendant so much over the young Prince by Flattery, that he perswaded him to take his Family, as his principal Favou∣rites, and shake off his Tutors, and especially Kennedy, whom they affronted in the grossest manner. This venerable Prelate dy∣ing a little after, the Nation lamented him as a Common Father. About this time, the AB^p of York revived his Claim of Jurisdi∣ction over the Church of Scotland, but the same was annulled by a Decree of the Pope. In the mean time, the power of the Boyds encreased, and Robert the Chief of them was made Regent, and his Son Thomas was married to the King's Eldest Sister. In the mean time, the King sent Ambassadors to demand Margaret Daughter to the King of Denmark in Marriage, which was speedi∣ly granted, and the Danes resigned their Claim to the Islands of Orkney, Shetland, and all others about Scotland, in lieu of her Dowry. But while Thomas Boyd was absent about this Matter, their Faction was undermined. The King and Queen were married, July 10. 1470; and after that, he sought the ruine of the Boyds incessantly, insomuch, that he pursued them to the Courts of Foreign Princes, and persuaded his Sister to be divorced from Thomas Boyd, and en∣tirely ruined their Family: A pregnant Instance of the instability of Humane Affairs, and how much the Favour of Princes is to be relied on. After this, the Courtiers perswaded the King, that it was fit all Men should depend upon him, and therefore that he alone ought to have the Power of Punishing, Pardoning and Re∣warding; whereupon he nominated Bishops and Abbots, which were formerly chosen by their Canons and Societies, but Patrick Graham having obtained the Pope's Bull to be Legatus à Latere and Primate of all Scotland, the King sent an Order of Council to hinder the Execution of his Office, and at last, outed him of his Bishoprick, and kept him Prisoner to his death. In 1476, John of the Isles took Arms, and seized some Provinces, but sub∣mitted at last. After this, a War was like to happen betwixt the Scots and English, who had rifled a Ship belonging to James Kennedy, the biggest which ever had been seen upon the Ocean, but upon Restitution, the Matter was made up. The King after this, listning to Wizards, who told him, that he should fall by his own Subjects. He rejected the Council of his Nobles, and go∣verned all by the Advice of mean Persons, particularly one Ro∣bert Cockrain, who for his great strength of Body, and audacity of Mind, was of an ordinary Tradesman made a great Courtier. The Nobility consulting how to rid the Court of such Cattel were discovered, and John, the King's youngest Brother, speak∣ing too boldly of the State of Affairs, was seiz'd by the King's own Domestick Council, and Ordered to be bled to Death. Alex∣ander, his Brother, was also imprisoned, but escaped to France. A little after, an Agreement was made, That Cecilia Daughter

• ...
  • to Edward of England, should be married to K. James's Son, and accordingly Hostages were exchang'd; but a War quickly followed, the Scots being stirred up to it by the French, and the English by Douglas, and Alexander, the King's Brother, both then in England: So that K. James levied an Army, and marched as far as Lauder, to Invade England, much against the Mind of the No∣bility, highly dissatisfied with his Government and Minions; whereupon Archebald Douglas E. of Angus, having assembled the No∣bles in the Church about Midnight, made a long Speech to them, complaining of the Councellors and the State of Affairs, and ad∣vised them to drive those Fellows from about the King, which was agreed on; and as the Chief of the Nobility, with their Friends, were marching towards the King's Pavillion, to seize his evil Councellors and judge them before the Army. The K. upon notice of their Meeting, sent Cockrain to know what was the matter; but in his way, Douglas taking him by his gold Chain, delivered him to the Marshal, and going forward to the King's Bed-chamber, where his Authority met with no opposition, he took the rest of the Councellors, carried them out, and tried them before the Army; where the Soldiers were so eager for their Execution, that they offered their Bridle-reins to hang them. The principal Things laid to their Charge, were, That they advised the King to coin base Money, To cut off his Kindred, and consult Wizards. The execution being done, the Army was disbanded, the K. having no confidence in them, nor they in him. Alexander, the King's Brother, perswaded the K. of England to invade the Scots during these their dissentions; and he, with Richard D. of Glocester the King's Brother, came with an Army as far as Edinburgh, Berwick having surrendred to them in their March. The K. shut himself up in the Castle, but the Nobility concer∣ned for the publick Safety, raised an Army, and begun a Treaty with the English General, whom a great many Scots had join'd, out of love, to the King's Brother; and desired, That the Mar∣riage, so long promised, betwixt K. Edward's Daughter and K. James's Son, might be consummated: To which, the D. of Glo∣cest••r answer'd, That his Commission was to have the Dowry re∣paid, and the Castle of Berwick restor'd, which was agreed to, and the Castle accordingly surrendred, Aug. 26. 1482. and Alex∣ander the King's Brother, was, by intercession of the Nobility, re∣conciled and made Regent. But the Courtiers accusing him of too much Popularity, he was forced to retire again, and was con∣demned in his absence. A little after, he and James Douglas in∣vaded Scotland with 500 Horse, but were defeated. A Seven Years Truce being concluded betwixt the English and Scots, and James III. having buried his vertuous Queen, and lost his Bro∣ther Alexander the same Year; he returned to his former Cour∣ses, excluding the Nobility, and advancing Upstarts. The Chief of the Court-Faction, was John Ramsey, who had escaped the ••ate of his Comrades at Lauder because of his Youth, and was become so intolerably proud, that the Nobility could not endure him. The K. endeavoured to cajole some of the Nobles, that he might seize and cut them off one by one, and discovered his Design to George Douglas E. of Angus, thinking to engage him in ••t. The E. disswaded him from so treacherous and base an At∣tempt, and pretending to put him in a Method of revenging him∣self l••gally, he acquainted the rest of the Nobility with their danger. The K. finding him elf discovered, presently took Arms, and the Nobles did the like, chusing the King's Son their Gene∣ral, who was easily perswaded, lest the Kingdom might be given up to the English. The K. by this time had repassed the Forth, and Encamped at Blackness, having writ to the French K. and Pope for Assistance: But the Nobility press'd on to a Battel, wherein they had the Disadvantage at first, but at length gained the Victory, the K. himself being slain in the Flight; after which, the Nobility assembled, and created his Son King. This happen'd in 1488. Buchanan.
  • Iames IV. succeeded his Father at 16 Years of Age. He summoned the Governor of Edinburgh-Castle to surrender it, which he did. Then passing to Sterlin, that Castle was delive∣red him by the Garrison. Andrew Wood also submitted; and with his 2 Ships brought into Leith 5 English Men of War, sent by King Edward to plunder the Coasts; and soon after engaged Sir Stephen Bull, sent by the same King to repair the former Af∣front; and after an obstinate Fight, the English Ships drawing more Water than his, stranding at the Mouth of the River Tay, he made himself Master of them, and towed them to Dundee, Aug. 10. 1490. The People of the North of Scotland, upon the News of this second Victory, returned to their Homes. Where∣upon the young King called a Parliament, wherein he shewed so much Moderation, that the dissenting Parties strove to shew him their Love and Duty; who, to shew his Grief for his Father's Death, wore an Iron Chain round his Waste, to which he ad∣ded a Link every Year. About this Time Peter Warbeck arrives in Scotland, and cajoll'd the Council, with a cunning Harrangue, into a Belief that he was the Prince he pretended, lawful Heir to the Crown of England: Whereupon he was honourably trea∣ted, and King James gave him his Kinswoman, Daughter to the E. of Huntley, in Marriage, and assisted him with an Army to invade England, wherewith he plunder'd Northumberland; but K. James perceiving that the English did not join him, began to smell the Cheat. K. Henry of England prepar'd to revenge this Injury, but was prevented by an Insurrection at home. K. James invades England again, but to little purpose; and a little after, Hialas, a Spanish Ambassador, who came to treat of a Marriage with Prince Arthur of England, was desired to mediate a Peace: About which they had a Meeting at Jedburg in Scotland, where the English demanded the Surrender of Peter Warbeck, which K. James refused; so that it ended in a Truce for some Months, du∣ring which Warbeck was sent out of Scotland: A little after, a Peace was made, and, An. 1500. Margaret, Daughter to Henry VII. of England, was betrothed to K. James. After the Marriage the King spent his Time in Tournaments, to which resorted many Foreigners; and then applied himself to Building of Ships, 3 of which were of an extraordinary Bulk, besides many of a middle Rate: One of the great ones was the biggest that, until then, ever appeared in the Ocean; wherein the Kings of England and France striving to outvie him, built each of them one, so great, that they were perfectly useless. K. James having thus exhau∣sted his Treasures, he revived the old Custom of Wardship, which was, to have the Disposal of Minors Estates until they were of Age; which, though a great Grievance to the Country, yet so great was their Love to this Prince, that they did not take Arms. The King, that he might honourably lay by this Exa∣ction, and abridge his Expences, resolved on a Voyage to Jeru∣salem, to atone for having carried Arms against his Father; but was hinder'd on this following Occasion. The Emperor, Vene∣tians and Switzers having Leagued against France, the K. of En∣gland joined in the Confederacy, and renewed his Pretensions on Normandy, &c. King James resolved to side with neither, yet was more inclined to the French, and sent his Fleet, as a Present, to Ann Q. of France, that it might seem rather a Mark of Friend∣ship, than a designed real Assistance. But the Scotch Clergy, bribed with French Gold, endeavoured to alienate his Mind alto∣gether from the English. And Forman B^p of Murray was sent in∣to England, to pick a Quarrel in demanding a Legacy of great Value, left by Prince Arthur to his Sister the Q. of Scots; but this Design miscarried by Henry VIII's mild Answer. In the mean time James Earl of Arran, being sent Admiral of the Fleet for France, did purposely linger until the French laid aside their Na∣val Preparations; but at length arriving at Brest, the great Ship above-mentioned was unrigged, and left there to rot. In the mean time, the Murther of Robert Carr, L^d Warden of the Mid∣dle-Marches of Scotland, by the English, at a solemn Border-mee∣ting; and the Affair of Andrew Barton, a famous Scotch Sea-Ca∣ptain, who was killed, and his Ship taken by Howard, Admiral of England, in a Time of Peace, occasioned a perfect Rupture. So that the E. Hume invaded the Borders of England, and brought thence a rich Booty, but lost a great Number of his Men in an Ambush: And La Motte, the French Ambassador, with the Assi∣stance of the Clergy, prevailed with the King to declare a War with England by Sea and Land, upon the Accounts above-men∣tioned, if Henry VIII. did not desist from his War against France and the D. of Guelderland. To which that Prince returned a fierce Answer. Whereupon K. James raised an Army; but as he was at Vespers, at Linlithgow-Church, an ancient Man, his Hair of the Colour of Amber, with a very venerable Aspect, cloathed in a Country Habit, with a Linen Girdle round his Waste, pressed through the Crowd; and coming to the K. told him, that he was sent to warn him not to proceed, and to abstain from the Fami∣liarity and Council of Women: Otherwise, that he and his Fol∣lowers should not prosper. Having spoken thus he disappeared, no Body knew how, says Buchanan, who had the Relation from David Lindsey of the Mount, an Eye-witness. The King notwith∣standing marched on; though, according to others, he had a se∣cond Warning at Jedborough, from a Spectrum; which entring the Hall where he and his Nobles were carousing, wrote thus upon the Mantle-piece;

    Laeta sit illa dies, nescitur origo secundi Sit labor an requies; sic transit gloria Mundi.

    He enter'd England, and took the Castles of Norham, Werk, Etel, Foord, &c. by Storm, and wasted the neighbouring Country; but falling in Love with Hern of Foord's Lady, whom he had ta∣ken Prisoner, he neglected his Affairs; so that his Army wan∣ting Provisions, deserted a-pace, none but a few of the Nobility, with their Friends and Vassals, and those also disgusted, staying in the Camp. The greater Part advised him not to spend his Time so disgracefully, but to attack Berwick, which he might easily take; but he was deaf to their Council. Whilst Matters were thus, the English challenged them to fight; and they calling a Council of War, the Major Part were for his returning home, and not venturing a Battel with so small a Force; alledging, that he had done enough already to oblige France: But the French Ambas∣sador and the bribed Courtiers prevailed with him to stay. The English not coming on the Day appointed, the Scotch Nobility desired the King again to return home, seeing now he might do it with Honour; telling him, that the English delayed on pur∣pose, because they knew his Army would moulder away through Discontent: Or, if he would not take that Advice, they press'd him to seize a neighbouring Bridge, which might easily be de∣fended by his Great Guns, and would prevent the English passing the River Til. To all which he answered furiously, That he would fight the English, were they 100000 strong. Whereat the Nobility being offended, Douglas E. of Angus, superior to the rest in Age and Authority, endeavoured to persuade him, but in vain, the King in great Anger bidding him go home if he was afraid. Upon which the ancient Noble-man wept; and having

• ...
  • acquainted him, that his former Behaviour had evidenced to the World he was no Coward, fore-warned him of the Hazard he ran, and took his Leave, leaving his Sons and Vassals Pledges of his Fidelity to his King and Country. The rest of the Nobles finding themselves inferiour in Number, prevailed at last with the King to encamp his Army advantageously; which the En∣glish perceiving, marched as if they intended to invade Scotland, and so drew K. James from that Post, and at last they met at Flodden-Hill. The English divided into two Armies, either al∣most equal to the Scots: One of the Bodies was commanded by Admiral Thomas Howard, Edward Howard, and Marmaduke Con∣stable; the other by the E. of Surrey the General, Edward Stan∣ley, and the L^d Dacres. K. James led on the main Body of the Scots, the Earls of Huntley and Hume commanded the Right Wing, the Earls of Lenox and Argyle the Left, Hepburn, with the Nobility of Lothian, being left Reserve. The Gordons soon routed the Left Wing of the English, and Lenox and Argyle, en∣couraged by their Success, broke their Ranks, and fell on in great Disorder; which occasioned not only their own, but the Ruin of the whole Army, though the King's Body and Hepburn's Brigade fought stoutly. The Battel continued till Night, that both Armies withdrew, neither knowing who had the Victory; so that the Lord Hume and his Men, who remained entire, ga∣thered the Spoil at leisure. But next Morning the Lord Dacres being sent out with a Party, to get Tidings of the Enemy, fin∣ding the Scotch Canon left, published the Victory with great Joy. Concerning the K. of Scotland, the English say he was killed in Battel; but the Scots, and particularly one of his Servants, from whom Buchanan had it, says, that he passed Twede after the Fight, and was killed by the Lord Hume's Order; who was tried for this, but acquitted for want of good Proof. The Common People flatter'd themselves, that he was gone to perform the Vow he had made to go to Jerusalem, and would return again. The Scots lost 5000 Men, as appeared by the Parish-Registers; the English an equal Number, but most Common Soldiers, whereas abundance of the Scotch Nobility fell, having followed Alexander Elphinston, who in Countenance, Stature and Habit was very like the King, and fell with him; whose Body being found, was gi∣ven out to be the King's. The Scots were more sensible of this Loss for the Quality than Number of the Slain, having scarce any left to govern their Country in their then Distress. Buc∣hanan.
  • Iames V. the 106^th K. of Scotland, was proclaimed by the Parliament's Order, after his Father's Death, when he was but 2 Years of Age. The Regency was nominally in the Queen, ac∣cording to her Husband's Desire in his Will, before he went to the Battel, so long as she lived unmarried; which, though con∣trary to Law, was submitted unto for Peace-sake in that Jun∣cture. She writ to her Brother, K. Henry VIII. of England, de∣siring that he would rather protect her and her Son, than invade their Country; which he granted. But she soon lost her Regen∣cy, by her Marriage with Archibald Douglas E. of Angus, and the Nobility were divided about chusing another in her Room; but at length pitch'd upon John D. of Albany, then in France; being Son to Alexander, Brother to K. James III. and accor∣dingly he was sent for, and May 20. 1515. he arrived, nobly equipped by Francis I. K. of France, and in a full Assembly of the Nobility was constituted Regent. The Kingdom was quick∣ly distracted into Factions; Archibald Douglas E. of Angus be∣ing reckoned dangerous, because popular, and allied with Eng∣land: The Lord Hume called in Question for his Behaviour at Flodden: So that they, together with the Queen, fled into Eng∣land. Which obliged the Regent to excuse himself to K. Hen∣ry VIII. Wherepon the Queen and her Husband went back again. Hume raising an Insurrection, did afterwards submit; but brea∣king the Peace again, he and his Brother were taken and execu∣ted. The Regent, after this, desired Leave to pass into France, leaving 7 Deputies to govern in his Absence; and carried the Sons of the principal Nobility with him, as Hostages. These Deputies sell out among themselves, and the Nobility of the West conspired against Archibald Douglas, but were worsted. The Regent returned after 5 Years Absence, and raised an Ar∣my against England, but was opposed by the Nobility, and ob∣liged to a Truce. Whereupon he went for France, and during his Absence, and the Intestine Divisions, the E. of Surrey, with 10000 Men, besides a great Number of Volunteers, over-ran the South of Scotland; whence he returned with a great Booty. The Scots plunder'd the Northern Counties by way of Reprisal; and the E. of Surrey invaded them again. But 500 of his Horse, frightned in the Night, no body knows how, ran through and disordered his Camp so, that he retired without any farther At∣tempt. The Regent arrived from France with 50 Ships, 3000 Foot, and 100 Curassiers, having narrowly escaped the English Fleet, which lay in wait for him. The Scots were divided, the Queen and her Faction persuading to a Breach with France; but the French Faction prevailed, by insisting on this; That the En∣glish designed to make a Conquest of the Scots, as Edward I. had done when sworn to decide the Controversie betwixt Bruce and Baliol, according to Law and Equity. So that the Regent marched with another Army against England, but the Soldiers refused to enter it; so that he was forced to content himself with the taking of one Castle, and plundering the Borders. After which, he undertook a third Voyage into France. During his Absence the young King took the Government upon himself. After this, Archibald Douglas E. of Angus, returned from France, through England, with Henry VIII's Leave, who was well plea∣sed that the D. of Albany was degraded, because an active Per∣son. But the Earl in a little time seized the young King, and by the Assistance of two more, whom he quickly outed, mana∣ged the Government: At which the Nobility being discontented, they endeavoured to deliver the King out of his Hands; but some of them were defeated in the Attempt, July 23. 1521. After this John Stewart E. of Lenox renewed the Design, with the King's Consent; but his Party was worsted, and he himself slain. But at length the King escaped from the Douglasses by Night, and by Proclamation forbad them the Administration of the Govern∣ment, or to come within 12 Miles of the Court, upon pain of Death. After which, calling a Parliament, he out-lawed the Earl, and others of the Douglasses; who thereupon took Arms, but not able to make Head against him, retired to England, whence they procured Ambassadors to mediate an Agreement▪ April 24. 1532. the King appointed 15 Judges for deciding Law-Suits; which was looked upon as arbitrary and tyranni∣cal, that the Estates of the Subjects should be committed to the Pleasure of 15 Men. However, these Judges, to gratifie the Pope, were severe against the Lutherans: And the Pope, to gra∣tifie the King, gave him a Years Tithes of all Parsonages. This same Year the English invaded Scotland, having made a Peace with France, wherein the Scots were not included. The main Cause pretended for the War was, to have the Douglasses resto∣red. K. James, that he might prepare against this Storm, divi∣ded his Kingdom into 4 Parts; ordering them to relieve each other, and manage the War by Turns. Whereupon, K. Henry finding himself disappointed, dealt with the French to mediate a Peace; which was effected. After which, K. James transacted with the Emperor and French King about a Match, which the Hamiltons endeavoured to hinder, because they were next Heirs to the Crown. The K. of France's eldest Daughter being dead a little before, whom he was obliged to have married to K. James, by the League, he refused him the second, under pretence of In∣firmity. The Emp. Charles made him an Offer of Mary Queen Dowager of Hungary, Mary of Portugal, or Mary of England, his Niece by his Sister Catharine. K. James answered, Though the last was most advantageous, it would be incumber'd with so ma∣ny Delays, that it was not for him, being the last of his Family, to live so long unmarried; and therefore demanded another of his Nieces, the Daughter of Christian K. of Denmark; but she was promised to another. In the mean time the French King of∣fered him Mary of Bourbon; but K. Henry, to put a Stop to that Match, sent him Ten Books of Controversie in Divinity, and by his Ambassadors desired an Interview; promising to make him D. of York, to give him his Daughter in Marriage, and to de∣clare him Vice-Roy of England. Being allured with such fair Promises, he appointed a Day for the Interview; but the Hamil∣tons, for the Cause above-mentioned, and the Priests, for fear of their Religion, then on the declining hand in Scotland, prevailed with him to break the Appointment; frightning him with the Carriage of the English to K. James I. whom they kept Prisoner 18 Years, though he landed in their Country in a Time of Peace: And their having enticed William K. of Scotland to London, and then carried him over to France, as if he had come to assist them against his ancient Allie the French K. Henry VIII. took the Disappointment in great disdain, as justly he might. In the mean time, King James, weary of a single life, sailed on a sud∣den into France, and having seen Mary of Bou••bon in a disguise, did not like her, so made straight for the French Court, (which tho' surprized at his coming, entertained him honourably,) and on the 26th. of November, married Magdalen Daughter of Francis I. al∣most against that Prince's Will; but they had contracted such Friendship by Messengers, that when they had seen one another, there was no diverting them. Being Married, he arrived in Scotland on the 28th. of May 1537. where the Queen died of a Hectick Fever in July after; at which, all but the Priests, who dreaded her, as being brought up by the Q. of Navarre, were so exceeding grieved, that they went in Mourning, not used until then in Scotland. The K. whilst in France, presaging the loss of his Wife, had cast his Eye upon Mary of Guise, for whom he sent Ambassadors, and on the 12th. of June the ensuing Year, she arrived in Scotland, and was publickly Married. In 1539, some were Burned, some Banished, and others imprisoned for Luthera∣nism; amongst the later was George Buchanan, who when his Kee∣pers were a-sleep, made his escape out at a Window; the Muses, according to a certain Author, letting him down by a Cord. In 2 Years time, the Q. was Mother of 2 Sons, and the K. finding the Succession established, began to slight the Nobility, applying his Mind to sumptuous and unnecessary Buildings, for which, stan∣ding in need of Money, the Nobles and Clergy both afraid of him, endeavoured to ward off the Tempest, each complaining of their Poverty, and magnifying the others Riches; the K. listned to both, and so kept them in suspence betwixt Hope and Fear. In the mean time, K. Henry VIII. desired another Interview at York, which the Priests were mortally afraid of, and prevented, by pro∣mising him 30000 Ducats in Gold Annually, and their whole Estates, if need required; adding moreover, that he might quick∣ly fill his Treasure, by prosecuting the Lutherans according to Law, so that he constituted James Hamilton Bastard-son of the Earl of Arran Judge over the Lutherans; but he being accused of a Design on the King's Life, was soon after executed. From

• ...
  • that time forward the King, being suspicious of the Nobility, was much troubled with frightful Dreams; one of them very re∣markable, viz. That he saw James Hamilton above-mentioned, run at him with his Sword, and first cut off his Right, then his Left Arm, threatning also to take away his Life in a little Time. Being awaken'd by the Fright, and pondering on his Dream, News was brought him that his 2 Sons were dead; one at St. Andrews, the other at Sterling. At the same Time Henry VIII. being affron∣ted at the Disappointments above-mentioned, sent to invade the Borders of Scotland without denouncing War, and Reparation, though demanded, was not made. Hereupon K. James prepa∣red for War, and yet sent to treat about a Peace, but without Ef∣fect. The English received a small Defeat on the Borders, and K. James was very eager to give their Army Battel, but the Nobles were against it; whereat the King was so incensed, that he called them Cowards; adding, That they were unworthy of their Ance∣stors, and had betrayed him. He was also highly enraged against George Gordon E. of Hantley, whom he had sent with 10000 Men to observe the Enemy's Motions, because when the English, on his Approach, had re-pass'd the Twede in Disorder, leaving several of their Colours behind them, he did not pursue them. Maxwell, to appease the King's Anger, offer'd, if he might have 10000 Men, to invade the Western Borders of England, he would do considerable Service; which doubtless he had effected, if the King, incensed against the Nobility, had not given a secret Commission to Oliver Sinclare, a private Gentleman, to be General when he came into the Enemy's Country; designing thereby to deprive the Nobles of the Glory of the Victory. And accordingly, when the Army had enter'd England, and 500 English Horse appeared on the neigh∣bouring Hills, Oliver was proclaimed General by his Party; at which the Army, especially Maxwell, was so much disgusted, that they broke their Ranks, and fell together by the Ears. The English perceiving their Disorder, attacked them with a Shout, and drove Horse, Foot and Baggage into the next Marishes, where many were taken Prisoners by the English, but more by the Scotch Moss-Troopers, who sold them to the Enemy. This News being brought to the King, his Mind was distracted between Anger and Grief; and complaining of the Perfidiousness of his People, died in a manner of a Phrenzy, having a little before his Death, which was Decemb. 13. 1542. had the News of the Birth of his Daugh∣ter Mary, who succeeded him.
  • Iames VI. the 108^th K. of Scotland, was placed on the Throne, after his Mother's Resignation, July 25. 1567. being little above a Year old. Whereupon the E. of Morton and L^d Hume took the Oaths in his Name, that he should govern according to the Laws, and the then Settlement in Church and State. His Uncle, the E. of Murray, Natural Son to K. James V. was unanimously chosen Regent. His Mother escaped out of Prison, raised an Army against the Regent, then at Glasgow with a small Force; by whom she was defeated, and, with the French Ambassador, fled for England; whence Q. Elizabeth sent to demand an Account of the whole Af∣fair, saying, She could not bear with the Injuries done her neigh∣bouring Queen and Kinswoman. Whereupon the Regent, with sev••ral other Persons of Quality, and Buchanan, our Author, one of the Commissioners, went for London, having narrowly escaped an Ambush laid for them by the D. of Norfolk. They made her Charge so plain to Q. Elizabeth, by Letters under her own Hand to E. Bothwell, that Her Majesty declared she had been proceeded against according to Law and Justice. After this, Duke Hamilton dealt with Q. Elizabeth, that he might be made Regent of Scotland by her Means. But the other Party made the Danger so apparent to intrust him with the young Prince, who was the only Person betwixt him and the Crown, that she declared against it, and sent the Regent honourably home, with strong Guards, to pre∣vent the D. of Norfolk's Designs: And at his Return, the States ap∣proved what he had done. Whereupon D. Hamilton and the E. of Argyle submitted, and the E. of Huntley was pardoned. And not long after, Q. Elizabeth sent to the Nobility of Scotland these 3 Demands: 1. Either to restore the Queen to her former Digni∣ty: Or, 2. To reign jointly with her Son: Or, 3. That she might live privately at home, in Honour next to the King. Which last was easily granted, and an Ambassador sent with Reasons why the rest were refused. The D. of Norfolk's Plot to marry the Q. of Scots, and cut off Q. Elizabeth, breaking out in the mean time she designed to have sent home the Scotch Queen. The Regent being gone to suppress the Moss-Troopers on the Borders, seized the Earl of Northumberland, one of the English Conspirators, and pursued others, offering at the same time to assist the Governor of Berwick upon all Occasions; which Q. Elizabeth took so kindly, that she promised to defend him with her whole Force. But the Scotch Conspirators being big with Hopes that their Plot would succeed in England, contrived the good Regent's Death; and as he was riding through Lithgow, he was shot out at a Window by Hamilton Abbot of Aberbrothock, Jan. 23. 1571. The Nobles as∣sembled to chuse a new Regent, but the Hamiltons, and Maitland of Lethington, with others of the Queen's Faction, prevented it; so that the Face of Affairs look'd very cloudy, and might have proved fatal to the young Prince, had not Q. Elizabeth sent 2 Ar∣mies into Scotland, against his Mother's Faction, under the Com∣mand of the E. of Sussex and L^d Scroope; who wasted the Lands of those concerned in the Regent's Murther, or that entertained the English Rebels. And at last Matthew Stuart E. of Lenox, the King's Grandfather, was chosen Regent. The Marquis of Huntley rebelled in the North, and garrison'd Brechin, which the Regent took afterwards. The Rebels sollicited the French and Spaniard for Assistance to restore the Queen, and were continually plotting; but several of the Great Ones submitted to the Regent, who in a little time after surprized Dunbarton-Castle, and caused the B^p of St. Andrews to be executed for being active in the Murther of K. Hen∣ry and the late Regent; which was discovered by John Hamilton, one of the Accomplices, in his Confession to a Priest. In the mean time the E. of Morton and others, who had been sent Ambassadors into England, to justifie the Proceeding against Q. Mary, returned, and their Transactions were approved by the States. A Parliament be∣ing summoned, the Queen's Faction garrison'd Edinburgh, to pre∣vent its Sitting; which occasioned divers Skirmishes, attended with various Success; but the Rebels received a considerable Over∣throw between Edinburgh and Leith. Queen Elizabeth and the French King were blamed by both their Parties, for not being quick enough in their Supplies. The former was put upon by some of her Council who favoured the Duke of Norfolk, to demand the Scotch King as an Hostage from his Party: And the K. of France demanded from the Queen's Faction the Castles of Edinburgh and Dunbarton, as Pledges of their Fidelity. The King's Party abso∣lutely refused to part with him, nor was it in the Power of the Queen's Party to deliver up those Places demanded of them. Af∣ter this the Rebels had another Repulse at Leith, but surpri∣zed the Convention at Sterling, and killed the Regent after they had given him Quarter; but were driven out of the Town again, and John Earl of Marr was chosen Regent. He assaulted Edinburgh without Success; and the King's Party being worsted by the Rebels in the North, several Attempts were made by those of the South, wherein they still came off with Loss. Hereupon the Regent straitned the Rebels in Edinburgh. [So far Buchanan.] After this, the E. of Morton was chosen Regent; and because the Ministers complained that the Church-Revenues were all ingrossed by the Nobility, so as there was not a Competency left for their Maintenance, and other pious Uses, he introduced a sort of Bi∣shops without Jurisdiction, who contented themselves with the Ti∣tle and some additional Allowance, whilst the Nobility still en∣joyed the Revenues. He pressed also for a Conformity with the Church of England, thereby to advance the King's Interest in that Nation, but could never effect his Designs; and the Nobility be∣ing dis-satisfied with him, he was obliged to demitt the Regency, and the King enter'd upon the Government, March 12. 1578. After which, the first Assembly of the Church declared against Bi∣shops. In 1579. Mr. D'Aubigny, of the Family of Lenox, arrived from France, sent, as it was thought, by the Guises, to endeavour an Alteration in Religion, and to procure an Association in the Government between the young King and his Mother. And be∣ing His Majesty's Kinsman, he was in a little Time created Earl of Lenox. A Parliament being called the same Year, the Confession of Faith was established. In December, 1580. the E. of Morton, formerly Regent, was committed to the Castle for concealing the Design against the King's Father's Life; for which he was behea∣ded, June 1. 1581. declaring upon the Scaffold, that he concea∣led it because of the danger of revealing it. The E. of Lenox got the best part of his Estate, and the Guises were supposed to be the chief Promoters of his Fall, because he was a principal Instrument in dethroning Q. Mary. The Earl of Lenox was in a little Time made Duke; and in May, 1582. one Seignior Paul, an Italian, concerned in the Massacre at Paris, came from the D. of Guise with a Present of 8 Horses to the King, with whom he obtained great Credit by the D. of Lenox's Means. The Guises at the same time were raising Forces on pretence of assisting the D. of Anjou in the Low Countries, but really to deliver Q. Mary out of Prison, by the help of the English Roman Catholicks. The D. of Lenox in the mean time endeavoured to raise new Troubles in the Church, by Means of Mr. Robert Montgomery Titular AB^p of Glasgow, who was excommunicated for going with some of the Guard, and pul∣ling a Minister out of the Pulpit at Glasgow; for which and offer∣ing to plead at the Bar, contrary to the Laws, the Magistrates of Edinburgh came to put him out of the Town, being scarce able to secure him from the incensed Rabble: Upon which, the D. of Lenox obtained a Special Commission from the King, to hold a Court, and punish the Actors in this Affair; but it being disco∣vered, that he designed to bring in many of the Popish Nobility, and others of the Queen's Faction, to possess themselves of the City by Force, while he should summon and punish by Death or otherwise such as he pleased, the Earls of Marr and Gowry, with others of the Nobility, met the King as returning from Hunting, and conveying him to Ruthwen-Castle, acquainted him with the imminent Danger both to Church and State, from the D. of Lenox and Earl of Arran, who had banished such as had been most ser∣viceable to him in his Infancy, restored some of those concerned in the Murther of his Father, excluded the Nobility from his Council, and governed all by the Advice of the Bishops of Glas∣gow and Ross, declared Rebels, with the Assistance of the Pope's Nuncio, Spanish Ambassadors, and French Papists. Whereupon they obtained a Charge for the Duke to depart the Country, and that the Earl of Arran should be confined. Septemb. 12. 1582. Proclamations were issued by the King, discharging the Commis∣sions which he had formerly given to the Duke and E. of Arran; and declaring that he did not act thus by Compulsion. The Nobility published a Declaration at the same Time, charging the said Duke and E. of Arran, that by the Influence of France and Spain they 〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉
  • ...〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• ...
  • and the Magistrates of London concurred. The Convention be∣ing Assembled on the 22d. of January, they presented the P. with an Address of Thanks, for what he had done, and recom∣mended Ireland to his care. About 8 Days after (not without Opposition in the House of Lords) the Convention came to a Resolve, in these Words, That K. James II. having endeavoured to Subvert the Constitution of this Kingdom, by breaking the Original Contract between King and People, and by the Advice of Jesuites, and other wicked Persons; having Violated the Fundamental Laws, and having withdrawn himself out of this Kingdom, hath Abdicated the Government, and that the Throne was thereby vacant; after which, the Convention having drawn up a Declaration, in order to a firm Establishment for the future, and made a Claim of what they thought to be the ancient Rights and Liberties of the People, with the Grievances which they desired to be redressed, they declared the Prince and Princess of Orange King and Queen, the Administration to be in both their Names, but the Exercise of the Power only in his Majesty, settling the Succession on the Heirs of the Body of the Princess, now Queen; and in Default of hers, on the Heirs of Princess Ann's; and in default of hers, on the Heirs of the Prince, now King, and a little after, their Majesties were both Proclaimed. Such of the Nobility and Gen∣try of Scotland, as were at London, petitioned his Majesty to take the Administration of their Government upon him, and to call a Convention there, which he accepted, and during the Sitting of the Convention, they receiv'd a Letter from K. James, and ano∣ther from the K of England; but before they opened the first, they pass'd an Act, declaring themselves a Free and lawful Mee∣ting, and on the 12th. of April 1689, for a numerous train of Reasons, declared in these Words, That whereas K. James VII. being a professed Papist, did Assume the Regal Power, &c. (as may be seen in the Declaration it self) he had forfeited his Right to the Crown, and the Throne was become Vacant. After which, they drew up a Claim of Right, and declared the Prince and Princess of Orange King and Queen, in the same manner, as the English Convention had done. The late K. James, finding that the Con∣vention of Scotland took no notice of his Letter, appointed the Viscount Dundée, who had withdrawn himself from the said Con∣vention, to call another, with the Assistance of the Bishops, but it took no effect; and Dundée being afterwards slain in Battel, the late King's Interest declined there a-pace. He Embarked at Brest, March 10. New Stile, and landing in Ireland, did quickly reduce all that Kingdom but London-derry, after a Siege from the latter end of April to the 11th. of June; in which, the besieged suffered very much, and behaved themselves with extraordinary Gallantry, his Army was repulsed with considerable loss, leaving their Baggage, Canon, Ammunition, &c. behind them, and Mon∣sieur De Momont, the French General of Horse, was killed by Colo∣nel Murray in a Salley. The late King's Forces had no better Suc∣cess against the Inneskillin-Men. Duke Scomberg being sent over by King William, landed on the 24th. of August 1689, not far from Bangor, and took Carickfergus after some Days siege, upon which, the late K. commanded all the Irish from 16 to 60 to take Arms. In October following, the D. took Charlemont, and forced the Irish from Newry Pass, within a few Miles of the late King's Army, which was 30000 strong. In November following, the French Papists in the Duke's Army, having promised to betray it to the late K. he prepared to advance towards the English Camp, but was prevented by the discovery; at the same time the In∣nes••illiners defeated 5000 of the Irish sent against them. The most considerabie thing afterwards, was, his Defeat at the Boyne, after which, he retired again into France, while Ireland was en∣tirely Reduced by K. William's Forces, and his last appearance in the Field was at La H••gue, where he Commanded part of the French Army, and was Eye-witness to the burning of several of the best Ships of the French Fleet by the English, under Admiral Russel. The late K. has been twice married; his first Wife, was Ann, Eldest Daughter of Edward E. of Clarendon, by whom he hath now living, our present Q. Mary and Princess Ann of Den∣mark; his second, is, Josepha Maria d'Este, Daughter to the late Duke of Modena, to whom he was married Novem. 1673. Our present Q. Mary, was born Apr. 20. 1662, and married to the P. of Orange in 1677. Princess Ann was born in 1664, and married to P. George of Denmark in 1683. The particular Battels and Sieges in Scotland or Ireland, since the Revolution, will be found in their proper places.
• ...
  Kings of Arragon of the Name of Iames.
  • Iames I. of that Name, K. of Arragon, being Six Years old, Succeeded his Father Peter II. surnamed The Catholick, killed at the Siege of Muret near Toulouse, in a Battel in 1213, against Si∣mon of Montfort. Being 13 Years old, he married Eleonor, Sister to Ferdinand K. of Castile; and 10 Years after, by a Dispensation from the Pope, he was divorced from her. He took Majorca, and Minorca, Valence, and other Dominions from the Moors. He de∣feated the Princes who rebelled, during his Minority, and ac∣quired the Title of Warlike. He exchanged the County of Mont∣pelier, which descended to him by his Mother, Mary of Montpe∣lier, with King St. Lewis in 1238, for some Territories in Lan∣guedoc; and promised to undertake a War against the Eastern Infidels; but he performed little. His love to Women, made him often quarrel with the Popes. He died July 27. 1276, being 70 Years old, having Reigned 63 Years.
  • Iames II. Peter III's Son, succeeded in 1291. to his Brother Alphonsus III. called The Bountiful, and was Crowned at Saragossae the 24th. of September. He Subjected Sicily, which he pretended to, by his Mother Constance of Sicily, Peter III's Wife; he assu∣med also the Title of Duke of Apulia, and Prince of Capua. He left his Brother in Sicily, who made himself King thereof. In the beginning of his Reign, he made a Peace with France; but proved unfortunate in a War against the Moors, and the Navar∣rois. In a general Assembly of the States of the Kingdom, he caused them to Decree, That Arragon, Valence and Catalonia, should never be parted. He died at Barcelona, Novem. 2. in the 36th. Year of his Reign, and the 66th. of his Age, in 1327.
• ...
  Kings of Cyprus of the Name of Iames.
  • Iames of Lusignan, K. of Cyprus, was Son of Peter I. and Ele∣onor of Arragon. His first Title was Prince of Tabaria. Having sig∣nalized himself upon divers occasions, he was taken in a Fight by the Genoese, who kept him till 1383. In that Year, Peter II. or Petrin, his Nephew, being dead, the Genoese released him, on condition, that he should yield to them Famagusta and its Ter∣ritory. He was Crowned at Nicosia, and Succeeded Leon or Lionel K. of Armenia, and died in 1410.
  • Iames, the Natural Son of John III. K. of Cyprus, by Mary Patra, was designed by his Father for a Church-man, and there∣upon he caused him to take Sub-deacons Orders. But upon his Father's death in 1458. James took Arms against Charlotte, the only Daughter and Heir of John III. and by the Soldan Melec-El∣la's help, turned her out, and Usurp'd the Kingdom. In 1470, he married Catharine Cornaro, Daughter to Marc Cornaro, a Noble Venetian, whom the Common-wealth of Venice adopted, and so she received a Portion, as Daughter of St. Mark. James died June 5. 1473. leaving his Wife with Child.
• ...
  Other Princes called Iames.
  • Iames of Arragon, K. of Majorca, a good Prince, lived in the XIVth. Century. Peter K. of Arragon, called The Ceremonious, dispossessed him of his Dominions with strange Cruelty, about the Year 1343 or 44, tho' Pope Clement VI. and other Contem∣porary Princes, opposed that Tyranny. This K. had a Son also named James, the Third Husband of Jane I. Queen of Naples, Countess of Provence, &c. That Marriage happened in 1363. This Princess, being unwilling to give him the Title of King, James not induring such Contempt, left her 3 Months after Mar∣riage, and died of Grief, in 1375.
  • Iames of Savoy, P. of Achaia and Morea, Earl of Piedmont, Lord of Yvree, &c. Was Son of Philip of Savoy, E. of Piedmont, by Isabella of Ville-Hardouin, Princess of Achaia and Morea, his first Wife. He entred Turin in 1344, and was afterwards, concerned in the Wars of the Earls of Milan and Savoy, and had good Success, chiefly against the Marquiss of Saluces. These happy Omens so flushed him, that thinking nothing could oppose his Designs; in 1359, he undertook to impose in Piedmont, a Tax upon the Commodities to be Imported into Savoy. Amé VI. E. of Savoy, surnamed The Green, disgusted at it, sent Commissio∣ners into Piedmont, one of whom, James caused to be Executed. The Green Count provoked thereat, Armed against the Earl of Achaia, took him prisoner, and seized his best Places. So that this unhappy Prince submitted to his Conqu••ror's Demands for his Liberty, and died May 17. 1366.
  • Iames of Savoy, Governor of Dauphine and Lionnois, &c. Son to Philip of Savoy D. of Nemours, by Charlotte of Orleans, was born Octob. 12. 1531. Two Years after, he lost his Father. ••is Mo∣ther educated him with great Care, and by her Prudence and In∣terest kept her Son's Estate, who at 15 Y••ars old wen•• to the French Court, and signalized himself in several Sieges and Battel••. The most remarkable was that of 4 French-men against 4 Spa∣niards, sought in Piedmont, in 1555. The French were, th•• D. of Nemours, the young Classé Vassé, Gaspa•• o•• Bol••••ers o•• Manes, and Montcha of the House of Simiane. Their Enemies were, the Marquis of Pesquaire, the Marquis of Malespine, Francis ••••••affa, Nephew to Pope Paul IV. and Arboreo of Cende. The D. of Ne∣mours and the Marquis of Pesquaire tilted twice without reaching one another, the third Time they broke their Lances: Vasse and Manes were killed; and Montcha, with his Lance, ran Caraffa through, so he died immediately. This Prince was of comely Presence, generous, civil, witty and learned; spoke several Lan∣guages, and wrote Verse and Prose with a great deal of Facility. He died at Anneci, June 15. 1585.
  • Iames of Savoy, E. of Romont, Baron of Vaud, was the youn∣ger Son of Lewis D. of Savoy, by Ann of Cyprus. His Father gave him his Appennage at Quiers, Feb. 26. 1460. He was stout and courageous, but passionate, and an Enemy to Peace. He greatly loved Charles the Rash, or the Bold, last D. of Burgundy; whom he served against Lewis XI. He was included in the Peace, An. 1475. but did not long enjoy it. 'Tis said, a Switzer driving a Cart loa∣ded with Sheep-skins, and being abused in the Country of Vaud, complained to the Confederacy: The Switzers demanded Satis∣faction, which the E. of Romont neglected to make; and there∣upon they took Arms. The D. of Burgundy espoused his Friend's Quarrel, but was defeated in the 2 famous Battels of Grandson and Morat, in 1476. After this Duke's Death, James of Sav••y stuck to Maximilian of Austria, who married Mary, Heiress of Burgundy, created him Knight of the Golden Fleece, in 1478. and afterwards made him one of the chief Counsellors to Philip, his Son. James did him good Service at the Siege of Theroü••••••, in 1479. in the

• ...
  • Battel of Guinegaste, &c. He was included in the Treaty of Peace in 1482. and died in the Castle of Ham in Picardy, January 30. 1486.
  • Iames Paleologus, a Greek Gentleman, descended from the Emperors of Constantinople. When that City was taken by the Turks, in 1453. he went to Rome, and became a Dominican; but being of an unstable Spirit, and calling in question Orthodox Truths, he was put into the Inquisition; whence escaping, he went into Germany, where he pretended to be a Protestant; thence into Poland, where he adhered to the Arrians. The Emp. Maxi∣milian II. having notice of it, caused him to be brought back to Rome, where he abjured his Errours: But publishing them again, he was condemned and burnt in 1565.
  • Iames Heraclides, or Basilides. Many think him an Impo∣stor. He gave out himself to be descended from the ancient De∣spotes, or Vaivodes of Moldavia and Valachia, Lord of Samos-Island, and Marquis of Paros in the Archipelago. He had a very noble Countenance, and understood well the Greek, Latin, Italian and French Tongues. Many Polish Lords so zealously espoused his Cause, that by Force they established him Despote of Moldavia and Valachia, having vanquished the Des••ote Alexander in 1561. James bribed the Bassa's and Vizier, and so got himself confirmed in his Principality by Solyman II. Emperor of the Turks. But he reigned but 3 Years; for the Valachians having some Suspicion of hi•• Quality, attacked him in his Palace; where taking to himself t•••• ••••••••naments of his Dignity, he underwent Death with a great d•••••• •• ••••••stancy. De Rocoles, les imposteurs insignes.
  • St. Iames of the Sword, a Military Order of Spain. 'Tis affir∣med, t•••••• ••ome Regular Canons observing how the Moors abused the Pilgrims, going to visit the Relicts of St. James at Compostella, buil•• divers Ho••pitals to receive them; and that 13 Gentlemen offered themselv••s to protect them. This properly gave a Be∣ginning to this Or••••r, approved by Pope Alexander III. in 1175. and by Pope I••n••cent III. in 1198. The Knights observed the Rule 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Austin, and th•• Vows of Religion, but they were since per∣mitt••d to marry. The Knights wore formerly on their Breasts and on the Left Side a Scallop-Shell, about their Necks 3 Chains of Gold, from which hung the Form of a Sword, being of Red Satin embroider'd, and a Scallop-shell upon the Sword. The Red Sword denotes their Victory over the Arabians, with whose Blood the Sword was died. The Scallop-shell is a Mark of their Pilgrimage to the Sepulchre of St. James: And the Motto, Rubet ensis sanguine Arabum. At present they wear a Cross in the shape of a Sword, the Pommel made like an Heart, and the Ends of the Guard like Flower-de-Luces. A modern Author saith, that the most part of the Orders of Spain have some such Resemblance in their Arms, to denote how the French assisted the Spaniards against the Moors. This, the most considerable Order in Spain, and was established in Castile and Portugal: The King is the Great Master of it, since the Reign of Ferdinand and Isabella, who ob∣tained it of Pope Alexander VI. * Roderic of Toledo. Mariana and Favin. Theat. d'honn. & de chev.
• * Iames-Town, so called from King James I. is the princi∣pal City of Virginia, situate upon the River Pauhatan, near its ••all into the Northern Sea. It was built by the English, about 16••7.
• * Iames-Town, a Town of the County of Letrim, in the Pro∣vince of Connaugh••: So called from K. James I. who founded it. It stands upon the Shannon, and is well walled; but its Buil∣dings were for the most part ruined during the Wars in King Charles I's Time.
• Iamers, a little Town of Lorrain, towards the Borders of Luxemburg. belonging to the French, and lately fortified. It is situa•••••• on a small River, between Montmedi, Damvilliers, Stenai and Len••vi. Lon. 24. 43. Lat. 49. 30.
• * Iamnia, or Iabina, a Sea-Port, 30 Miles from Jerusalem, and about 6 S. from Joppa. The Inhabitants of which being Sy∣rians, and designing to murther the Jews, as they of Joppa had done Judas Macchabaeus, fell upon them by Night, and burnt all the Ships in their Haven, the Flame of which was seen at Jerusa∣lem; and thus he prevented their Treachery, Macch. 2.12. Ʋz∣ziah K. of Judah, before this, ruined its Walls, and Judas Mac∣chabaeus overthrew an Army of the Arabians near it. 1 Macch. 4.5.10.15. 2 Macch. 11.
• Iancire, K. of the Scythians. See Idathyrse.
• * Iancoma, A Kingdom of the East-Indies, in the Peninsula be∣yond Ganges, in the Kingdom of Pegu. The River Mecon bounds it on the East, and the River Menan on the West.
• Ianeiro, Rio de Ianairo, or Ganabara Janvarius, a River of Brasil in America, running into the Sea in the South of the same Country. It gave its Name to a Province, or Capitany. Its Towns are, St. Sebastian, which has a good Harbour; Angra de Los Reges, Caza de Piedro, &c. The Country is under the Por∣tuguese. It was first discovered by a French Protestant, in 1515. but Outed by the Portuguese, in 1558.
• Ianiculus, a Mountain of Rome, on the other Side Tyber, where Janus K. of Italy was formerly adored, and where was the Sepulchre of Numa II. King of Rome. Here Porsenna King of Hetruria encamped when he besieged Rome, the Prospect whereof is very fine from this Place because of its heighth. Here St. Peter is said to have suffered Martyrdom. 'Tis now called Montorio, or The Golden Mountain, because of its Colour. Tit. Liv. lib. 1. Plin. lib. 16.
• ...

  Ianisaries, Foot-Soldiers in the Turkish Army. The Name is derived from Jegni, which signifies New, and Tcheri, Soldier; out of which is formed Jegnitcheri, A new Soldier; which we pronounce Janisar••. [See the Reason for this Name under the Head Bectaschites.] This Militia was formerly composed only of Christian Children, whom their poor Fathers gave up for the Carach, or Tribute, exacted by the Grand Signior of all Christians that desire Liberty of Conscience in his Dominions, or else such as were taken Prisoners from the Christians. But the Custom of Tribute-Children is abolished, except in Mingrelia, and other Pla∣ces towards the Black-Sea, where they cannot pay the Cara••h in Money. The Number of them is more or less, according as the Turks are routed. Formerly it was fixed to 33000. Lately they were near 100000. But now this Number is much lessened, though we should reckon all those who buy such Places of the Kiaia and Serdars, or of the Aga of the Janisaries, only to be∣come formidable, or be exempted from Tribute, or for other particular Reasons. Their Pay is from 2 to 12 Aspers a Day, be∣sides the Doliman, or the Coat of Thessalonick Cloth, given them yearly, the first Day of their Ramezan, or Lent. Particular Ser∣vice, or extraordinary Valour increaseth a Janisary's Pay some few Aspers. Besides, it gives him Security that his Pay shall be continued, tho' he should become lame; because he shall be made Otourac, and Asarela, Soldier in Pay during Life. At Constantinople they are obliged to lodge in their Oda, or common Chambers: (For all the Janisaries there are in Constantinople 160 Chambers, where they must lodge, or be severely punished.) These Cham∣bers sometimes hold 2 or 300 Men, more or less, as the Times are. And they are obliged to retire at a certain Hour; after which, the Odabaschi, or Governor of the Chamber, or, in his Absence, the Ashgi, or Cook, mark the Absent, that they may be punished if they had not Leave to stay out, or rebuked only if an extraordinary Accident prevented their Return. Each is bound to give to the Treasury of his Chamber, or to the Janisa∣ries common Treasury, in Time of Peace, One and an half per Cent. of all his Pay; and in Time of War, 7 per Cent. But in Consideration, he is allowed in the Chamber a Place 3 Foot broad, and 6 Foot long, for his Quilt; besides a Dish of Rice, a Piece of Mutton, and some Bread and Water, at Dinner and Supper. So that still out of his Pay he may be a Saver.

  Their Apparel is a Doliman, or a long Coat with short Sleeves: About the middle-part of their Body 'tis girded with a Coussac, or Linen-Cloth Girdle, striped with many Colours, with Gold and Silver Fringe at the Ends. Over their Doliman they wear a Spahi, or Vest of Blue Cloth, carelesly, like our Campaign-Coats. In∣stead of a Turban, they wear a Zarcola, or a kind of Felt-Cap, with a long Felt-Hood hanging on their Shoulders. On high Days they deck their Zarcola with a Quill full of many long Feathers, tied on the fore part of their Cap. In Constantinople they seldom have any thing in their Hand but a long Stick, or Indian Cane. But their Arms for War in Europe are, a Scymiter, and the Gun, or Musket: They have also a Case for Powder hanging on their Left Side, by a Leather-string; and they twist their Right Arm with Match, as with Bracelets. In Asia, for want of Powder, they use Bows and Arrows, and have always a Dagger, or Knife, wherewith they threaten those who refuse to grant their Demands. Bows and Arrows are provided for them by the Alkitefterdars, or Under-Treasurers-General.

  The Janisaries rarely marry, because they think there, as else∣where, that a married Man is not so resolute as one that takes care only for himself. Yet the Law rather encourages it, than forbids it: For when they do it with their Officer's Consent, they are exempted from lodging in the common Chambers; only eve∣ry Friday they must appear, and shew themselves to their Wekil∣harg, or Treasurer of the Chamber; otherwise they lose their Pay. When they have a Child born, the Emperor allows them some few Aspers a Day more. Their Body is not so considerable as formerly. They have been so formidable, that they presumed to dispose of the Government, deposed Sultan Ibrahim in 1648. and strangled him in the Castle of Seven Towers. But since, the Grand Visiers, to maintain their Sovereigns and their own Authority, have endeavoured to humble them; destroying the stoutest at the Siege of Candy, and permitting others to marry, or exercise Trades, against their old Custom and Discipline: So that their Body now consists only of unexperienced and idle Men, not knowing how to support their Predecessors Pride; and yet, in 1687. they had Boldness enough to join with the Spahies, to de∣throne Mahomet IV. and make his Brother Solyman III. Emperor. During which Troubles they put the chief Officers of the Empire to death, plunder'd the richest Citizens, and burnt part of the City. Memoires Historiques.

• Ianisar-Aga, the General Commander of the whole Body of the Janisaries; the first of all the Aga's, or Officers of Turkish Infantry. The Name comes from the Turkish Word Aga, which signifies Master, or Lord, or a Stick, the Token of Command, which he holds in his Hand on extraordinary Days. T••is General was formerly chosen out of the Janisaries; but some Intrigues being perceived among them, and his Election being followed with Jea∣lousie and Hatred, the Sultan chuses him now out of the Icholans of his Seraglio. He has a considerable Allowance assigned upon some Timars affected to his Place, and he often receives Presents from the Sultan, especially when the Janisaries have behaved 〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• 〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉bitants a silver Mace in 1663, to be carried before their Chief Magistrates.
• Iason, Aeson's Son, K. of Thessalia, who dying, left him under the Guardianship of Pelias, who gave him to Chiron to be instru∣cted, and then to be rid of him, (because for-warned by the Ora∣cle, That he would be in danger of losing his life, by him that came to him with one Shooe, as Jason happened to do, having lost the other in a River, as carrying over Juno in the likeness of an old Woman,) sent him to Colchos, to fetch the Golden Fleece, about An. Mun. 2824. Upon which Design, he rigged out the famous Ship Argo; touching at the Island Lemnos in his way thi∣ther, he was entertained by Hypsipile the Q. at Bed and Board; and going thence for Colchos, by Medea's help, Daughter to the K. of the Country, who fell in Love with him, slew the Dragon that guarded that rich Booty, and, for Reward, married her; to whom afterwards he proved false, and married Creusa, Daughter of Creon K. of Corinth; which so vexed Medea, that she burned them both in the Royal Palace. Some give this farther account of Jason, T••at he received from Venus a little Bird call'd Jynx, which had the Vertue to procure Love, and Medea being thus Enchanted, gave him an Ointment to preserve him from the Bulls which vo∣mitted Fire at their Mouths and Nostrils; and being thus secured, he goes to her Father Aeetas, and Demands the Golden Fleece, which he promised, on Condition, That he yoked those Bulls, sow the Teeth which he should deliver him, and conquer the Armed Men which should spring from them; all which he per∣formed: But Aeetas, unwilling to stand to his Promise, designed to murther him and his Companions. Others say, he gave him his Daughter Medea, and planted Gardens near Pontus, which still bear his Name. Hyginus. Eusebius in Chron. Apollodo∣rus. Ovid l. 7. Metam. Seneca, Med. Valerius Flaccus, de Ar∣gon.
• Iason, a Jew, Brother of Onias the High-Priest. He courted Antiochus Epiphanes so well, that he obtained his Brother's Dig∣nity. And afterwards he endeavoured to abolish the Judaical Customs, to introduce those of the Gentiles, An. Mun. 3879. And 2 Years after, Menelaus, Simon's Brother, of the Tribe of Benjamin, supplanted him. Sometime after, upon the Report of Antiochus's death, he entered Jerusalem by force, drove out Me∣nelaus, and put many Citizens to death, but could not be re-in∣stated in the Dignity he procured so basely. So he left the Ci∣ty, and fled into Arabia for Sanctuary, but Aretas, K. thereof, ex∣pelled him, and he found no more favour in Aegypt; so that he retired to Sparta, where he died miserably, and was left unbu∣ried, a Favour never denied to the greatest Malefactors. 1 Mac∣chabees c. 1. 11. c. 4 & 5. Josephus, in Antiq. & de bello judaico. Torniel & Salian in Annal. Sacr.
• Iason of Cyrene, an Historian of the 150th. Olympiad, An. Rom. 547, in the time of Ptolomaeus Philometer. He wrote 5 Books of the memorable Actions of the Asmonaeans or Macchabees, which the Au∣thor of the 2d. Book of Macchabees acknowledgeth himself to have abridged.
• Iasque, a Principality in the Kingdom of Persia, on the Coast of Kerman. The Country between the Cape of Jasque, and the Cape of Guadel, the two most Southern Points of Persia, and from the Sea side as far as the Province of Kerman, is pos∣sessed by 3 Petty-Princes, one a Mahometan, and the other two, whose Dominions are towards the East, Idolaters. The first is the most powerful, and the nearest the Territories of Ormus. He assumes the Name of Prince of Jasque, which his Ancestors had. The K. Cha-Abas I. having conquered Ormus, exacted from this Prince a yearly Tribute. But Cha-Sephi succeeding his Grand-fa∣ther very young, the Pr. of Jasque took occasion to refuse pay∣ment. Cha-Abas II. to be revenged, sent 20000 Men under the Kan of Ormus, who was drowned in a Fen: But his Command was given to his Brother, who entered into the Pr. of Jasque's Dominions. The Pr. proved victorious, and thinking himself safe, resolved to go to Mecca, to return Thanks. The Kan having notice thereof, sent 20 armed Barks to wait for him on the Coasts of Arabia, where he was taken, and thence carried to Ormus. To avoid the Heat, the Kan had retired to the Mountains 10 or 12 Leagues from the Town, and the Pr. of Jasque was conducted to the Kan's Tent. In the interim, this Prince's Wife, a stout Wo∣man, knowing his Misfortune, went speedily and secretly with 600 Horse, Commanded by her Husband's Lieutenant-General, and about Mid-night, surprizing the Kan in his Tent, killed him with her own hand, cut to pieces the most part of his drousy Men, and delivered her Husband before the face of the amazed Persians. The K. sent a new Kan with 30000 Horse, to subdue this Rebel: But the Prince, assisted by his Neighbours, the two Idolatrous Princes, obtained a second Victory; only lost his Lieu∣tenant-General, who fell into the Enemies Hands. The King hea∣ring thereof, delivered him up to the Kan, that he might re∣venge upon him the death of his two Brethren. The Kan in∣vented the most cruel Punishment that ever was known; causing the Lieutenant's Body to be Larded with Wax-Candles lighted, and then carried every day on a Camel, in this deplorable condi∣tion, through the City, from-Eleven to One in the Afternoon. This was done for 3 Days together, and the brave Captain, en∣dured this Roasting with a wonderful Constancy. At last, the Chief of the Dutch-Company, abhorring such Barbarity, entrea∣ted the Kan, that they should cease to torture this unhappy Man. So they carried him to the Sea-shoar, and beheaded him. Ta∣vernier, Voyage de Perse.
• Iassi, or Yasi, a Town of Moldavia, on the River Pruth, 25 or 30 Leagues from the Borders of Poland. It has a good For∣tress, and is sometimes the Seat of the Vaivodes of Moldavia. It was formerly taken by the Cossacks. The Turks kept a strong Garrison in this Town, yet it was taken by the present K. of Po∣land in 1686, in his March against the Tartars, and then Garri∣soned; but a Fire happening before his return, that consumed most of it, he withdrew his Men, and left the Walachians to re∣build it.
• Iava, Japhet's Son, born about 4 or 5 Years after the Flood, The Ionians were his Posterity. He left 4 Sons; Elishah, Chief of the Aeolians, Tarshish, the Founder of Tarsus, and Head of the People of Cilicia; Kittim, Chief of the People of Cyprus; and, Dodanim, of those of Rhodes. * Genesis cap. 10. Torniel, An. Mun. 1931. n. 22.
• Iava, a great Island of Asia in the Indian Ocean, separated from Sumatra, by an Arm of the Sea, called The Streights of the Sund, which gives its Name to the neighbouring Islands. Java is above 200 Leagues long, and about 50 in breadth; it was for∣merly subject to many Princes, when divided into Nine King∣doms, viz. Bantam, Jacatra, Japara, Tuban, Jortan, Passarvan, Pa∣narucan, Balambuan, and Materan, whereof each had a City of its own Name. Now there are but 2 Princes, one of Bantam, the other of Materan, who is Stiled Emperor of Java. The Country is extreamly fruitful, especially in Aromaticks, abounds with Pepper, Benzoin, Sugar, and Mines of Gold and Brass. The chief City of the whole Island, is Materan, much frequented by the English and Dutch, which last, made themselves Masters of Jacatra in 1617, and called it Battavia, now the Residence of the Chief of the Company, and the best Bank in the Indies. Most of the Inhabitants of this Island are Mahometans. In 1684, the Dutch joining with a Son of the K. of Bantam, then in Rebellion against his Father, seized the City of Bantam, took Possession of the English Factory, and kept the old K. Prisoner in the Castle: But finding that there were Designs to restore him, they perswa∣ded the young Prince in 1686, to remove him to Battavia. The Southern Parts of this Island are still undiscovered. In 1331, Odericus, a Friar Minor, was here; he saith, it was in Circuit 3000 Miles, divided into 8 Kingdoms, but all subject to one Su∣preme Prince; full of People, and one of the richest Kingdoms in the World. The Palace Royal, being paved with Bricks of Gold and Silver chequered; and that this Prince always beat the Tartars when they invaded him. Hackl. T. 2. p. 45. It lies between 130 or 140 Degrees Lon. and 5 and 10 Southern Lat. Texeira. Maffee.
• Iauregui (John.) At 23 Years of Age he went to Antwerp, by the Advice of his Master John de Anastro, Merchant in Biscaia, and being got into the P. of Orange's Castle, he discharged a Pi∣stol at him, and wounded him, March 28. 1582. Endeavouring to escape, he was killed upon the place by some of the Prince's Gentlemen. Emanuel de Meteren Histoire des pais-bas.
• * Iawer, a Town of Germany in Silesia, having the Title of a Dukedom, situated 5 or 6 Leagues off from Breslaw, and it is the Chief Town of a little Country, where are Schonaw, Schmit∣berg, Greiffemberg. This Town Jawer, tho' but small, is popu∣lous. The Dutchy is bounded with Lusatia to the W. Bohemia, properly so called, to the South, the Dukedom of Lignitz to the N. and that of Swejednitz to the East, &c. Lon. 36. 25. Lat. 51. 4.
• * Iayck, a vast River, which riseth in Siberia, towards the Fro∣zen-Sea, and running Southward between the Nagai Tartars, and the Kingdom of Tumen; the Zavolhensii Hord, and that of Cal∣muczk, falls into the Caspian-Sea. The Country is called Pascatir or Siberia. The People, to this Day, speak the Hungarian Lan∣guage, for this was the Seat of the Huns. Wil. de Ruberquis in Legatione, p. 88. Hackl. T. 1. p. 327.
• Iaycza, Giesa, Iaytza, or Gaitia, the Capital City of Bos∣nia. This City was recovered by the King of Hungary, in 1463, from the Turks, and they endeavoured to retake it, without Suc∣cess, the same Year; but took it afterwards, and made it the Seat of a Sangiack or Governor.
• Iaziges, People of Sarmatia in Europe, which Boleslaus The Chast, K. of Poland in 1264, and Lescus in 1282, almost wholly extirpated, as Cromer and Michovius tell us. Many of those Peo∣ple retired into High Hungary, and not into Transilvania, as others say, and they are those that were called Jaziges Metanastes.

• Ibas, B^p of Edessa, whose Name was so famous in the IV^th. Century, and 5th. General Council, was one of the chief Prote∣ctors of Nestorius. Wrote a Letter to Maris a Persian, wherein he blames Rabula, his Predecessor, for Condemning Theodorus B^p of Mopsuesta, upon whom he bestows great Commendations. This Letter contains most of the Tenets of these Hereticks. Being afterwards reconciled to the Church, he Excommunicated 4 Priests of his Diocess, who Appeal'd from his Sentence; and the rest of his Clergy accused him of several Crimes, which occa∣sioned a Synod at Tyre, and after at Beryte; where the Accusers being found false, he was Absolved in 448. But Dioscorus, and his Party, deposed him the Year after, in the false Synod of Ephesus, cast him into Prison, and used him cruelly. The Council of Chalcedon Annulled the Deposition, and restored him once more to his See. His Letter to Maris, was the occasion of much Trouble in the following Century, for Theodorus B^p of Caesarea in Cappadocia, a well-wisher of Origen, and an Acephalian Heretick, advised Justinian, to procure the Church's Peace, in Condemning

• the Works of Theodorus of Mopsuesta, Theodorus of Cyr. his Ana∣thema's against St. Cyril, and that Letter of Ibas. The credulous Prince effected this in the V^th. General Council, held at Constan∣tinople, in 553. This was called the Affair of the 3 Chapters; which occasioned the Schism of divers Prelates and Churches, that was not abolished a long Time after. Baronius, A. C. 448.
• Iberia, The Name given by Strabo and Pliny to Spain, either because of a King named Iber, or of the River Iberus, which is the Ebro.
• Iberia, A Country of Asia, which is properly Georgia, or Gurgistan.
• Ibrahim, Emperor of the Turks, Son of Achmet, succeeded his Brother Amurat IV. in 1640. When this last was dead, the Officers of the Port could hardly draw Ibrahim out of a Place where he had lived like a Prisoner for 3 or 4 Years, fearing it was a Pretence to make him guilty. The Sultaness, his Mother, shewing him his Brother's Corps, persuaded him of the Reality. He came out, and being crowned, plunged himself in all manner of Voluptuousness, to his Ruin. The Loss of one of his Sultanes∣ses, taken by the Knight de Boi-Baudrand, in 1644. between Rho∣des and Alexandria, made him resolve to punish Malta for it; but altering his Mind, he sent his Army to Candia, and took Ca∣nea in 1644. In the mean while, through Cruelty and Voluptu∣ousness, he became intolerable. The Militia and the Officers conspired against him, sent for the Mufti, and other Considerable Persons of the Law, and began this Attempt by putting the Grand Vizier to death. Then they proceeded to depose Ibrahim; who shewing Haughtiness and Scorn, it so much provoked these factious Men, that they strangled him, Aug. 18. 1649. And crowned Mahomet, his Son. Mezerai, contin. de Chalcond. Relations de cette mort.
• Ibrahim, Vizier, and Solyman II's Favourite. 'Tis said he was born at Genoua, and that, turning Turk, he gained that Prince's Favour. Having always a Kindness for the Christians, he persua∣ded the Sultan to war against the Persians; but ill Success therein vexing Solyman, and many envying Ibrahim's Authority, among whom Roxana was the most powerful, she persuaded the Sultan to dispatch Ibrahim. But because he had sworn his Favourite should never be executed during his own Life, he was prevailed upon to let him be dispatched whilst he himself was asleep, Sleep being a kind of Death. This was performed, the Sultan having first char∣ged Ibrahim with divers Treacheries, and shewed him some Let∣ters written by him to the Emperor Charles V. This happen'd in 1546. Contin. de Chalcondile en Solyman II.
• Ibycus, A Greek Lyrick Poet, famous in the LX^th. Olympiad, An. Rom. 214. He wrote many Books, out of which Henry Ste∣phens hath collected some Fragments. He is said to have been murthered by Thieves; and that dying, he desired the Mag-pies flying about him to bear witness. Some Time after one of the Assassins seeing some Mag-pies, said to his Companions, Here are the Witnesses of Ibycus's Death. This being reported to the Ma∣gistrate, he sent those Robbers to the Rack; where they confessed the Fact, and were hanged. Thence came the Proverb, Ibyci Grues, against wicked People, whose Crime is discovered.

• Icaria, a Mountain of Attica, whose Inhabitants were of the Aegean Tribe, the first that sacrificed to Bacchus a She-Goat, it having ravaged the Vineyards. Amongst them Ancient Comedy and Tragedy took their Rise. J. Spon Voyage d'Italie, &c. en 1675.
• Icarius, Father of Erigone, made some Country-men drunk, was killed by them, and cast into a Well. His little Bitch disco∣vered him to his Daughter, who hanged her self for Grief. But Jove, to immortalize them, transformed Icarius into the Star Bootes, Erigone into the Sign Virgo, and the Bitch Mera into the little Dog-Star. Hygin. lib. 2. Astron.
• Icarus, Daedalus's Son. They were both imprisoned by Mi∣nos K. of Crete; but escaping by Sea in 2 Skiffs, that wherein Icarus sailed was lost. This gave Occasion to the Report, that they flew away, if we believe Palephate, de incredibilibus, cap. 13. Virgil has expressed it in 2 Words, saying, That they escaped, Remigio alarum. Bochart looks for another Etymology of Icaria, to which, as the Poets say, Icarus gave his Name, when approach∣ing too near the Sun, his Waxen Wings were melted, and he dropped into it. Canaan, lib. 1. cap. 8.
• * Iceni, whom Cambden supposeth to be the ancient Inhabitants of Suffolk, Norfolk, Cambridgeshire and Huntingtonshire. A strong, and warlike People; made an Alliance with the Romans, but at last fell out with them; and having raised an Army, entrenched them∣selves; but were attacked by the Romans in the only Place where their Camp lay open, and defeated, after a stout Resistance. P. Ostorius was the Roman Lieutenant in Britain at that time. Camb. Brit.
• Ichoglans, The Grand Signior's Pages, lodged in the Seraglio. Ich or Itch signifies in, and Oglan, a Page; as if we should say, Pages of the Inner Palace. The Turks, out of Policy, affect to use only Christian Slaves, rather than Turkish Servants; because these unhappy Slaves, having lost the Thoughts and Love of their Pa∣rents and Country, they shall aim at nothing but their Master's Interest; which is rarely found in a free Servant, who common∣ly serves his Master only for Gain. For this Reason also the Sul∣tan, to make Subjects wholly devoted to him, has established the Ichoglans, whom he raiseth to the greatest Places in the Empire, according as he finds them true to his Interests. Some of them have been made Spahiler Agasi, or General of the Cavalry; which, after the Places of Grand-Vizier, Mufti and Bostangi, is the most considerable amongst them. The Ichoglans are carefully educated in the Seraglio's of Pera, Adrianople, or Constantinople; and in those 3 Palaces they have some Oda, where, according to their different Geniuses, there are Masters, who teach, some the Tur∣kish, Arabick, Persian, Languages, &c. others the Subtilties of the Alcoran; others the Exercise of Fire-Arms; others to throw the Gerit, or Dart; others to bend a Bow, and let Arrows fly off nimbly; others to ride without a Saddle: Briefly, all that can make a young Man accomplished. Their Commander is com∣monly an old Officer of the Seraglio, named Capa-Aga, who keeps them to their Exercises with incredible Severity; severely pu∣nishing the smallest Faults with the Falaka, or Cudgel, upon the Soles of the Feet, or tiresom and base Works: For their Maxim is, That he cannot well command, who has not learned first to obey. Their Garment is of plain English Cloth, neither course nor fine. When they begin any violent Exercise they tuck up their Doliman under their Girdle, uncovering their Drawers, made of a kind of Buckram, or of some Skin dressed like Shamoy. Their chief Food is Rice. They are not preferred before the Age of 40. except the Sultan favour them with a particular Dis∣pensation. Memoires Historiques.
• * Icolumkill, one of the Western Islands of Scotland, not far from the Isle of Mull, 7 Miles in length, and not above one in breadth, is very pleasant and fruitful, and famed for many Mo∣numents of Antiquity, but especially as having been the Residence of St. Columbus, who had a Monastery there, in which he lived in great Sanctity, keeping stri••t Discipline over his Monks. Here was also a Nunnery, a Parish-Church, and great Number of Cha∣pels, magnificently built; some by the Kings of Scotland, others by the petty Kings of the Islands. The Bishops of the Isles did also reside here, after that the English had taken the Isle of Man. Amongst the ancient Ruins is still to be seen a Burying-place, where not only all the Nobility of the Isles were interred; but as appeared by 3 more eminent Tombs, 44 Scotch, 4 Irish, and 8 Norwegian Kings. There are 6 other small Islands adjacent to this, with which the Nunnery was endowed. Buchanan.
• Iconoclastes, or Image-breakers, a Name given to the Ene∣mies of Image-worship in the VIII^th. Century. Sarentapechis, a Jew, persuaded Ezide K. of the Arabians, to take the Images of Saints out of the Churches that belonged to the Christians. And some Time after, Bazere, born of Christian Parents, becoming a Mahometan in Syria, where he was a Slave, insinuated himself so much into the Emp. Leo Isauricus's Favour, that this Prince, at his, and the Persuasion of other Jews, who had fore-told him his Coming to the Empire, declared against Images about 726. or∣dering the Statue of Jesus Christ, placed over one of the Gates of the City, to be thrown down; and being enraged at a Tumult that this occasioned, issued a Proclamation wherein he abolished their Use, and threatned their Worshippers with severe Punish∣ments: Nor could the Sollicitations of Germain the Patriarch, nor the Bishops of Rome, do any thing with him in their Favour. Constantine, his Son and Successor, forbad Praying to Saints, or to the Blessed Virgin, laughed at Pope Stephen III. and Paul I. who would fain have dissuaded him from so doing, and assembled a Council, wherein his Proceedings were approved; but this Council being condemned at Rome, the Emperor strove more than ever to have his Doctrine received. Leo IV. succeeded in 775. reigned but 4 Years, leaving his Son Constantine under the Tutelage of the Empress Irene. In her Time, in 787. was held the II^d. Council of Nice, where it was decreed, That the Image of Jesus Christ, and of Saints, should be re-established, to move Christians to the Imitation of their Vertues, &c. * Thus Baronius, Bellarmine and Maimburg. But the learned Spanheim relates it thus: Philip the Emperor, and John Patriarch of Con∣stantinople, having rejected the VI^th. General Council, against the Monothelites, in 712. took away the Pictures of the Fathers of that and the former Councils, hung up by the Emp. Justinian in the Portique of St. Sophia; whereupon the Pope, in a Synod at Rome, ordered the like Images to be placed in St. Peter's Church, and thenceforth worshipped, their Use being to that Time barely Historical; and here begun the Debate of the Use and Worship of Images. The Saracens, scandalized at that Superstition, per∣secuted the Christians; and Leo, calling a Synod, issued a Pro∣clamation condemning their Worship, but granting that they might be hung up high in Churches, the better to prevent Ido∣latry. And upon farther Distaste with Pope Gregory II. who ex∣communicated him, and absolved his Subjects from their Obe∣dience, in 730. he commanded they should be quite taken down, and destroyed. Constantine Copronymus followed his Father's Example, and in the 13th. Year of his Reign, An. 744. assembled the VIIth. General Council of the Greeks, wherein Images and their Worshippers were condemned. His Son Leo IV. followed his Steps; who, at his Death, leaving the Empress Irene to rule during Constantine VII's Minority, she, to gain the Monks, made use of them to restore Images; advanced Tarasius, from a Laick, to be Patriarch of Constantinople; and managed the Council which she called at Nice so, that they decreed several sorts of Worships to Images; as, Salutation, Incense, Kissing, Wax-Lights, &c. but neither approved Images of the Trinity, Statues, nor any carved Work. Constantine being of Age, and opposing this, was cruelly deprived of Sight and Life by his Mother Irene. Which unnatural 〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• 〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉ria about 770. He was received very kindly in Mauritania Tin∣gitana, or Western Barbary, and because he descended from Ma∣homet, all the People esteemed him as a Saint; and therefore acknowledged him for a Prince or Califf. He was the first that brought Mahometanism thither. He left one Son born of a Chri∣stian Slave, and of the Race of the Goths. He went by the Name of Iris, and became one of the powerfullest Monarchs of Africa. He built Fez in 793. Marmol. de l'Afric. lib. 2.

• Idsarcus (Gravius) a Freezland-Priest. He wrote a Chroni∣cle of his Country, which he continued from the Year 763, to 1514. wherein he lived. Suffridius Petri de Script. Fris. dec. 9. cap. 7.
• Idumea, a Province of Palaestine, named Edom in Scripture. It lies between Arabia Petrae••, Judaea, and the Mediterranean-Sea. It contains divers Cities. The Chief is Gaza, or Gazaza, where Camby•••• left his Treasure ••••en he went to Conquer Egypt. Strabo and Pliny speak of the ••••••neans, who are descended from Esau, youngest Son of Abraha••▪ and, fo•• this Reason, God for∣bid the Natural-Jews, to abho•••• them, as the rest of the Uncir∣cumcised Nations, because th••y w••re their Brethren. David vanquished them, and having R••v••lted afterwards, King Jeho∣saphat reduced them and the Ammonites, in a very wonderful man∣ner. After that, they Rebelled again, under the Reign of Jo∣ram, and were again Reduced. But when the Chaldeans besieged Jerusalem under Nebuchadnezzar, they joined with the Enemies against their Brethren. Hence arose those Complaints in the Pro∣phets, who threaten them in their Writings with approaching Punishment. Nor did they miss it, as St. Jerom tells us, for they fell into the same Servitude, which they endeavoured to bring the Jews under. In process of time, Hyrcan made War against them, and made them turn Jews. They called Jerusa∣lem their Country, the Holy City, the Common City, and their Me∣tropolis. Josephus. Philon says, That this sort of Jews, who called themselves Proselytes, to distinguish them from other Jews, were equalized by Moses in all things, except this▪ That the Natural Jews should be admitted into the Council called the Sanhedrin, and no Stranger, that did not come from a Jewish Mother, could have that Privilege. Torniel. Salian. Spon. Joseph. Philon.

• Iebus, or Iebuseus, Son of Canaan, and Chief of the Peo∣ple called the Jebusites, who gave Jerusalem the Name of Jebus, as we are informed by St. Jerom. They could never be driven out of Jerusalem, before the time of David; and we do not hear, whither they went, after that time, tho' Esdras seems to mention them. Josh. 15.18. Judg. 1.19. 2 Sam. 5. &c.
• Iechonias, or Iehojachim, King of Judah. The Books of Kings and Jeremiah, give him this last Name; and he is called by the other, in St. Matthew. He was the Son of Joachim, who shared the Royal Authority with him, the Se∣cond Year of his Reign; which solves the apparent Contrariety between Kings 24. & 8. where it is said, That he was 18 Years old when he began to reign; and Chronicles 36. & 9. which make mention but of 8. He began to Reign alone, An. Mun. 3435. But the Year after, Nebuchodonosor took him, and his Mother; as also his Wives, Eunuchs, and other Grandees of the Kingdom, and carried them all Captives to Bab••lon, and so they continued in Cap∣tivity, till about 3472. When Evil-merodach having Succeeded his Father, ranked him amongst the Chief Princes of his Court.
• Iedo, the Capital City of Japan, and the Emperor s Seat. It is situated upon the Borders of the River Tonkaw, or Toukon, near a great Gulf, which is very shallow be••ause of Sand, and that is the reason, that none but small Barques can ride there. It is a good Fishing-place for Soles, Smelts, Eels and Oysters, &c. The Houses of this City are built of Mud, but covered over with Wood, to keep out Rain. There is a great store of Noble-men's Houses there, of very magnificent Structure with Gates curi∣ously wrought, but principally the great Gate, called The Empe∣ror's, because the Emperor passeth through it to his Palaces, which, as those of other Kings of Japan, are, for the most part, built upon the highest Places of this City. Upon one of the sides of this high Ground, there stands a Tower of Pleasure, cal∣led The Emperor's Tower, and at the Foot of the Mountain, a Tem∣ple very richly adorned. This Temple is held in such Veneration, that none but the Emperor, Those of the Blood Royal, and the Archibonze, had the privilege of going i••to it. The Streets of this City are numerous, and most of them are 180 Fathom long. There is one near 4 Leagues in length. They provide so well against Fire and Thieves, that in every Street, there is one, or more Magazines, whither they carry their b••st things, when any Fire happens. And at the end of every Street, there are Watch-Ports, where Guard is kept in the Night, to hinder those of one Street from running to another, in time of Fire, and to prevent the Escape of Thieves. The Imperial Palace of Jedo, is compass••d round with 3 Ramparts and 3 Ditches. In it are ma∣ny magnificent Apartments; the First of which is 2 Stories high, distinguished the one from the other by a Line of golden Apples. Between the first Apartment, and the first Rampart, stand the Life-guards, consisting of 3000 Men, which Relieve each other every Day. The Front of the Emperor's Apartment, is a great Pavillion, flanked by 2 others of the same. They are all three Nine Stories high, and point in Pyramids; on the tops whereof are to be seen two great Dolphins covered with Plates of Gold. The Hall for Audience, which stands upon gilded Pil∣lars, lies right over against the Pavillion, which serves for a Front to this stately Edifice. The Fretting is Plates of Gold, whereon are drawn Figures and Landskips. First, There it is the Emperor sitteth upon his Throne, in a glittering Dress of Gold and precious Stones, either when he gives Audience to foreign Ambassadors, or receives Homage from the Kings and Princes of his Empire. The Garden belonging to this Palace, is a vast thing, and full of fine Trees, Flowers, &c. The Temple of Amida, is one of the stateliest of the City of Jedo: But their Idol there, does not become the Magnificence of the Place. This Monster is placed upon an Altar, covered over with Plates of Silver half an Inch thick. It has under it golden Cups, before and behind the Statue, which is mounted upon a Horse with Seven Heads, each of them denoting a thousand Centuries. This Statue is made with a Man's-body, and a Dog's-head. The Horse's foot∣cloath is all embroidered with Pearls, Gold and Diamonds. The Characters painted upon the fore-part of the Altar, explain the Signification of the whole Equipage of the Idol. The Relation of Father Frejus imports, That the Wife of Cubus the Emperor, had a Temple in her Palace, where she Adored this very God Amida, in the shape of a young Man, having a Crown upon his head, environed with Beams of Gold. The Hollanders Embassy to Japan. Father Frejus's Relation of 1565.
• Iehova, is the great Name of God, which we commonly call Tetragrammaton, for that this Name consists of Four Letters in the Hebrew Tongue. The Jews retain so great a Veneration for this Holy Name, That they are forbid, upon pain of death to pro∣nounce it. In former times, it was only the High-Priest that might pronounce it, and that but once a Year, at the solemn Benediction of the People in the Feast of Pardons. Eusebius, in his Evangelical Preparation, and Theodoretus, in his Questions up∣on Exodus, did acknowledge, That the Jews were forbid to pro∣nounce this Name. Joseph, who was of the Race of the Priests, te∣stifies, That he was not permitted, to divulge the pronunciation of it, under pain of Eternal Damnation; alledging, That it con∣tained the Mystery of the Trinity. It appears, by the Frag∣ments which we have remaining of the Hexapla of Origen, where the Hebrew Tongue was written in Greek Characters, That he wrote Adonai, in all places, where was Jehova in the Hebrew; a thing, which is confirmed by the Pronunciation of the Jews now at this Day. We do not find, that St. Jerom either makes use of this Word Jehova in his Translation of the Bible, or in his Works. He follows the ancient Greek Interpreters; Translating it, for the most part, Lord. The Massoret Jews desirous to con∣ceal it, point it with other Vowels than its own. Neverthe∣less it is manifest, That this Name was formerly pronounced with Vowels proper to it, and Ancient Authors prove it. Diodorus of Sicilia, and divers other Pagan Writers, have remarked, That the God of the Jews was called Jao; which, very Word, we find in the Works of St. Jerom, St. Clemens Alexandrinus, and Theodoretus. This last observed in his Disputes upon Exodus, That the Jews pronounced Jao, and the Samaritans, Jave. The learned Gata∣ker in his Book, Intituled De Nomine tetragrammato dissertatio, de∣fends our using the Name Jehova, against the weak and unjust Cavils of those who oppose it.
• Iehu, Tenth King of Israel. Was the Son of Josaphat, and Grand-child of Namsi. He was, An. Mun. 3151. by the Order of God, and by a Disciple of Elisha, Anointed to be King of Is∣rael, to cut off the House of Ahab, which he did. For he killed Joram with an Arrow, put Jezabel to death; and after that, the Grandees of Samaria themselves massacred 60 of Ahab's Children, for fear of having this new King for their Enemy. After these Executions, the easier to exterminate Baal's Priests, favoured so much by Jezabel, he feigned, as if he would honour this Baal much more than this Princess ever did. In this Design, he ex∣horted all the Priests of that Idol to meet together for a solemn Sacrifice; and when they were all in the Temple, he made his Soldiers put them all to Death; and caused the Statue of Baal to be broke to pieces. God himself commended this Zeal. But Jehu did n•••• continue it long, nor did he pull down the Calves of Dan and Bethel, and therefore God punished him by Hazael King of Syria, who ravaged his Provinces. He died An. Mun. 3178. after having reigned 28 Years. 2 Kings c. 9. & seq. 2 Chron. c. 22. Joseph. l. 6. antiq. Jud. Torniel. A. M. 3150, 51, 78.
• Iehu, a Prophet of the Lord, was the Son of Hanani. He told Baasha K of Israel, of all the Evils that befell his House. Some believe, That Ela Son of Baasha, caused him to be put to death, in the Beginning o•• his Reign, about An. Mun. 3105. But others do not think so, ••••••ause a Prophet of this Name wrote the Acts of Josaphat. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 some say, that there were two of this Name.
• Iehuda, or Ben-David-Fessean, surnamed Hijug, a Rabbin. He lived in the XIth. Century. He was the first Hebrew Gram∣marian in the Western World, according to Genebrard, who talks of another Jehuda, a Jewish Levite, who lived in the XIIth. Cen∣tury.
• * Ielphee, or Zulpha, a Suburb to the City Ispahan, the Ca∣pital of Persia, Inhabited by Armenian Christians, who have ma∣ny Privileges granted them by that Crown. They have a Patri∣arch in this Place, much respected by the K. of Persia, though a Mahometan Prince, and 12 Bishops. In 1609. a Thousand of these Armenian Christians were at one time martyr'd by Abbas King of Persia, on a Pretence that they had submitted to the Pope. Herbert pag. 68.
• Iempterland, which the Latin Writers call Jemptia; for∣merly a Province of Norway in Denmark, but now belonging to

• the K. of Swedeland, ever since the Peace concluded at Bromsbroo, in 1645. There are no considerable Towns in it, but only 3 Castles, which are Ressund, Docre and Lith. It hath on the East Angermania, on the West Helsingia, on the South Medelphia, on the North Norway.
• Iena, a Town of Thuringia in Germany, belonging to the Duke of Saxon-Weimar, with an University. It is situated upon the Ri∣ver De la Sala, in a fertile Vale. There is plenty of Vines about it. It is well built, but small, walled about, and hath a Bridge over the River. This City was of no Consideration till after the Dukes of Saxony built the University in it, which was founded Jan. 25. 1555. Bertius lib. 3. in Comment. Germ. It is 14 Miles E. of Weimar, and 12 S. W. of Naumburg. Long. 31. 41. Lat. 51. 2.
• Ienecoping, or Ionekoping, Lat. Jenekopia, a Town of Swede∣land, in Smau-landt, a Province of Ostro-Gothia. It is situated in the middle of the Lake Wether, and all built of Wood, 68 Miles W. of Colmar. Long. 34. 30. Lat. 57. 42.
• Ieniscey, or Ienci, a River of North-Muscovia, in Lopia, near to the People called Tingoeses. It has great Mountains on the East, and on the West a great and very fertile Plain. It is said, that its Course is as long as that of Obi, and that in former Times it flowed almost 70 Leagues into the Country.
• * Ieniza, or Ienizza, a small City built by the Turks in Mace∣donia, out of the Ruins of Pella, the Birth-place of Alexander the Great, upon the Bay of Thessalonica, between the Rivers Bevoda and Castora; 28 Miles South of Thessalonica, and as far East of Edessa.
• Ientives, a sort of Heathens in the Indies, principally in the Kingdom of Golconda, and that of Cambaya. They believe one only God, and the Immortality of the Soul; but they admit of the Metemps••cosis, or Transmigration of Souls, and therefore abhorr the Effusion of Blood, and the Murther of Animals, for fear of killing their Father, or any of their Friends. This is a foolish sort of People, who are guided in their Religion by their Bramins, or Doctors. Mandeslo, Tom. 2. d'Olearius.
• Ienupar, a City and Kingdom of the Indies, within the Pe∣ninsula on this side Ganges, and in the Grand Mogul's Country. This City lies upon the River Coul, near to the Foot of the Moun∣tains, between Delli and Lahor. Besides this City, it has that of Nicondat, and some others.
• Iephtha, the IXth. Judge of the Hebrews, succeeded Thola and Jair in this Office. He came out of a Country called Gilead, and was the Son of a Concubine, and therefore his Brothers would not own him. 'Tis said that then he withdrew into a certain Country which is called Tob in Scripture, where he was made Captain of a Troop of Thieves. The Jews, oppressed by the Ammonites, had recourse to the Courage of Jephtha; who ga∣thered Forces from all Parts, marched against the Enemies of God's People, A. M. 2849. and made a Vow, that if he got the Victory he would sacrifice the first Thing he met upon his Return home. He defeated the Ammonites, but had Reason to repent ve∣ry quickly of the Rashness of his Vow; for when he returned, his only Daughter, whom Philon the Jew calls Sela, transported with Joy, came to him first. Jephtha, extreamly afflicted, told her the Vow he made: She pressed her Father to fulfil it; and in effect, at the end of 2 Months, which she demanded to bewail her Virginity, he fulfilled it. In the mean time, those of the Tribe of Ephraim, offended that Jephtha had not taken them to the War, after having discovered their Displeasure at it, they re∣volted against him. Jephtha slew 42000 of them, A. M. 2850. The ancient Fathers differ in their Opinions of this Vow: Some holding that it was rash, and unlawfully accomplished. Others maintain, that it was pl••asing to the Almighty, and done by the Direction of the Holy Ghost, wherewith, the Scriptures say this Judge was replenished. There were some also of Opinion that the Daughter of Jephtha was not sacrificed, but only consecrated to the Service of God; and was shut up in a particular Place, where she lived a Virgin. But however that was, the young Women of Israel used to meet every Year, and bewailed her for 40 Days together. Agamemnon lived about this Time; and some Authors are persuaded, that it was in imitation of this that he sa∣crificed his Daughter Iphigenia for the Greek Army. He died, A. M. 2854. which was in the 6th. Year of his Government.
• Ierapoli, an Episcopal City of Asia Minor in Phrygia. The Turks name it in their Language, corruptedly, Seldescheber: The Greeks and Latins name it Hierapolis. About the Year 185. in the Pontificate of Pope Eleutherius, a Synod was held here against Montanus and Theodoretus.
• Ieremiah, a Prophet of the Sacerdotal Family, was the Son of Hilkiah the Priest. He began to prophesie in the 13th. Year of the Reign of Josiah, A. M. 3406. or 7. But the Evils which Jeremiah and the Prophetess Hulda threatned the Jews with, did not come to pass in that King's R••ign. When his Pro∣phecy was shewn Joachim, whom the K. of Egypt had set upon the Throne of Judah, this Prince seeing the Mischief that was fore∣told him, cut the Writing with a Pen-knife, and threw it into the Fire. But God commanded the Prophet to transcribe the very same Menaces in another Volume, and to make a great many Ad∣ditions thereto. In the mean time, this holy Boldness, where∣with the Spirit of God inspired him, provoked the Jews against him. He was put in Prison 3 or 4 times before; and the Cour∣tezans of Zedekiah, not able to endure that, notwithstanding his Imprisonment, he should still reproach the Jews with their Crimes, and fore-tell them the Miseries which hung over their Heads, they threw him into a deep Ditch, full of Mire; where he had been certainly stifled, if an Aethiopian, named Ebed-melech, whom his Merits had raised in Zedekiah's Court, had not obtained Leave from this King to take the Prophet out of that Place. After this, the Babylonians, according as Jeremiah foretold it, took the City of Jerusalem, A. M. 3428. Nebuzaradan, Nebuchadnezzar's Ge∣neral, gave him Liberty, either to go to Babylon, or to stay in Ju∣daea. T••e Prophet chose the latter, to look after the Safety of the Handful of People who dwelt there. He gave good Advice to Gedaliah, who was left Governor of Judaea; but he forgot it, and was killed with all his People. After which, the Jews, who dreaded the K. of Babylon's Fury, sought their Security by a Flight into Egypt. Jeremiah opposed it all he could, but they carried him and Baruch with them. In Egypt he blamed them for their Idolatry, with his ordinary Zeal and Constancy, to that de∣gree, that being unable to endure his Reproaches any longer, they are said to have stoned him at the City of Taphnea, A. M. 3447. of Rome, 147. and in the XLIII^d. Olympiad.
• Ieremiah I. of this Name, a Greek, Patriarch of Constanti∣nople. He succeeded Theoleptus, about 1520. The Year after he went to Jerusalem to visit Christ's Sepulchre, and the Clergy that accompanied him being divided amongst themselves, one Part of them returned to Constantinople, where one Joannicus had ob∣tained Jeremiah's Place, by promising a greater Tribute to the Grand Signior. Jeremiah, upon his Return, played his Game so well, that he was continued, and his Competitor expelled. Ibra∣him, Grand Visier to Soylman, who was his Friend, did him good Service in this Affair. 'Tis said, that the Turkish Prince would have him obliged to pay him as much as Joannicus offer'd; and that Jeremiah would rather quit the Patriarchal Chair than com∣ply: But the Greeks, who were charmed with the Modesty and Sweetness of their Prelate, opposed his Design, and freely payed the Remainder of the Tribute for him. After that he prevented a fatal Blow that was designed to be given his People, whom the Turks would have driven out of the City, for the stout Opposition they made against the Ottoman Army. He died in 1545. Ema∣nuel Malaxes, lib. 2. Turcogr. Genebrard & Onuphrius in Chron. Sponde in Annal.
• Ieremiah II. Metropolitan of Larissa, being but 36 Years of Age, was preferred to the See of the Graecian Patriarch, in 1572. some Time after that Metrophanes had freely abdicated it. He was afterwards accused before the Grand Signior of having corre∣sponded by Letters, and other Friendship, with the Roman See; and was, by this Prince's Order, committed to Prison, and after∣wards banished, about 1585. And we are also informed, that Gregory XIII. omitted nothing to get his Liberty, designing to make him a Cardinal. He received the Ausburg-Confession, sent him by the Protestants of Germany, very courteously; modestly im∣pugning some Things in it, which Lucas Osiander answered. There were some other Controversies between him and the Divines of Wirtemberg, which were amicably ended in 1573. Emanuel Ma∣laxes, Possevinus, and others, cited by Sponde in Annal.
• Ierico, or Iericho, a City of Palaestine, called formerly The City of Palms, because it is in the midst of a Plain full of Palm-Trees. The last Kings of Judaea took pleasure in adorning this City with magnificent Fabricks: And Herod the Ascalonite, surna∣med The Great, made it his Place of Abode, in a very fine Pa∣lace. There was also an Hippodrome there, which was as a Royal Academy, where the Nobility used to exercise managed Horses and Coursers: With a very stately Amphitheatre for publick Games. The Plain of Jericho is about 9 Leagues long, and 5 broad. Jose∣phus says, that it was the Place where the true Balm was found; from whence the City took its Name of Jericho, which signifies, a good Smell. But there are no Trees to be seen there now that produce Balm, and but few Palm-Trees, because they are not cultivated. There are some wild Trees and Brakes, and, a∣mongst others, the Zacon, or Prune-Tree, from which is drawn a certain Oil, or Balm, of admirable Effect for all sorts of Wounds. Amongst the Groves of this Plain there are little wild Trees, which bear a Fruit like little Round Apples, and of a yellow Colour, which contain, in lieu of the Kernels, little Nuts, round as Pease, and very well tasted. Others bear Apples painted, as it were, with a gilded Vermilion; very pleasant to the Sight, but full of ill-tasted Water; and when dried, nothing remains but the Core. It seems very probable that the Authors meant these, when they spoke of Apples that grew about the Banks of the Dead Sea, cal∣led Apples of Sodom and Gomorrah; which were of a charming Co∣lour, but within full of dirty, stinking Ashes. About the North Side of Jericho lies the Mountain Quarantine; so called because Jesus Christ fasted there 40 Days. It is extream high and steep; and it is very difficult to get up to the Cave, whither our Saviour retired. A little farther there is another Grotto, painted with va∣rious Figures, of the Annunciation of the Virgin, of Angels, and of the Apostles, with very ancient Greek Characters; a little effaced, but the Colours very visible. Some say, that it was to this Place that the Angels carried Sustenance to our Saviour, after his Fast, and his Victory over the Devil's Temptations; whereof the last was, according to St. Matthew, upon the Top of a Mountain, (meaning this, as it is believed,) whither he carried the Son of God, to shew him the Kingdoms of the Earth. Some think it more probable, that our Saviour was rather in the Wilderness of 〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• ... 〈1 page missing〉〈1 page missing〉Acre, no Christian Forces had passage into Jerusalem, but Pil∣grims only. By this Misfortune, the holy Inheritance remained under the Power of the Califfs, or Princes of Egypt, until 1517. that Selim, the Turkish Emperor, made himself Master of it. Our Modern Accounts assure us, That Jerusalem is thinly Peopled, That the greatest part of the People consists in the Soldiery and Officers of the Cadi, and that there is a great number of Dervis, Santons, and other religious Turks, who serve their Mosques there. The other Inhabitants, besides the Turks, are Arabians, Jews, Greeks, Armenians, Maronites, Abyssinians, Nestorians, &c. and of the Latins, some of the Order of St. Francis, who have there the fair Monastery of St. Saviour, and another Habitation in the holy Se∣pulchre. The Turks call it Elkodi, that is, the Holy City. It is still the principal Place of Palaestine, seated on a rocky Moun∣tain, accessible on every side but the North, yet naturally strong, by the steep Descents and Vallies that surround it. Other neigh∣bouring Mountains make the City look, as if placed in the midst of an Amphitheatre. On the E. is Mount Olivet, parted from the City by the Valley of Jehosaphat, which stretching to the N. af∣fords a Passage to the brook Kidron. On the S. the Mountain of Scandal and Valley of Gehinnon on the W. It was formerly fenced with the Mountain and Valley of Gihon. Mount Sion lay within the City, which stood on the S. side of it, and on the E. of this stood the famous Temple, between which, and the City, was the King's Palace. Mount Calvary, which formerly lay without the City to the N. W. is now well nigh the heart of it. It stands 40 Miles from Joppe and the Mediterranean-Sea, 160 from Damascus to the South, 300 North East from Grand Caire, and 400 from Alexandria.
• Church of Ierusalem. The Church of Jerusalem, established by the Apostles, has been for Antiquity, judged the First in the World; but not in Dignity. If we believe the Papists. It was sanctified by our Saviour's death, by the Descent of the Holy Ghost, by the Apostles Preachings, and by the Martyrdom of St. James, surnamed Minor, said to have been its first B^p. Notwithstanding it was under that of Caesarea, and the 7th. Canon of Nice made this Ordinance. [Mos antiquus obtinuit, ut Aeliae, id est, Jerosolymae Episcopus honoraretur, salva Metropolis propria dignitate.] But in the 5th. Council-General, which is the 2d. of Constantinople, Assembled in 553; William of Tyre tells us, That after the Condemnation of the Three Chapters, the Bishops subjected to the Church of Jerusalem, the Metropolies of Caesa∣rea in Palaestine and Scythopolis, which before depended upon the Patriarch of Antioch; and those of Beryta, and of Rubensa in Syria, which were under the See of Alexandria. In the Council of Nice, as I have insinuated before, they gave it the Title, 'tis true, and Rank of Patriarch, as to its Seat; but reserved the Ju∣risdiction to the Metropolitan of Caesarea; so that it was a Patri∣arch without Suffragans. The Bishops of the 5th. General Council judging, That that was contrary to Decency, and wil∣ling to honour the First Church of the World, submitted there∣to all the Sees above-mentioned. The Emperor to make Caesarea amends, for the Loss it sustained, gave it the Dignity of a Pro-Consulary City, which it enjoyed before. This Church has had Bishops of great Reputation, and suffered divers Persecutions by Idolaters, Hereticks, Saracens, and Turks.
• Councils of Ierusalem. The Church of Jerusalem, has not only the Advantage of being the most Ancient; but also of being the place, where the Apostles and the Faithful sat in Council. Narcissus, Bishop of Jerusalem, sat in Council there, where there were Assembled 40 other Bi∣shops, about 197. This was under the Papacy of Pope Victor I. to Celebrate Easter Feast. About 335, the Emp. Constantine the Great, sent Notice to the Eastern Prelates assembled at Tyre, to Embark for Jerusalem, to attend the Dedication of a Magnificent Temple, which he caused to be built near Christ's Tomb there. Eusebius tells us, That it was Celebrated with all the Ecclesiastical Ceremonies, and that during the Festival kept on this Account, some of the Bishops Assembled, Preached, and others Conferred and Explained the Scriptures. Such as were not Gifted, performed the Mystical Consecrations. When the Orthodox Bishops depar∣ted Jerusalem, the Arian Party who were called Eusebians, being Masters, met in a Synod, and received Arius into the Church Communion. Others think, That this Assembly was either the same, or the continuation of that of Tyre, which Athanasius calls Exordium Synodorum Arianarum. In 350, Maximus of Jerusalem assembled a Synod, when those who Suffered at Tyre, at the De∣position of St. Athanasius, declared publickly their Recantation of all they did, or said, against his Honour, att••ibuting the same to the Violence of the Arians and Eusebians. This, St. Athanasius assures, in the Epistle which he wrote to the Solitaries, to con∣vince the Impostor Socrates, who said the contrary. Juvenal, Bishop of this City, Celebrated a Provincial Council, An. 454, there to Establish the Catholick Faith, and to cause the Council of Chalcedon to be received. The Bishops wrote a Synodical Let∣ter to the Priests and Friars of Palaestine, to let them know what was Ordered, and to Exhort them to stand firm to the Catho∣lick Doctrine. We have a Synodical Letter from a Council held at Jerusalem in 518, being the beginning of the Empire of Justi∣nus. An. 536. Peter, Bishop of Jerusalem, after having received Letters from Mennas Patriarch of Constantinople, intimating, That Severus of Antioch, Peter de Apamea, and Zoara, had been Con∣demned, together with the other Acephali, in a Council held in his City, Assembled one, where all those Things were Received and Confirmed, which were concluded upon before in that at Constantinople. In 553, there was a Council held at Jerusalem, where the 5th. General Council was approved of; so that in this last Council, the Dignity of the Patriarchship of Jerusalem was ad∣ded to their Bishoprick. Sophronius being chosen Patriarch, in 633, after Modesta, held a Council against the Monothelites, and sent their Acts to Pope Honorius and Sergius of Constantinople. We find in the Collections of Councils, a Synod held at Jerusalem, about 726, against the Hereticks called the Agynoclites, who al∣ways prayed standing. William of Tyre makes mention of that held after the taking of Jerusalem by those of the Croizade, under Godfrey of Bouillon, in 1099, when Daibert was made Patriarch. This Author speaks of another, Celebrated for the same purpose, An. 1107; Of another, Called against the Emperor Henry IV. who Usurped the Church-Revenue, in 1111; Of another, held against Arnold, obtruded upon the Patriarchal See, in 1115; And, of another that was called in 1136, or 1142, by Alberic, the Pope's Legate, for the Dedication of a Church. Where there was a Dispute raised against Maximus, an A••menian Bishop. The number of the Patriarchs of Jerusalem from St. James Mi∣nor, whom they will have to be Constituted first Patriarch An. 33. to Amery II. in 1194, who was their last, are reckoned about 70. Those of Note will be found in their proper places. Tra∣vels into the Holy Land.
• Iesselmere, or Gislemere, a City and Kingdom in the Indies, in the Peninsula on this side of Ganges in the Mogul's Country, among the Mountains. The City is great and well Peopled, 120 Miles from the River Indus to the E. and about the same distance North of Guzurat. There are other very considerable Places, as Radamporus, &c.
• * Iessenius (John) a very learned Bohemian, who being sent Ambassador to Hungary, was taken in his Return and carried Pri∣soner to Vienna, whence being Exchanged soon after for a cer∣tain Italian, as he was coming out of the Prison, he wrote upon the Wall these 5 Letters, I. M. M. M. M. which, when many had essayed to interpret, but in vain, Ferdinand of Austria hit the Mat∣ter, and Explained them thus, Imperator Matthias mense Martii morietur. In opposition to which, he wrote on the same Wall, Jesseni, mentiris, mala morte morieris; which being related to Jes∣senius, he answered, That as it would be found his was no Lye; so Ferdinand would endeavour to make himself a true Prophet, which happened accordingly, for the Emperor died in March; and Jessenius being taken, after the Defeat of the Bohemians, in 1620, was, by Ferdinand's Order, put to death. Laetus comp. Hist. Ʋniv.
• Iesso, or Yezo, a Continent of great extent North of Japan, from which it is separated by the Streight of Sungar. Some doubt whether it be an Isle or Continent. If we believe those of China, 'tis part of Tartary, which holds with the Kingdoms of Yupi and Niulhan; as appears by P. Martin's Chart of China and Japan. Moreover, it is Recorded in the Annals of China, That on the other side of the Land of Leaottung towards the N. E. there are Countries of Six Thousand Stadiums, that is near 24 Degrees. But in late Voyages, Discovery has been made of a Streight, between Tartary and the Land of Jesso, called The Streight of Jesso, which doth not agree with the Opinion of the Chineses. The Inhabi∣tants of Jesso, wear Beasts-skins for Cover; and, as it is said, Stomachers of Brass able to withstand an Arrow. They are War∣riors, and dreaded by the Japans. They observe no Religion, without it be to Worship the Sun and Stars; nor, have they any Policy or Government amongst them. The Hollanders have ob∣served, that this People were not so barbarous as they appeared, for that they came amongst Strangers in their best Habits. Tho' this Land lies near Japan, and is only divided by the Streight of Sungar, yet the Emp. of Japan could never know the Places remote from the Shoar, tho' they often sent Persons well provi∣ded, to make Discoveries; for they could meet with nothing but rude Mountaineers, which could not answer their Expecta∣tions. It is thought, That this Land reacheth to North America, and joins to the famous Streights of Anian, so long sought but never found. Martin's description of China. M. Thevenot's relation of the Land of Eso, Tom. III. Holland. Embassy to Japan, Part I.
• Iesua, a Rabbin, of the Tribe of Levi, a Spaniard, who lived in the XVth. Century. He composed a Work, very useful for all such as would study the Talmud. This Work is Entituled, Ha∣licoth Olam, The way to Eternity, therein he neatly explains the manner how the Talmud-Doctors speak, how they make their Objections, and how they answer them; for there is nothing so intricate as that in the Book of the Talmud. There are many Editions in Hebrew of this Work. Constantine l'Empereur, Pro∣fessor of the Jewish Controversies at Leyden, Printed a Latin Translation thereof at the same Town, An. 1634, where he al∣so added the Hebrew Text. Vide Buxtorf. in his Rabbinical Library.
• Iesual, an Indian-Kingdom in the Great Mogul's Country. 'Tis between Patna, with the River Ganges on the West, and that of Ʋdessa on the East, near the Mountains. Raiaporus is its head City.
• Iesuates, a Religious Order, Founded by St. John Columbi∣nus of Sienna, in the XVth. Century. They were also called Je∣ronymites from St. Jerom. Pope Ʋrban V. approved this Institu∣tion, in 1367; and other Popes granted it fine Privileges. They

〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• gave those of the Order, besides the Names I denoted, that of the Apostolick-Clerks. Clement IX. abolished this Order in 1668. The Jesuates made 3 Religious Vows, and wore a Cap of an Ashy co∣lour, without a Cowl or Hood. They wrought for their Liveli∣hood, and meddled with neither Civil nor Ecclesiastical Affairs. Moses Jesuat. in vita S. Johan. Columb. & Hist. Relig. Spon. A. C. 1367. n. 6. &c.
• Iesuites, or Monks of the Society of Jesus, which the Coun∣cil of Trent calls Regular-Clerks. They own Ignatius Loyola for their Founder, who Established the Society, An. 1534. Pope Paul III. confirmed it Viva voce, in 1539; and the Year follow∣ing, approved it by an Authentick Bull, dated Sept. 27. But be∣cause their Number were not to exceed 60, that Clog was ta∣ken off, March 14. 1543, by another Bull. The Popes Julius III. Pius V. Gregory XIII. and divers others, have confirmed and granted such Privileges to that Society, as renders them exorbi∣tantly powerful and numerous; Subjects every body to them, and them to no body. Jesuites, besides the 3 ordinary Religious Vows, make a fourth to the Pope, for the Missions. Their Gene∣ral is perpetual, and resides always at Rome. He hath 4 Assistants General of Italy, France, Spain and Germany, who yet have no de∣cisive Voice, but only Consultative. Ignatius their Founder was their first General; James Lainez, a Spaniard, succeeded him in the place. He was a great Divine, and assisted in that Quality in the Council of Trent. He was 53 Years old when he died, Feb. 19. 1565. Francis Borgia, formerly Duke of Gandia, was their 3d. General. Everard Mercurien de Liege came next, and Claudius Aquavia, of the House of the D. of Atria of Naples, succeeded him. Mutio Viteleschi, of a Noble Family of Rome, was the 4th. Gene∣ral. He died in 1645. Vincent Carraffe of Naples, and Francis Picolomini, of an ancient Noble Family in Siena, governed the Company successively; and afterwards Alexander Godfrey, Goswell Nickel a German, and John Paul Oliva. The Members of this Company are considered four Ways; either as Professors of the Four Vows, or, as Spiritual Coadjutors, who are Priests, and Tem∣poral Coadjutors, being Lay-brothers; or as Regents and Students whom they call Masters; or lastly, as Novices. The Fathers of this Society, have had 2 great Disputes with other Popish Doctors; First, concerning Predestination and Grace, with the Thomists and Jansenists, who accuse them of being Pelagians, or at best Semipela∣gians, whilst they call them Manichees, and Assertors of Predesti∣nation. Their Reasons Pro and Con are inserted in Tome XIV. of the Ʋniversal Bibliotheque. The 2d. is about Morals, which, the Jansenists say, they corrupt. Many Books have been written by both Parties on this Subject, the whole may be seen in the Provin∣cial Epistles; and the Jesuites Intrigues have succeeded so far, that they now are the most powerful Religious Society of the Ro∣man Church. * If they had observed their Rules published by them at Lions, in 1607, they had not been so odious to the World, as now they are. Their Privileges are contained in the Pope's Bull, and Apostolical Letters printed at Rome, in 1568. Their present Power may be conjectured from the Account gi∣ven of them by Ribadaneira, in 1608, viz. That in 75 Years time, they had 293 Colleges, besides 123 Houses, and their number was then reckoned 10581; and the yearly Revenues raised from their Colleges 2 Millions of Crowns. Thuan. lib. 131. says, That they defended publickly at Rome, and elsewhere, That it was no Ar∣ticle of Faith to believe, that Pope Clement VIII. was Peter's law∣ful Successor, and People might deliver their Confessions by Mes∣sengers and Letters, which had well nigh subverted their Socie∣ty, had not Philip K. of Spain interceded. Their Disputes about the Conception of the blessed Virgin, under Paul V. set all Spain in a flame: What they designed against Princes and Magistrates, appears by their exile from Dantzick, in 1596, out of France in 1598, and the Monument erected in Memory of their Villainy. From the Venetian Territories in 1605. The Petition of the Parlia∣ment of Poland against them, in 1607. Their Exile from Thorn and Cracovia in that Kingdom. The Acts made against them in Q. Elizabeth's Time in England, and renewed by K. James after the Powder-Plot, in 1610. Their Banishment out of Bohemia, in 1616. But what is most remarkable, is, the Act of the Parliament of Paris, Decemb. 1611, wherein being charged by the Advo∣cates for the King and University, That by their Doctrine, Wars had been raised and Kings murthered, they were ordered to subscribe those Tenets of the Sorbon, viz. That a General Coun∣cil is above the Pope; That he had no Power in Temporals; That he could not Excommunicate their Kings, nor Absolve Subjects from their Allegiance; That the Clergy might be guilty of High Treason; and, That they ought to discover such things, as con∣cerned the Government, though entrusted to them in Confession; all which, was transacted in the presence of the P. of Conde, seve∣ral Prelates and Peers of France. Gregory XIII. in his Bull, An. 1573. Jan. 8. gave them leave to search all the Libraries of the World, and to expunge out of all Books whatsoever, any thing that thwarted their Doctrine. The Jesuites of Cologne, in their Censure of the Scriptures, say, it is imperfect, and not a sufficient Rule for Faith and Manners, a leaden Instrument, a Lesbian Rule. Hospinian hist. Jesuit. Grotius in hist. lib. 3. ad An. 1594. says, That they were supported by Philip of Spain, and by the boldness of their own Assertions, and the Credulity of the People whom they imposed upon, with pretended Revelations, they acquired great Authority, which they maintain, by wheedling into their Society, such Scholars as are eminent, either for Parts, Riches, or Birth; and keeping them close to that which their Genius leads them to, that they convert themselves into all shapes, and intrude themselves into all Courts, creating Discord abroad, and nourishing Concord at home. In Exercitia Spiritualia Ign. Loyolae, Printed at Antwerp in 1635. these following Rules are exhibited, That they must abandon all Judgment of their own, and be al∣ways ready to obey the Church of Rome, and believe, that Black is White, and White Black, if she says it; That they ought to re∣gard the Command of their Superior, as of God himself; and submit to their Government, as tho' they were meer Machines, or an old Man's Staff, to be moved at his pleasure. 'Tis remark∣able, that they call themselves the Supporters of St. Peter's Chair, which they represented in a Picture, as inclining to fall, but born up by their Shoulders. Ʋrban VIII. had no good Opinion of them, and therefore, when they desired that St. German might be rased out, and Loyola inserted in the Calendar, as the Founder of their Order; he answered, That if they could not both stand in it together, Loyola must stay till Leap-Year, and then he might have the 29th. of Februa••y for himself. He also abolished an Order of the Jesuites, which they had Instituted without Au∣thority of the See of Rome. Those who would see more of them, may consult the Morals of the Jesuites, by a Dr. of the Sorbou. The Mystery of Jesuitism, by Jairigius, &c.
• Iesus, Son of Syrach of Jerusalem, about An. Mun. 3798. He gathered Solomon's Sentences together, and Composed in Hebrew, the Book of the Ecclesiasticus, called by the Greeks 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, that is to say, replenished with all Vertue. A Grand-son of this Author's, of the same Name with himself, Translated it since. I will only add here, That Authors do not agree upon the Year when this last died; though they unanimously allow it to be 30 Years after Ptolomaeus Euergetes, or Physicon King of Egypt.
• Iesus Christ. All the Authors who Treat of the Birth of the Son of God, are of different Opinions, as to the Year of the World, of Augustus, of the Olympiads, and of the Foundation of Rome, who were Consuls when it happened; and every one be∣lieves himself able to prove his own Opinion, by unquestionable Demonstrations. Cardinal Baronius, Torniel, Sponde, Gordon, Sca∣liger, Calvisius, Vossius, Langius, with many others, would have him born under the Consulship of Cn. Cornelius Lentulus, and of M. Valerius Messalinus, which, some say, was An. Rom. 751, and others fix it in 752. Onuphrius, Pererius, Sigonius, Cuspinian, Sa∣lian, &c. would rather place his Birth at the latter end of the Month of December, 752, under the 13th. Consulship of Augustus with M. Plantius. As to the Year of the World, Sixtus of Siena puts it in 3962. Torniel, in 4051. Salian, in 4052. Genebrard, in 4089. Pererius, whom Baronius follows, in 4022. Cornelius à Lapide, in 3951. Petavius, in 3985. Capel, in 3999. Calvisius, in 3947. The Greeks differ from the Latins 1500 Years. The most common Opinion, places this Birth under the Consulship of Cornelius Len∣tulus, and C. Calpurnius Piso, An. Rom. 753. An. Mun. 4052, the 4th. of the CXCIVth. Olympiad, and the 42d. of Augustus. I add, That this Year is the first of the Cycle from 532, Established by Denys le Petit, as I hinted before in its proper place; altho', in truth, the Church did not commence the Year of our Lord, which we call The Christian Account, till the following Year, which is the 46th. since the Kalendar made by the Command of Julius Caesar, and the 4714th. of the great Period, vulgarly called The Julian. As to what concerns the Year, the Month, and the Day of his Death, some without reason, would have it be the 25th. of March, seeing learned Men have demonstrated, that in a whole Pas∣chal Cycle of 532 Years, there was but the 12th, of the 259th, and the 449th. on which the 25th. of March could fall upon Friday. They who fixed it on April 3. found the truth maintained by Tostatus, and divers others. It is also proved by the wonderful Eclipse of the Sun, marked by St. Luke, described by St. Denys the Areopagite an Eye-witness, with his Companion Apollophanes and alledged by Origen, Tertullian, Julius Africanus, Eusebius, St. Lu∣cian the Martyr, St. Augustin, Suidas, &c. * Talents, in his Tables, says, That Christ was Born, according to AB^p Ʋsher, Petav. &c. in 4709, of the Julian Period, and according to the common Opinion, on Decemb. 25. Scaliger reckons 2 Years after, that he was born in Autumn. The Vulgar Account begins in January 1st. the 4714th. of the Julian Period. The Account from Christ's Birth was first begun by Dionysius Exiguus, An. Ch. 527. but was not used in the West, until 870. But never in the East; where they still count from the Creation, and place the Birth of Christ, according to the Septuagint, An. Mun. 5508. This is enough for those who would know the Substance of things. M. Dodwell in the first of his Irenaic Discourses, endeavours to prove, That our Sa∣viour was in his 38th. Year when Crucified, and that he was born, An. Rom. 748. This Opinion being new, its Proofs are to be seen in the Original.
• Iesus Christ, a Military Order of Portugal. Vide Christ.
• Iesus Christ, the Name of an Order of Knighthood, Institu∣ted at Avignon by Pope John XXII. in 1320. The Knights of this Order, carried a Cross all of Gold, enamelled red, inclosed in another Cross, and under-laid with Gold after the same man∣ner. But the Enamelling different from that of Christ in Portugal. Andrew Favyn. Theatre d'honneur & de Chevalerie.
• * Iethran, a Mountain in Arabia the Stony, between Faran to the N and Eilan to the S. 6 Miles in length, stretching it self upon the Eastern Shoars of the Red Sea, in the form of a Theatre, so that when the South Wind blows strong, it reverberates its force in such manner, that no Ship can Ride in the Bay beneath

〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• Ilus IV. King of the Trojans. He was the Son of Tros and Callirrhoe, and Brother of Ganymedes and Assaracus, who was Ca∣pis's Father, and Grandfather to Anchises. He reigned 54 Years, from A. M. 2740. to 2794. that Laomedon, his Son, succeeded him. Some say, that he vanquished and chased Tantalus out of his Kingdom. Apollodorus, lib. 3. Diodorus, lib. 4. Homer. Virgil, &c.
• Ilz, or Izil-liza, a City of Poland, within the Palatinate of Sendomir. It is situated at the Foot of the Mountains; and there is a Fortress, which the Bishop of Cracovia is Master of.

• Iman, a Name which the Mahometans give their Priests. These Imans, who look after their Mosques, must be well versed in the Alcoran, which is written in Arabick, wherein it is read all over Turkey, though not understood by half the People.
• Imaus, a famous Mountain of Asia. In the Desart Tartary, it is called Mothegar; and in the other, Belgian, and Althai, where the Kings of Tartary are entombed. In the Great Mogul's Country it is called Delanguer, and De Naugracut. Pliny, Strabo and Ptolo∣my mention it. It begins at Mount Taurus, near the Caspian Sea; and running Southward through the whole Continent of Asia, di∣vides the Asiatick Tartary into 2 Parts, and ends at the Source of the Ganges, where it spreads again E. and W. and becomes a Nor∣thern Boundary to the Empire of the Great Mogul, or Indostan.
• Imbrael, the 21st. Caliph, or Successor of Mahomet, began to reign in 834. after Mahomet his Father's Death. As he hated the Christians, he always warred with the Emperor of Constantinople, and had often the Advantage of him. Having ruined the City Amorium in Phrygia, he took the chiefest of the Enemy's Army Prisoners, whom the Emp. Theophilus prayed him to deliver, of∣fering to pay him the Ransom of 250000 Besans, or Double Ducats of Gold. But he made Answer, That that Summ was not sufficient. Which the Emperor so resented, that he died, An. 842. Imbrael reigned until 849. and left his Kingdom to Me∣mon. Marmol. de l'Afr. lib. 2.
• Imerete, or Imirete, a Kingdom which the Geographers reckon a Part of Mingrelia. The Turks call this Country Pachea-Tchouch, or Pacha-Koutchouc; that is to say, a Prince, or small Principality. It is inclosed by Mount Caucasus, Colchis or Mingre∣lia properly so called, The Black Sea, the Principality of Guriel, and Georgia, or Gurgistan. It is 126 Miles long, and 60 broad. On the South it has Guriel; on the North the Black Circassians, or Huns, who anciently harassed the Roman Empire in its Declension. Ime∣rete is a Woody and Hilly Country, but mixed with many plea∣sant Valleys, and fruitful Plains. Necessaries for Life are sooner had there, than either at the Kingdom of Mingrelia, or Colchis. Money is currant, and they coin it there. It is full of Burroughs, and Iron-Mines. As to the Manners and Customs of the People, they resemble much those of Mingrelia. The King has Three very good Fortresses; one called Scander, Southward; and the other two named Scorgia and Regia, Northward, near Phasis. It is not long ago since he had a very important Place, called Cota∣tis; but the Turks have it now. The Kings of Imerete have for a long time commanded the Abcas, the Mingrelians, and the People of Guriel, after having shaken off the Yoke of the Emperors of Constantinople; and after them, the Emperors of Trebizonde: But in the last Age, these 3 Nations revolted, and the Grand Signior, under pretence of protecting them, made them Tributary one after another. The Abcas-People paid their Tribute some Years, and at last got clear of them. The Prince of Mingrelia's Tribute amounted to 60000 Ells of Linen Cloth: That of the P. of Guriel is 46 Children, of both Sexes, between 10 and 20 Years old. The K. of Imerete also yielded to send the Turks 80 Children per An∣num. The Grand Signior left these Princes in Possession of their Country, it being impossible to get Mahometism to be observed here, where there is nothing good but Wine and Figs, and the Habitations scattered here and there so, that where Forts might be built, each Fort could keep scarce above 8 Houses in Obedience. The K. of Imerete gives himself the Title of Meppe, which signi∣fies a King in the Georgian Language: And so he calls himself Meppe of Meppes, that is, King of Kings. His Descent he pretends to be from the Race of the Prophet King David, by Solomon. Chardin's Voyage to Persia in 1673.
• Immireniens, a People on the South Side of Persia, who embraced the Christian Religion about An. 500, in the Time of the Emperor Anastasius. Theod. Lect. lib. 2. Niceph. lib. 16. cap. 37.
• Imola, an Episcopal City of Italy, in Romania, belonging to the Church. The Latins call it Forum Cornelii; and Pliny, Stra∣bo, Ptolomy and Procopius mention it. Cicero likewise speaks of it in these Terms, in his Familiar Epistles, lib. 12. Erat enim Claternae noster Hirtius, ad Forum Cornelium Caesar, uterque cum firmissimo Ex∣ercitu. And it is believed that this City was built by the Romans, that Narses ruined it, and that the Lombards repaired it. It had divers Masters, till Caesar Borgia took it under Alexander VI. Since which it has been subject to the Church. We have some Synodical Constitutions of Radolphus Paleote, in 1614. and of Ferdinando Mil∣lins, in 1622. B^p. of Im••la. It is 18 Miles E. of Bologna, 27 W. of Ravenna, and 26 S. of Ferrara. Strabo lib. 5. Plin. lib. 3. Procupe, lib. 2. de Bello Got. Blondus, lib. 8. Hist. Leander.
• Imperial Cities are such as have the Right to send Deputies to the Diet of the Empire.
• Imperiale, a City of South-America, and the Title of a Bi∣shop in the Kingdom of Chili. It belongs to the Spaniards. * It was built in 1551. by Valdiva, the Conqueror of this Country; who the next Year after was slain by the Indians, and the Town reduced to such Straits, that it has not been able to grow to any Greatness since. Lat. 38. 30. It stands 6 Leagues from the South Sea, (having the River Cauten to the S. and another to the W.) on a rising steep Neck of Land, hard to be ascended. The Soil about it is fruitful in Corn, Wine and Pasturage; and the Rivers are Navigable. The Bishop of it is the Second in Chili, and has about 80000 Indians under his Care. It has good Mines of Gold, but for want of Slaves, and by reason of the Wars, they are not wrought. Laet, pag. 492. In 1600. it was taken by the Indians, after a Year's Siege, most part of the Inhabitants being consumed by Famine. They burnt the Town, and destroyed the adjacent Country, and then besieged Soforno. In this War Valdiva was taken, Angol, Sancta Cruz, Chilla and Villa Ricca. After which, they became so confident of their Strength, that they fought the Spaniards stoutly, and in some measure revenged the innumerable Murthers which they had committed upon their Country-men.
• Impudence, a Divinity of the Pagans, that had her Temple at Athens, where she was reverenced as a Goddess, while at the same Time, in another Temple there, they reverenced Shame as a God. Whereat Xenophon seems amazed; saying, That the Athe∣nians ought rather to have made a God of Impudence, and a God∣dess of Shame, in regard this last is more commonly seen in Maids, than Batchellors; whereas Impudence is more peculiar to these, than to those. The Partridge was the Bird consecrated to Impu∣dence; and was the Symbol of her, because of her Salacity. Plu∣tarch in the Life of Solon. Xenophon. Theophrastus. Erasmus. Cicero de Legibus, lib. 2.

• * Ina, a West-Saxon, succeeded Kidwalla, An. 690. His first Expedition was into Kent, to demand Satisfaction for the Bur∣ning of Mollo, the Brother of his Predecessor. Victred was then K. of Kent, who being loth to hazard all for the Rashness of a few, pacified him with a great Summ of Money. In 710. he overcame Gerent K. of Wales. He also slew Kenwolf, surnamed Clito, a Title given in those Days only to those of the Blood-Royal. After these, and some other Exploits, he went to Rome, where he ended his Days. He was the first that granted the Peter-Pence to the Pope. Praised however for some good Laws he made, which remain ex∣tant to this Day.
• Inachus, gave Beginning to the Kingdom of the Argives, in the Peloponnesus, A. M. 2197. His Son Phoronea succeeded him. Jo∣sephus, Tatienus, Appianus, Alexandrinus, and divers other ancient Chronologists, did believe that this Prince was one of the Con∣temporaries of Moses: But Eusebius of Caesarea did prove since, that he began to reign about 346 Years before the Departure of the Children of Israel out of Egypt. In the mean time, we must not forget how the Poets have feigned that Inachus was the Fa∣ther of Io, debauched by Jupiter. Strabo, Plinius, Pausanias, &c. speak of a River of Peloponnesus of this Name, which Sophienus cal∣led Planiza, and is the very same which Virgil takes notice of in the 7th. Book of his Aeneids. There is another likewise in Acarna∣nia, which joins with the River Achelois.
• Inarus, a great Lord of Egypt. He occasioned a Revolt in the Country against the Persians, who were the Masters of it. He slew Achemenides, a Persian Prince, in Battel, after having put 100000 Men to the Sword: But was in the End defeated by Me∣gabazeus, General of the Persian Army; who inticed him out of a strong City by Promise of the King's Pardon; upon which, he render'd himself. But Amenophis, Mother to Artaxerxes, deman∣ding Revenge for the Murther of Achemenides, prevailed to have Inarus nailed to a Cross, and beheaded. Diodorus.
• * Inchaffra, that is, the Island of Masses; so called because of a famous Monastery of Augustines, founded here by the Earl of Strathern in Scotland, about 1200. It belongs to the County of Strathern. Cambd. Brit.
• * Inch-Keith, a small Island in the River Forth, over against Leith in Scotland. 'Tis thought to have been the Victoria of Pto∣lomy, and the Place of the City Caer. It had a Fort in it, and was seized by the English in the Time of K. James V. and re∣taken after a stout Resistance.
• Incitatus, a Name which Caligula the Emp. gave his Horse, be∣cause he was brisk and lively. He had such a Passion for this Beast, that he spoke to him as if he had been a Rational Person. He kept Officers to wait upon him in a stately Apartment, and treated those magnificently who were invited in the Name of this Horse. His Rack and Manger were of Ivory, and his Stable was built of Marble. This Emperor often invited him to Dinner, and then presented him with Gilded Barley, and filled him Drink himself in a very sumptuous Cup. He gave him a great Neck-lace of fine large Pearls, and a Foot-cloth of Purple, embroider'd with Gold. His Extravagancy went so far, that he would raise this Beast to be Consul; and if this infamous Prince had lived a little longer, an Horse might have been seen Consul of the most puissant City in the World. Sueton. in Caligula.
• * Incorrupticolae, or Aphthartodocit••, or Phantasiastae, Hereticks who had their Original at Alexandria, in the Time of the Emperor Justinian. The Beginning of the Controversie was among the Eutychians, Whether the Body of Christ was corrupti∣ble, or incorruptible, from his Conception? Severus held it corruptible. Julianus Halicarnassus held the contrary, as not be∣ing obnoxious to Hunger, Thirst, or Weariness; and that he did but seemingly suffer such Things: Whence they were called Phan∣tasiastae. Evagrius says, that the Emp. Justinian favoured t••ose

• Hereticks, and persecuted the Orthodox. But he is accused of Falshood in this Point. Spanh. Ep.
• Incubus, a Name which the Pagans gave to certain Demi-Gods, formerly called Faunes, and Satyrs. This Word comes from Incubo, to lie upon; because there was a Fiction as if they desi∣red the Company of Women, and lay with them at Nights. Ne¦vertheless, it is but a silly Disease, called Incubus; and by the Greeks, Ephialtes, that is to say, a Leaper, or Night-Mare; which is a kind of Suffocation, or Oppression of Body, that happens in the Night-time by reason of a thick and cold Vapour, which fills the Ventricles of the Brain, and hinders the Vital Spirits from passing through the Nerves.
• * Indagarus, a Bishop of the Manichees, about 524. who, together with their Writings, was burnt by Order of Ca∣bas King of Persia, because they had seduced his Son Pharsuasa. And on the same Account this Prince cut off all the Manichees, having assembled them for that Purpose. Cedren. in Hist.
• * Independants, a Party of Protestants much talked of in England, in the War betwixt K. Charles I. and the Parliament, and particularly favoured by Oliver. They have their Name be∣cause they hold that every Congregation hath a compleat Power of Jurisdiction within it self, independent either on Bishop, or any Synod or Council, great or small; though they own that Synods have a Consultative Power, and are an Ordinance of God. The only Thing else peculiar to them, is, Their Way of Admitting Members into their Congregations by a Covenant obliging them to participate of the Word and Sacraments in their respective Societies. But in other Things they agree with the Presbyterians; and by the late Agreement amongst the uni∣ted Ministers at London, they come nearer them also in Disci∣pline than formerly. It must be noted, That the Anabaptists, and others, are also independent in Matters of Church-Govern∣ment.
• ...

  India, one of the great Regions of Asia, extending from 106 Degrees to 159 Longitude, and from 10 of South to 44 North Latitude. India has its Name from the River Indus, which hems it in on the West Side. The Inhabitants call it Hind, and in some Places, especially on this Side the Ganges, Indostan; the Hebrews, Hodu; the French, Indes Orientales; the Spaniards, Indias Orien∣tales, to distinguish it from America, which they call the West-Indies, but improperly; and those of the Low-Countries, Oost-Indien, for the same Reason. This Country was first Peopled by Jocktan. And Diodorus Siculus observes, That though India was inhabited by various Nations, yet they were all the Original In∣habitants, and had neither received nor sent out any Colonies. This great Country has to its Bounds, according to Ancient and Modern Authors: The Kingdom of Persia on the West, whence it is separated by a great Ridge of Mountains: On the East it has the Ganges, with the Damasia-Mountains, and Meander, which part it from China. It has to the South the Gulf of Bengal, and the Indian Sea, down as far as Calecut: And to the Northward, Mount Imaus, which parts it from Tartary; from whence came the Emperor whom we call The Great Mogul. The most conside∣rable Rivers in the Indies are Indus and Ganges. The first comes from a Mountain which makes part of Caucasus, and receives in∣to it 19 others, whereof Hydaspes and Hypasis are the most re∣nowned. Many Modern Authors divide India into 3 Parts; which agrees with what I have already said: The first hath been the Mo∣gul's Country for 150 Years: The other two are Peninsula's, se∣parated by the Gulf of Bengal. That on the West Side, or this Side of Ganges, is almost divided between the two Sovereigns of Golconde and Visapor, or Idalkan. There be the Kings of Samo∣rin, and Cochin; with many Naiques, or Tributary Princes: As also the Kingdoms of Decan, Onor, Balcelor, Ganara, with a great Number of others. To these may be added the Coast of Mala∣bar, where are the Kingdoms of Calecut, Cochin, Coulan▪ and o∣thers, which bear all of them almost the Names of their Capi∣tal Cities. They are on the West Part of this Peninsula. To∣wards the East lies the Coast of Coromandel, where are Negapatan, Maliapour, St. Thomas, and the Kingdoms of Bisnagar, Narsingua, Golconda and Orixa. The Portuguese and Hollanders have divers Pla∣ces upon these Coasts. The other Peninsula, which we take for the Third Part of India, lies Eastward; and this is properly India extra Gangem. They divide it commonly into 3 Parts: The first, which lies Northerly, is the greatest, and contains the Countries of the Kings of Ava, Pegu, Arracan, the ancient Country of the Brames, or Bragmanes: The Second comprehends the K. of Siam's Coun∣try: And the Third, which lies more Easterly, comprehends Co∣chinchina and Tunquin. Thus we find in the Indies, Ava, Arracan, Cochinchina, Martaban, Pegu, Siam, Tunquin, Camboia, &c. all lying on the other Side of the Ganges. But it must be noted, that ancient Geographers testifie how that there were formerly 9000 Sorts of People in India, and 5000 considerable Cities, the most famous whereof was Nisa, which some believe to be the Place of Bac∣chus's Nativity.

  That Side of India which lies most under the Torrid Zone is sub∣ject to the violent Heat of the Sun, but temper'd by Rains and Winds; yet the Air there is different, according to the Diversity of Climates. In general they reckon but two Seasons, Summer and Winter. The last holds 4 Months, viz. June, July, August and September; during which Time it rains perpetually. The Summer holds for the other 8 Months. The Land is extream fer∣tile, and yet there grows but little Wheat in it, but great Quan∣tities of Rice and Indian-Wheat. Olives, Nuts, Pepins, and the like, are not to be had there; but, in lieu of them, there are other considerable Things, such as Palms, which bear Dares, and other excellent Fruit-Trees; not mentioning Citrons and Oran∣ges, which abound there; Figs, Cacoa-Nuts, Pomegranates, and a great many other Things proper for Medicines, as Spiceries; &c. The Tree which bears the Cacoa-Nuts, I spoke of, is a kind of Palm, whence the Indians draw their Necessaries, and which is very singular. Its Sap furnisheth them with Drink; they make Bread and Oil of its Fruit; Vessels, Cups and Spoons of its Bark; and Thread and Stuff of the Rind which lies under the Bark: Its Trunk and Branches serve to make the Indians Houses; and the Leaves do both cover them, and serve to write upon, instead of Paper. The Drink made of the Sap of this Tree tastes almost like Wine, and turns eager in 24 Hours. To draw this Sap they slit the Bark of the Tree, and there run in a little Stick, upon which the Liquor runs, and falls down into a Vessel which the Indians place there on purpose. Besides this, India produces Su∣gar-Canes, and divers Sorts of rare Creatures, Pearls, and Pre∣cious Stones; and such great Quantities of Gold and Silver-Mines, that the Ancients were persuaded, that the Sand, the Stones, and the very Clods themselves were Gold. Those that inhabited these happy Countries from the Beginning of the World, never went abroad to plant Colonies; and for this Reason it is, that it ought not to be Matter of Surprize, if the Ancients have there remar∣ked that incredible Diversity of People which I have already spoken of. Amongst those, the Brachmanes, or Gymnosophists, Phi∣losophers of the Country, were the most considerable, as well as the Gangarides, who had a puissant King, whom Alexander the Great never durst to attack. The Indians are for the most part tawny, strong and big, but lazy, and extreamly leacherous. They eat upon Beds, or Tapestry, spread upon the Ground; and use a deal of Salleting, called Betle. Their ordinary Drink is Palm-Wine, or another sort which they make with Rice. Their Years are Lunar. They are skilful in Physick, Astrology, and a little in the Mathematicks; but very ignorant in other Scien∣ces. The Pagans burn most of their Dead, and their Wives glory in being thrown into the Funeral-Piles, and there consumed to Ashes, which their Friends keep in Urns.

  The little Commerce which the Europeans had formerly with the Indians, has occasioned several Fables, which ancient Authors, and those the most Considerable too, deliver as unquestionable Truths: As, That Bacchus and Liber, born as they say here, sub∣dued all the Country: And that Semiramis, the Wife of Ninus, led her victorious Troops into these Parts. The Kings of P••rsia did possess some Parts of India; and Alexander the Great, after he had defeated Darius, marched thither, An. Rom. 436. and over∣came Porus their chief Monarch.

  Since the Time of Alexander, the Indians have carried them∣selves very peaceably to their Princes, and were not disturbed by Strangers, till the Portuguese, under the Conduct of Vas••o de Ga∣ma, began to settle there about the Latter End of the XV^th. Cen∣tury; which they did afterwards, with a very considerable Ad∣vantage to their Country. They have also in India very rich Ci∣ties, as Goa, and are very powerful there. They made great Advantage of it formerly, but the Hollanders have since improved themselves by their Negligence. The Great Mogul being Prince of one Part of India, as I have said before, is a Mahometan, and passes for the richest King of the World in Precious Stones. There are other petty Princes in the Country; but so ambitious, both of Titles and Qualities, that they often intitle themselves by the Number of their Moveables, Elephants and Jewels. The In∣dians are Idolaters, Mahometans, Jews, or Christians. Most of the Idolaters inhabit towards the South Part of India; where some adore a Sovereign God, others make Vows to the Devil, to avoid say they, or at least to extenuate the Pain due to them. Some worship Trees; others the Elements, Rivers, Pyramids, &c. and are very extravagant upon this Subject. Others there are too, who believe the Metempsychosis, or Transmigration of Souls, and who have a very great Respect for all Living Things, even to the Vermine, but particularly for Cows and Oxen. They have a sort of Monks, who keep themselves in an extraordinary Posture; such as holding their Arms lifted up to Heaven, &c. Before India was this last Time discovered by the Portuguese, a Nestorian Pa∣triarch had sent them Bishops: And Maffee says, that the Body of St. Thomas was found in the Ruins of a Church formerly built to his Honour, in Maliapour; whence it was transported to Goa, and placed in a magnificent Church which the Vice-Roy built by K. Emanuel's Order. Pantaenus, who of a Stoick Philosopher, be∣came a zealous Defender of the True Faith, being sent hither by Demetrius Bishop of Alexandria, about the End of the III^d. Century, is said to have found here the Gospel of St. Mat∣thew, brought hither by St. Bartholomew, when he came to preach the Gospel. The Modern History of India tells us, that in the Kingdoms of Narsingua and Cranganor, and in the Neighbouring Provinces, it is a known Tradition among them, that St. Thomas did preach the Gospel there; and for this Reason, that the Indian Christians call themselves, The Chri∣stians of St. Thomas. They report very admirable Things of him, which they maintain to be contained in their An∣nals, and are sung by the little Children of Malabar in the ordinary Tongue.

• ...

  The Indian-Commerce is great, and there Indico is made for Dying, Salt-peter, Spiceries, Silks, and particularly Cottons, whereof the poor People make painted Callicoes, which turns to great account. But what is more considerable, they have Mines of precious Stones, and a Fishery of Pearls. There is in particular, very rich Diamond-Mines, one at Raolconda, which is 5 days Journey from Golconda; one at Gany, which is 7 days Journey thence, and another at Soumel in the Kingdom of Bengal. The pieces of Money most currant there, are Roupies, Latins, and Pagodes. The Indians love War. Ever since the Europeans commerce with them, they have accustomed themselves to Fire-arms, in lieu of Bows and Arrows, and manage them dextrou∣sly. They use Elephants in their Armies, each carrying upon his back a Castle, containing 4 or 5 People armed with Bows and Arrows. The Mogul abounds most with them, and yet some say, That he has not above 80 or 90; tho' Peruchi says, he em∣ployed 5000. and Pyrardus alledges, that he is able to send 30000 into the Field.

  The number of other Idolaters in the Indies, exceeds that of the Mahometans by far, and may be considered under 7 different Sorts of Persons; which are the Bramins, Ketris, Raspoutes, Ban∣jans, Jogue•• ••••••••ades, Verteas, and the Faquirs. The Bramins vaunt th••••••••••ves to be the Successors of the Indian Philosophers, who were ••o famous under the Name of Brachmans; they are devoted to the Worship and Ministry of the Temples and Idols, an•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 one particular God, which they name Parabram, and acknowledge him as the Principle of all things, and for the Crea∣tor of the Universe. They say, he had 3 Sons, which made but One only Divinity; and to express this Number and Unity of Nature, each Bramin carries a Scarf divided into Three Parts. They wear Turbans upon their Heads, 2 Shirts, one reaching to the Knees, and the other a little below, and red Shooes. They study the Mathematicks much, and to that purpose, keep a fa∣mous School in a City called Benarez, but their main Study, is to Calculate the Eclipses of the Sun and Moon. The People are so prepossessed with the Merits of these Bramins, that they trust them not only with the Conduct of their Religion, but often with that of some Kingdoms too. The Raspoutes are also listed by some in the Number of Banjans, being of the Sect of Samarath, and with them believe the Metempsychosis. But in particular they assure us, That the Souls of Men pass into the bodies of Birds, which tell their Friends of the Good and Evil that is to befall them: And therefore they observe the Chirping, and Flight of Birds with much Superstition. They use Arms, and the Word Raspoute, properly signifies a War-like Man. The Ketris or Ka∣tris, eat all Sorts of living Creatures, except the Cow and the Ox, and are all Merchants. The Banjans are those, who Traf∣fick, and that very often, as Bankers and Brokers, wherein their Industry is not inferior to that of the Jews. They live upon Rice, Butter, Milk, Fruit, Herbs, Comfeitures, and Bread. To ex∣piate for their Sins, they bathe themselves twice a-day. The People acknowledge themselves so much inferior to the Bramins, that they never marry their Daughters, as thinking themselves unworthy of them.

  The Jogues or Joguis, are as it were, Pilgrims or Religious Va∣gabonds, who wander from one Kingdom to another, chusing always hot Countries and solitary Places. They live upon Alms, and are reputed very Holy, because they spend a great many days in very austere Fasts. Some live Years together at the Temple doors, naked, and exposed to the rigour of the Sun and Rain, and never quit that Post, without it be to comply with Na∣tural necessities. With all these Mortifications, the greatest part of them are great Impostors, and distinguish themselves so much from others, by this counterfeited-piety, through the assistance of a certain Herb and some Stones, of which they learn the Vir∣tues in their Voyages, and make use of them to amuse the Peo∣ple. They acknowledge one sort of Superior, whom they chuse Yearly in a General Assembly. The Charades or Soudras are a People who follow Soldiery, as well as the Raspoutes; with this difference, That they keep always to the Infantry, and the Raspou∣tes to the Cavalry. The Verteas live in Community as the Monks, and confine themselves so much to Poverty, that they eat nothing but the Fragments which come from other People's Tables. They are so affraid of receiving Nourishment from any anima∣ted thing, that they always drink boiled-Water, because they imagine that Water has life, and that they should not drink it, if the fire hath not exhaled it. In this manner, they always carry a little Broom in their hands upon their March, and sweep the way they are to pass through, for fear of killing even a little Worm as they go along. They are clad in White, and uncovered. They shave the Chin, or rather pull out the Hair, and they swear Chastity. The Faquirs, are a sort of Monks, who during their whole Lives, submit themselves to very austere Motifications. They scarcely ever rest, otherwise than upon a thick Rope, which hangs so that they may ride a-stride upon it. There are of them, who hold their Arms lifted always upwards to Heaven; and others, who neither Eat nor Drink for several days together. The Mahome∣tans there distinguish themselves into Sounis and Chiais, whereof the one follows the Sect of Abubeker, and the others, that of Ali. The Great Mogul, and the greatest of hi•• Court, incline to that of the Sounis, which is the same with the Turks. But there are a great many particular Persons in his Country, and amongst his Ahias or Princes, who are Tributary to him, that make Profes∣sion of that of Chiais. The Roman Religion is not professed here, but by some Merchants of Europe, and some Missionaries who go to Siam, and other places of the Indies. Pyrard Voyages. Davity of Asia. Tavernier's Voyage to the Indies. In the Peninsula's, both on this and 'tother side of the Gulph of Bengal, they Adore an infinite num∣ber of Statues under different Forms, and most of them very ridi∣culously shaped. There are of them so Superstitious, that they think themselves defiled, if touched by any body, but in War, and to purify themselves, they abstain from Eating, till dipt 3 times in Water. Others there be, who will not eat, but what s dress'd by themselves, or their Bramins, who are their Priests. They hold Cows in particular Veneration, and those who admit the Metempsychosis, say, That none but the Souls of Upright Persons, can have the Privilege of passing into the Body of a Cow. But the Condition of the Women is lamentable in divers places there, when after the death of their Husbands, they must either throw themselves into the fire, and have their Carkasses consumed to ashes, or be reputed infamous for ever. Those that have Chil∣dren, may be dispensed with as to this, by protesting that they will never re-marry. They say, That this Law was occasioned by the Women's poisoning their Husbands to marry others; so that one of their Kings ordered, That they should never survive them, which stopt that course of Poisoning; which, being once Establi∣shed as a politick thing, continued as a Point of Religion and Honour.

  All this great Country, to begin from the Gulph of Cambaya, towards Bengal near Jaganate, and on t'other side to Cape Comori, was about 200 Years ago, under the Dominion of one King only, who was a powerful Soveraign. But at present, it is divided amongst divers Princes, who got possession of it. The cause of this Division was, that Raja, or King Ramras, the last of those who possessed these States wholly, very inconsiderately raised 3 Gurgian Slaves he had, to be 3 Governors. The First, to that of Decan; the Second, to a Province, since called the Kingdom of Visapor; and the Third was made Governor of all that, now called the Kingdom of Golconda. These Governors revolted all 3 unanimously, killed Ramras their Soveraign, and in the end, took upon them the Title of Cha or King. The Posterity of Ramras, not finding themselves strong enough to hinder this Usurpation, retrenched themselves in the Country, commonly called Karnateck, and which Geographers call Bisnagar, where they are Raja's to this day. All the rest of that Country was divided at the same time, by all these Raja's and Naiques now there. The Kings of Golconda have maintained themselves well enough. That of Visapor is always in War with the Grand Mogul, who got Decan within these few Years, having taken Prisoner King Ne∣jam-Cha VIth. of the Governor s Family, who Usurped this King∣dom. Bernier's History of the Great Mogul. Tom. II. * Some think, India to be that which the Scriptures call Havilah. It hath all sorts of Metals, but Copper and Lead; all sorts of Cattle but Horses; and all sorts of Corn but Wheat, which, together with Wine, are the only things they need from other Nations. The first discovery of these Countries, was in the latter Times during the Holy War. The Venetians found whilst they pos∣sess'd Ptolemais, that there was a Trade to be driven by Cara∣vans through Persia and Tartary with the Indies, but then all Goods were brought to Alexandria, or some of the Asian Ports, and so, by the Venetians, diffused over Europe; which Trade, was the Foundation of their Wealth and Greatness, and the true Cause of all the Wars with the Pisans and Genoese; in which the Venetians at last prevailed, and possessed this Trade, till the Portuguese put an end to it, by the Discovery of the Passage about Africa, in 1497, by Vasco de Gama, who was the first European that went that Way into the East-Indies. The Dutch East-India-Company was first Established there, in 1597, which, in a short time, so far prevailed against the Portuguese, that they were like to have been beaten out of the whole Trade, and they are now much stronger in those Places than the Portuguese. The English have also considerable Plantations here, which will be found in their proper places.

• ...

  Indiction, signifies a Revolution of 15 Years. Many think, that this Custom was introduced upon the occasion of a Tax, set∣tled for 15 Years, and continued for the like number of Years. The most ancient Author that has spoken of this Indiction, is, St. Athanasius AB^p of Alexandria; where he assures us, That the Synod of Antioch, was celebrated under the Consulship of Marcel∣linus and Probinus, in the XIVth. Indiction, which was An. Ch. 341. Some date the Commencement of the Indiction, from the time of Julius Caesar. Others will have it from the time of Augustus. But the more Authentick Chronologers say, That the Emp. Constan∣tine the Great, did Establish the Indictions, in Sept. An. 312. when he got the Victory at Pont-Mole near Rome, over the Tyrant Max∣entius, who was Defeated there, and drowned in the Tiber.

  It is to be noted, That the Historians make mention of 3 Sorts of Indictions, the First called Constantinopolitan, beginning with the Common Year of the Greeks, on the 1st. of Sept. The Second called Imperial, on Account of Constantine's Victory above-mentio∣ned, which begins on Sept. 24. And the Third called Roman or Pontifical, made use of in the Roman Bulls, which begins Jan. 1. with the Julian-Year. Some believe, That at the first it began at Christmas. These 3 Sorts of Indictions may be distinguished by reading Ancient Writers, Councils, and other Monuments of Graecian Antiquity. For the Constantinopolitan Indiction, beginning

• ...

  Sept. 1. 312, the Imperial on Sept. 24. the same Year, 312. and the Roman on Jan. 1. 313. which happened, for Example, Sept. 5. 312, was in the 2d. Constantinopolitan Indiction, and in the 1st. Imperial and Roman. That which happened Sept. 25. 312, was in the 2d. Constantinopolitan Indiction and Imperial, and in the 1st. Roman. And lastly, that which was on Jan. 10. 314. fell out in the 2d. Indiction of Constantinople, of the Empire, and of Rome.

  To find out the Indiction of every Year, there was a Method; which is, to add 3 to any Year of the Christian Calculation that one would know, and to Divide it by 15, the Remainder was to be the Indiction. But here is a Table which is easier and quicker: 'Tis also found in observing these Verses.

  Si per quindenos Domini diviseris annos, His tribus adjunctis Indictio certa patebit, Si nil excedit quindena Indictio currit.

  313	613	913	1213	1513
  328	628	928	1228	1528
  343	643	943	1243	1543
  358	658	958	1258	1558
  373	673	973	1273	1573
  388	688	988	1288	1588
  403	703	1003	1303	1603
  418	718	1018	1318	1618
  433	733	1033	1333	1633
  444	748	1048	1348	1648
  463	763	1063	1363	1663
  478	778	1078	1378	1678
  493	793	1093	1393	1693
  508	808	1108	1408	1708
  523	823	1123	1423	1723
  538	838	1138	1438	1738
  553	853	1153	1453	1753
  568	868	1168	1468	1768
  583	883	1183	1483	1783
  598	898	1198	1498	1798

  To find the Indiction of a Year, you are to see if it be any of these Marked in the fore-going Table, and then that is to be the first of the Indiction: If not, you are to take the nearest Num∣ber next preceding that Year, whose Indiction you would know. As for Example, for 1688. Take 1678, and thence count down to 1688; you shall find 11 the Indiction, 1689 shall have 12. And so of the rest.

  If you would know the Constantinopolitan Indiction, or Imperial, you are to cut off 1 from each number in the said Table, putting

  312

  327

  342, &c.

  2 for 3, and 7 for 8. So to count at Sept. 1. for the Constantinopolitan Indiction, and at Sept. 24. for the Imperial Indiction.

• Indigetes, is a Name which the Ancients gave their Heroes, listed in the Number of Gods; as, Hercules, Romulus, Caesar, &c. The Ancients give likewise the Name of Indigetes to a People of Spain, so called, and now inhabiting Ampourdan, in the Principali∣ty of Catalonia, upon the Frontiers of France, and the Earldom of Roussillon.
• Indostan, or the Empire of the Great Mogul, is bounded on the N. with the Asian Tartary, and the Kingdom of Thibet, on the W. by the Kingdom of Persia, on the E. by the River Cosmin or Cosmite, which separates it from the rest of the Indies; and on the S. with the Bay of Bengale, and Promontory of Malabar. To the account of this Country under the Word Mogul, may be added, That its great Commerce brings it vast Summs of Gold and Silver, and that there is but little Exported. For Turkey, Arabia-Foelix, and Persia cannot subsist without its Commerce. Its Merchandices are sent to Pegu, Siam, to Macassar or Celebes, to Sumatra, Ceylan, Maldives, Moramzique, and other places, whence they have great store of Gold. The Europeans also dis∣burse great Summs with them, which the Country-People work into Goldsmith's-works, and use in their Manufactures of Cloath of Silver and Gold, which they exchange for Brass, Nut∣megs, Cinnamon, &c. with the Hollanders; with the English for Lead; and the French for Scarlets; with those of Ʋsbeck and Persia for Horses. The Great Mogul's Treasury is rich, almost beyond belief; for this Prince is Heir of all the Omra's or Lords of his Court, and of all the Manseb-dars or petty Omra's, that re∣ceive his Pay; besides this, he has the Property of all the Lands of his Kingdom. This Empire is more subject to Civil Wars and Rebellions, than any on the Earth, because of the Disputes which frequently happen betwixt the Sons of the Great Mogul for the Crown, and the turbulent Spirits of those who dwell in Woods and Mountains, who were never entirely subdued, be∣cause the principal part of the Emperor's Army consisting of that People, they favour them. See Mogul. Bernier's Hist. du Grand Mogul.
• Indous, a Sort of Pagans in India, on the other side of the Ganges. They are no Banyans, for they Kill and Eat all Sorts of Beasts, besides Oxen and Cows. They believe One only God, and the Immortality of the Soul, but they spoil this Belief with a vast number of Superstitions. They take their Meals within a Circle, into which they will not suffer the Banyans, whom they abhorr, to enter. They are most of them Soldiers, and the Great Mogul makes use of them to Garrison his best Places. Mandeslo Tom. II. of Olearius.
• * Indulfus LXXVII^th. K. of Scotland, begun his Reign about 959. The first 7 Years he had Peace, but in the 8th. of his Reign, the Danes being enraged, that he had preferred the Alli∣ance of the English to theirs; and that a perpetual League was made by the 2 Kings against them, they sent a Navy under Com∣mand of Hago and Helvicus to invade Scotland; but being re∣pulsed several times, they hoisted Sail, as if they designed to re∣turn home, and coming back in a little time, landed in Boin in the North, whither Indulfus marched against them; and joining Battel, fought it with great Courage and Resolution on both sides, till Graham and Dunbar with the Lothian-Men, appearing upon the Rear of the Danes, put them into a Pannick fear, and obliged them to fly to their Ships, and else where. Indulfus ha∣ving disarmed himself, that he might be the more nimble to pursue, was killed by an Arrow from a Ship, or, as some say, by a Body of the Enemy, while he pursued them with a small force, in the 10th. of his Reign. Buchan.
• Indulgence, a Favour or Grace which the Church of Rome pretends to bestow on Penitents, in remitting the Punishment due to their Sins in this World, or in the next. They endeavour to prove this Practice by the Example of the Apostles, and Con∣stitutions of Councils; and Clement VI. gives this farther Ac∣count of its Original. Jesus Christ, says he, has left us an infi∣nite Treasure of Merits and Satisfactions; the Blessed Virgin and Saints have added theirs; the Pastors of the Church, but espe∣cially the Popes, who are the Disposers of this Treasure, can ap∣ply it to the Living, by the Power of the Keys, and to the Dead by way of Suffrage, to deliver them from the Pains due to their Vices. Thus they cheated the World, but not without opposi∣tion, for St. Cyprian and Tertullian writ against these Proceedings, and Luther has sufficiently exposed it since. Moreri, a Popish Priest, complains of the several Abuses committed upon this ac∣count, saying, it was one of the chief things which the Council of Constance charged against Pope John XXIII. in 1415. That he Impower'd his Legates to Establish Confessors; to Absolve Penitents from Crimes of all natures, upon payment of Summs proportionable to their Guilt; and gives us this Account of what passed under Pope Leo X. This Prelate, says he, having under∣taken to carry on and finish the great Structure, begun by his Predecessor Julius II. published Indulgences and Plenary Remis∣sion, to all such as should contribute thereunto; and finding the Project take, gave his Sister the Princess of Cibo, the Benefit of the Indulgences of Saxony, and other neighbouring Parts, letting those of other Countries to the highest Bidders; who, to make the most of their Bargains, made choice of the ablest Preachers to cry up and set out, the worth of the Ware. The Archbishop of Mentz pitch'd upon John Texal, a Dominican, who associating him∣self, with some others of that Order, began to discharge their Office, when John Stupitz, Vicar-General of the Augustins, being angry that his Society, who were formerly made use of in this Affair, should now be laid aside; and observing the palpa∣ble Abuses of the Preachers and Receivers of the Money, com∣plained of it first to the Elector of Saxony, then addressed him∣self to Martin Luther, of his own Order, and a Man of great Re∣putation in the University of Wirtemberg for his quick Wit, pro∣found Knowledge, and Natural Eloquence, who first preached against the Preachers, then against the Indulgences, and soon af∣ter exposed the others Abuse and Corruptions of the Church of Rome, as Zuinglius did at the same time in Switzerland. Maim∣bourg's Hist. du Lutheranisme. Hoffman and Spanheim give this Account of the Original of Indulgences, That the Primitive Church being very rigid, in exacting Penance for Offences, as, 1. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, i. e. Standing and Mourning before the Church-Door. 2. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, i. e. Admitting them to hear the Word, but not to Prayers. 3. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, or Prostration, when they were admitted to the Word, and some Prayers, but not to the Sacra∣ment. 4. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, when they were admitted to all the Prayers, but not to the Sacraments; which various Steps did sometimes take up the Penitent's whole life. Upon which, many were driven to Desperation, or Apostatiz'd to Gentilism. Hereupon a Tempe∣rament was found out to remit the harshness of this Canonical Penance, which was afterwards abused and degenerated into those now called Indulgences, which Fisher Bishop of Roche∣ster, in his 18th. Article against Luther, acknowledged to have been but of a late Rise in the Church of Rome.
• * Indus, a famous River, from which the Indians have their Names. Now they call it variously, as Sinda, Hynd, Indo, Diul, Indel, and Cacreede, according to the several Coun∣tries it Waters. It Rises from the Mount Paropamisus, part of Mount Caucasus, which, some call, Naugracut, and takes in 19 Rivers, the most considerable of which, are Hydaspes and Hypa∣sis, where Alexander the Great limited his Conquests, Send, Behat, Nilab, Ravea, Caoul, &c. It throws its self into the In∣dian Sea at Five Mouths, Two being stopped up. Authors speak variously of it, and especially Pliny, upon the Conquests of Alexander the Great.

• Ingelheim upon the Rhine, a Borough of Germany, in the Lower Palatinate, between Mayence and Bingen. The Latin Au∣thors call it Ingelhemium, and Ingelenhemium. The Emp. Charle∣maigne was born there in 742. and afterwards repaired it; and Lewis the Debonaire died there in 840. This Borough stands 8 Miles W. of Mentz, and as many E. of Bingen. Long. 27. 30. Lat. 49. 55. It was burnt by the French in 1691.
• The Councils of Ingelheim. In the Year 788. Tassillon D. of Bavaria was accused by his own Subjects, before a Council of Prelates, and convicted of Treason, and was condemned by his Peers to die: But Charlemaigne alter'd the Punishment so, as that this Duke and Theodon's Sons were only shaved, and banished to the Monastery of Loresheim, and afterwards to that of Jumiega. The Dispute for the Archbishoprick of Rheims, between Hugo de Vermandois and Artold, had divided the Minds of People in the X^th. Century. Agapet II. sent Marinus, his Legate, to Otho K. of Germany, ordering him to assemble a Gene∣ral Council of the Galls and Germans, as well to determine this Difference, as to decide the Quarrels of K. Lewis IV. called Ou∣tremer, and Hugh le Blanc. This Council was called at Ingelheim, An. 948. The 2 Kings assisted, and sate upon the same Bench. Lewis laid open 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Injuries which Hugo did him, and offered to justifie himself in what manner the Council would, or give him Battel. Upon these Complaints, the Assembly wrote to Hugo to return to his Duty, upon pain of being Anathematized. Artold was confirmed in the Archbishoprick of Rheims, and his Compe∣titor excommunicated till he had done Penance.
• Ingelram, Angelram, or Engelram, B^p. of Metz, was in Esteem about the End of the VIII^th. Century. He was at first Almoner, or Arch-Chaplain to Charlemaigne. About 769. he suc∣ceeded St. Chrodegamge, and was at the Council of Francfort. Af∣ter this, Charlemaign sent him to Rome, and it was by him that Pope Adrian sent the Collection of Canons, which was not never∣theless received at first in France. This happened An. 781. An∣gelram had the Title of Archbishop, and was employed in the great Affairs of the Times. He died Decemb. 25. 791. Hincmar, epist. 3. cap. 1.5. Alcuin, epist. 24. Paul Diacre, de Episc. Mentens. Sainte Marthe, Gail Christ de Marca, de Concord, &c.
• Ingeneers, are they that apply themselves particularly to Mi∣litary Architecture, or Fortifications. They derive this Name from their ingenious Inventions in the Defence and Sieges of Towns. The first that wrote of this as a particular Art, were Ramelli and Cataneo, Italians. After these, appeared John Erard, under Henry IV. of France; Simon Stevin under the Pr. of Orange. Marolois, the Chevalier de Ville, Lorrini, Pagan and Maliet were also in great Reputation. The last has published a Treatise in 3 Volumes, intituled The Works of Mars, or Art of War. Vauban, chief Ingeneer to the present K. of France, is said to have much perfected Fortifications. Felibien Principes des Artes.
• Ingenuus, a Governor in Pannonia, whom the Soldiers decla∣red Emperor under the Empire of Galienus, who then addicted himself to all manner of Crimes; but he was unsuccessful in this Revolt, being defeated and killed at Mursa, a City of Pannonia, about 261. Others say, That he killed himself, for fear he should fall into the Hands of his Enemy. Trebellius Pollio's Hist. of the 30 Tyrants. Aurelius Victor in Ep. Hist.
• Ingerburgea, a Q. of France, was Daughter of Waldemarus I. of that Name, K. of Denmark. She was married to Philip Augu∣stus, in the City of Amiens, An. 1193. and was crowned the next Day: But 28 Days after the King divorced her at Compeigne, un∣der pretence of Kin, and married Agnes of Merania, An. 1196. Canutus IV. King of Denmark made his Complaint to Pope Coele∣stin III. who made a great Stir; and in the Council held at Dijon, An. 1199. Peter of Cappadocia being Legate, excommunicated the King, and put the Kingdom under an Interdiction. This grieved Philip. He made his Complaint to Cardinal William de Champaigne AB^p. of Rheims, and to other Prelates, who consented to the Repudiation, and in the mean Time he shut up Ingerburgea in the Castle of ••stampes, An. 1200. But seeing afterwards that the Council of Soissons, assembled An. 1201. would not absolve him, but on Condition that he should take his Wife again, he took her, without speaking either to the Bishops or Legates. Some Time after he sent back Ingerburgea to live at the Castle d'Estampes, and re-took her in 1213. She died at Corbeil, in 1236. aged 60 Years. Some Authors write, That she had some secret Faults, which the King could not endure. She had no Children. William the Briton. Rigold.
• * Ingermaland, Lat. Ingria, called by others Isera Ingria. A Province of the Kingdom of Swedeland, which has Moscovia East∣ward, Livonia Westward, and between the Lake Ladoga and the Gulf, that of Finland. The River of Nerva is there as a Chanel between the Lake and this Gulf. Ingria belonged formerly to the Moscovites, who yielded it to the Swedes by a Treaty in 1617. This Land is considerable for Elk-hunting. Its principal Bo∣roughs are Nottebourgh, Juanogorod, Caporia, Jamagorod, Gam, &c.
• Ingolstadt upon the Danube. Lat. Ingolstadium, a City of Ger∣many in Bavaria, with an University, founded An. 1410. and in∣creased in 1459. by Lewis D. of Bavaria, who obtained a great many Privileges for it of Pope Pius II. This City lies between Newbourgh and Ratisbonne. The K. of Swedeland could not take this City, though he besieged it during the last German Wars, in 1632. He was like to be killed there by a Canon-Shot. It is very well fortified, with a fine Bridge upon the Danube. All the Houses there, being of Wood, are built separately, to prevent the Accidents of Fire. It is 13 Miles E. of Newburgh, 28 W. of Ratisbonne, and 45 N. of Munchen. Lon. 31. 32. Lat. 48. 43. Cluvier Germ. Zeiler. Itiner. Germ. Middendorp de Acad. Bertius de reb. German.
• Ingolsteter (John) a German Physician of Note. He compo∣sed divers Works; and, among others, one upon the Subject of a Golden Tooth, which some pretended that John, Son of Silesius, named Christopher Muller, had had naturally. Isagog. in Ph. Ari∣stotelis. Dissertatio de natura occultorum & prodigiosorum, &c. Mel∣chior. Adam in Vit. Med. German.
• Ingondea, Daughter of Sigebert I. K. of Metz, or Austrasia. She married Hermenigildeus, a Spanish Prince, Son of Levigildeus K. of the Visigoths, in 580. This Prince she converted from be∣ing an Arian, to the Catholick Religion; which so incensed his Mother-in-Law, that she treated her with the utmost Indignity. In the mean Time Hermenigildeus, who had called the Greeks to his Assistance, was taken, and suffered Martyrdom at Toledo, April 13. being Easter-Eve, An. 586. as I said elsewhere. Ingondea was taken by these very Greeks; but before she could reach Constan∣tinople, she died of Discontent in Africa, about 585. She had one Son, called Athanagildeus. Gregory of Tours, lib. 5, 6. & 7. Isidorus in Chron. &c.
• Inhambanc, a Kingdom of Africa, in Lower Aethiopia, be∣tween the Caffres and Monomotappa, Eastward of the Lake Zamber. The People and Country we do not well know.
• Inhamior, a Kingdom of Africa, in Lower Aethiopia, upon the Frontiers of the Countries of the Caffres. It lies along the River Cuama, and they say that it has depended upon Monomotappa for some considerable Time.
• * Innerlochti, a Town in Loughabar, formerly a very consi∣derable Mart, for which it has a very noble and convenient Situa∣tion; but being ruined in the Wars with the Danes, hath never recovered its ancient Glory. The Country about it is so plea∣sant, that the Kings of Scotland did formerly make it the Place of their Residence, in a Castle called Evonia. It is much noted of late for the Garrison and Fort there, commanded by Col. Hi••t, to curb the Highlanders.
• * Innernesse, an ancient Town in the North of Scotland, Ca∣pital of a County of that same Name, whereof the D. of Gordon is Hereditary Sheriff. It is a Town of considerable Trade, and si∣tuated upon the River Nesse, which is navigable, and hath this peculiar Quality, though in a cold Country, that it never freezes, but dissolves Ice when thrown into it. The River has its Source from a Lake called Loghnesse, about 30 Miles in Length, but of various Breadths; in some Places being above 12, in others not above 8. 'Tis of great use for conveying vast Flotes of Timber from the neighbouring Countries to Innernesse; and the River has a noble Salmon-fishing.
• ...
  Popes of the Name of Innocent.
  • Innocent I. born at Alba, succeeded Pope Anastasius I. on Sunday, May 18. 402. He censured the Persecutors of St. John Chrysostom, and sent a Letter to John of Jerusalem about his Ta∣king Part with Pelagius, against St. Jerom, and giving him Occa∣sion to publish his Errours in the East. He appointed a Fast on every Saturday, because our Saviour lay in the Grave that Day. He banished the Cataphrygian Hereticks, and condemned the Here∣sie of Pelagius and Coelestin: And in his Time the Synod of Bourges condemned the Priscillianists. Platina. He died in 417. Gennad. de vir. Illustr. cap. 43. Zozim. lib. 5. Baron. in Annal. A. C. 402.
  • Innocent II. a Roman, before called Gregory. He was the Son of John de Paparescis, and created Cardinal by Pope Ʋrban II. in 1088. He accompanied Pope Gelasius into France; and Ca∣lixtus II. sent him Legate into Germany. He had other considera∣ble Employments before he was chosen Pope, in the Room of Ho∣norius II. Feb. 14. 1130. when at the same Time Peter the Son of Leo was chosen Anti-Pope, and took the Name of Anaclete II. whose Interest was espoused by the Romans, those of Milan, Roger D. of Sicily, and many others; which obliged Innocent to retire to France, where he held several Councils, viz. at Clermont, Rheims and Puy en Velay, at the same Time that he was declared lawful Pope by another Council which the French Prelates held at Estampes, where St. Bernard was present, and strongly asserted the Right of Innocent. The Pope arrived at Liege, March 22. 1131. and crowned the Emperor in that City. Octob. 25. the same Year, he crowned K. Lewis the Younger at Rheims. Afterwards returning to Italy, he held Councils at Placentia and Pisa, and made his Entrance into Rome with the Emperor Lotharius, and in 1139. held the II^d. General Council of Lateran, wherein he con∣demned Abailardus, and his Disciple Arnoldus de Brescia; and in the same Year was taken Prisoner by Roger K. of Sicily, against whom he was engaged in War. But this Quarrel was afterwards composed by the Pope's bestowing upon him the Investiture of the Crown of Sicily, for which he swore Fealty and Homage to him. He had an Interview with Henry King of England, at Chartres in La Beausse, wherein he endeavoured to persuade him to take a Voyage into the Holy Land. He ordained in the Lateran Council, that no Laick should lay violent Hands on a Clergy-man. Inno∣cent died Septemb. 24. 1143. Platina says, 1114. after having

〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉 〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• ...
  • held the Chair 13 Years, 7 Months and 10 Days. Baron. in Annal. Ciaconius in Innocent II.
  • Innocent III. was born at Anagnia, of the Family of the Earls of Signia. He was before called Joannes Lotharius, and made Cardinal by Pope Coelestine III. He was elected Pope at the Age of 37, in 1198. and was the Author of the Persecution of the Al∣bigenses. In 1215. he celebrated a General Lateran Council, and died July 16. 1216. at Perusia. He writ divers Works, viz. Commentaries upon the 7 Penitential Psalms, 3 Books de Contemptu Mundi, sive de Miseria Hominis, besides 4 Books of Letters. Tri∣them. Sixt. Senens. Bellarm. Possevin. Spondanus. Bzovius. Ludovic. Jacob. Biblioth. Pentificum. * He confirmed Otho IV. in the Empire, in Opposition to Philip D. of Tuscany. He endeavoured to stir up the Christians to the Holy War. He excommunicated Otho V. whom he had crowned Emperor, and deprived him of his Im∣perial Titles, setting up Frederick II. against him, to whom, not∣withstanding, he refused the Crown. In his Time John King of England, that he might procure his Assistance against the King of France, made the Kingdoms of England and Ireland Tributary to the See of Rome. He condemned the Heresie of Almericus, who maintained, That the Idea's that are in the Divine Mind were crea∣ted, and did create others. Platina.
  • Innocent IV. born at Genoua, of the House of Fieschi, Earls of Lavagne, was before called Sinibaldus, and chosen Pope, June 24. 1243. He had been an intimate Friend of the Emp. Frederick II. and yet, after his Exaltation to the Papacy, he persecuted him with greater Violence than any of his Predecessors had done; but fearing the Emperor's Resentment, he retired to France, An. 1244. and the Year following convened a General Council at Lyons, where the Emp. was excommunicated; who dying An. 1250. the Pope left Lyons, and returned to Rome in 1252. Much about the same Time Innocent was called to Naples, to recover that Kingdom; but Manfre∣dus defeated his Forces. This ill Success hastened the Pope's Death, who died Decemb. 7. 1254. *This Pope had been a great Perse∣cutor of the learned and pious Prelate Robert, surnamed Grosted, B^p. of Lincoln, for calling him Antichrist. And Historians tell us, that the said Bishop, after his Death, appeared to the Pope, ter∣rifying him with these Words, Veni miser ad Judicium. Alexan∣der IV. succeeded him. His Legate defeated Frederick, besieging Parma with 60000 Men, who, in his narrow Escape, lost a Crown of inestimable Value. He ordained the Octave of the Virgin's Na∣tivity to be held as a Festival; and that Cardinals should wear Red Hats when they rid abroad. He wrote the Apparatus, or Glosses upon the Decretals, and was a great Favourer of learned Men. Platina.
  • Innocent V. before called Peter, was a Dominican, and chosen Pope after Gregory X. in 1276. held that See but 5 Months. Six∣tus Senensis. Bzovius & Spondan. in Annal.
  • Innocent VI. before called Stephen Albert, was a French-Man, and Bishop of Clermont. He succeeded Clement VI. Decemb. 18. 1352. The See being then at Avignon. he endeavoured the Re∣formation of the Court of Rome, which was very corrupt, and to put an End to the War between the Kings of England and France, but without Success; and caused Joannes de Rupe scissa, a Fran∣ciscan, to be burnt for interpreting the Revelation of St. John against the Popes, and calling them Antichrists. * He suspended the Indulgences granted by his Predecessor, and commanded all Ecclesiasticks to repair to their Benefices, on pain of Excom∣munication; saying, That they ought not to leave their Flocks to Hirelings. He had Wars with several Princes, who, as he pretended, usurped the Patrimony of the Church; and had many Disputes with the City of Rome, about imposing Magistrates upon it. A little before his Death there was an extraordinary Eclipse of the Sun. Platina. Spondanus in Annal.
  • Innocent VII. called before Cosmus Melioratus of Sulmona, was chosen after Boniface IX. Octob. 17. 1404. at the Time of the Schism caused by Petrus de Luna, who called himself Bene∣dict XIII. Before his Election he was obliged to swear that he would quit the Papacy, in case Benedict would do the same; but when created Pope, did not think fit to be so good as his Word: For which when reproved by some of the Romans, he caused 11 of them to be beheaded, and their Bodies to be thrown out of the Windows. Which so exasperated them, that they called La∣dislaus K. of Naples to their Assistance, and Innocent was fain to retire to Viterbo, from whence he did not return to Rome till 1406. where having excommunicated Ladislaus, he died the same Year, having held the Papacy 2 Years and 22 Days. Gregory XII. succeeded him. Spond.
  • Innocent VIII. a Genouese, called Johannes Baptista Cibo, was chosen after Sixtus IV. Aug. 29. 1484. He was infamous for his Whoredoms, and advanced two of his Bastards to vast Riches. He married the elder of them, called Francis, to the Daughter of Lawrence de Medicis. He used his utmost Endeavours to engage the Christian Princes against the Turk; and having upon this Pre∣tence filled his Coffers with Money, he employed part of it after∣wards in his War against the K. of Naples, because he broke his Treaty with him. Zizime, Brother to Bajazet Emp. of the Turks, being taken by the Knights of Rhodes, was sent to the Pope, but could never be induced, either by Threats or Flatteries, to pay him the usual Signs of Respect. However, his Brother, to make him the more acceptable, sent 40000 Crowns yearly for his Main∣tenance; and by an honourable Embassy, presented the Pope with the Key of Christ's Sepulchre, and the Spear with which they pretended that Longinus pierced his Side. In 1489. he permit∣ted the Norwegians to celebrate Mass without Wine, because it was either frozen, or turned into Vinegar before it came thither. He died June 25. 1492. His Successor was Alexander VI.
  • Innocent IX. of Bononia, called Joannes Antonius Fachi••eti, was chosen after Gregory XIV. Octob. 29. 1591. and died 2 Months after his Election.
  • Innocent X. a Roman, by Name Joannes Baptista Pamphilius, was chosen after Ʋrban VIII. Septemb. 15. 1644. He was infa∣mous for his too great Familiarity with Donna Olympia, his Bro∣ther's Wife, who administred the Papacy, and carried all Things as she pleased her self. He condemned the 5 Propositions of the Jansenists in 1653. and died Jan. 7. 1655. He disgusted the Barberini, though he was chosen by their Means: Whereupon they made Application to Cardinal Mazarini, to be reconciled with France, and to be protected by that Crown; having be∣fore-hand received a Repulse from the King of Spain. But Mazarini thinking it a good Expedient to balance the Power of the House of Austria in the Conclave, obtained their Desire, on Condition that, as a Pledge of their Fidelity, they should purchase Lands within the Territories of France. So that the King, by a publick Letter to the Pope, signified, that he had taken the Barberini into Favour, An. 1645. Which so provo∣ked His Holiness, that he appointed 5 Cardinals to demand an Account of the Publick Money received by the Barbe••ini du∣ring their Uncle's Pontificate, and to proceed against them in Law as they should find Occasion: Which was thought very strange in the Pope, considering his great Passion to promote his Relations; and particularly, his Nephew, Cardinal Pamphi∣lio, by Donna Olympia, who had an entire Command over him; and though she was his Brother's Wife, yet her Fami∣liarity with this Pope was scandalous; and she so extraordi∣nary ambitious, and covetous, that she would suffer none to share in the Government with her. In January, 1646. the Bar∣berini, in Compliance to the Pope's Orders, gave in their Ac∣counts, which he excepted against with much Indignation and Prejudice, and sequester'd their Estates without Form of Law; so that they were forced to betake themselves to Sanctuaries to secure their Persons, and at last withdrew into France; whence the Bishop of Angiers was sent to Rome on their Be∣half. The Venetians also espoused their Cause. The Pope giving no satisfactory Answer, the French King ordered his Ambassador at the Treaty of Munster to acquaint the Ambas∣sadors of other Princes, that all Proceedings would be ob∣structed if the Barberini were not restored. The Abbot of St. Nicholas having obtained Audience of the Pope, endeavou∣red to possess him with the Danger of Refusing to gratifie the French King in this Affair; but had no satisfactory An∣swer. Insomuch that, An. 1647. the French attacked Orbitello, and seized St. Stephano, which mightily alarm'd the City of Rome; so that, by the Intercession of the Princes of Italy, the Pope became more flexible, and granted several Things in favour of the Barberini: But, as soon as the Marquiss de Torrecuso had obliged the French to raise the Siege of Orbitello, the Pope renewed his Hatred against them, and vented his Spight against Cardinal Mazarini. Whereupon, another French Fleet was sent against Italy, which took Piombino, and Porto Longoni; which made the Pope become more gentle to the Barberini: But considering that France was then embroiled in Civil Wars, he did not afterwards much regard the Appli∣cations of its Ministers; nor did he concern himself to pro∣cure a Peace between them and Spain, as appears by this following Passage. Looking out at his Window, and seeing two Porters at Cuffs, he forbad the People to part them; and when, after Half an Hour's Scuffle, they parted of them∣selves, So, said he, will the French and Spaniards do, when they have fought their fill. He sent Ministers to the Treaty of Mun∣ster; where Chigi, his Nuncio, perceiving that a great Part of the Ecclesiastical Revenues, and many Church-Benefices, were left in the Possession of the Reformed, he solemnly protested against that Peace; and was so incensed at the Li∣berty of Conscience granted by the Treaty of Osnabrug, at the same Time, that he tore the Papers about the Peace; resolving not to proceed farther therein. In 1651. the Inte∣rest of France was so low at Rome, that its Ministers recei∣ved many Affronts; which being resented by the French Court, the Pope, to rid himself of their Importunities, en∣ter'd into a strict Correspondence with Spain, and made Shew of Reconciliation with the Barberini, who greedily embraced the Occasion, and in 1653. were restored to his Favour, and put him upon subduing the Kingdom of Naples; which equally displeased the Courts of France and Spain: But Cardinal Antonio Barberini remained firm to the Interest of France. This Pope had also a Controversie with the Duke of Parma, in 1649. and the Latter, puffed up with the Hopes of the French King's As∣sistance, ventured too far into the Pope's Territories; for his Army was defeated, and the Town of Castro taken, and razed, by the Pope's Order: So that the Duke was forced to com∣pound with him. The Death of this Pope was no sooner di∣vulged, but all People rejoiced: The Cardinals, in hope of their Promotion: The Clergy, because they were freed of the Simony and Scandal of Donna Olympia: And the Common People, for the Liberties allowed on such Occasions. Platina.

• his Royal Robes to receive Homage, but appeared in his Tent in his ordinary Dress, when K Ottocarus, attended with a splendid Retinue all covered with Gold and Pearls, kneel'd before him; he ordered the Tent to be pulled down, that all might see that K. humble himself in that pompous Apparel to his simple Coat. Nor is the Investiture of Maurice D. of Saxony by Charles V. in 1548. at Augsbourg, less worthy our observation. The Emperor, accompanied with the Electors, having taken their places in a wooden Tent, built in form of a Theatre, Duke Maurice appea∣red on Horse-back, attended by several Princes and Lords, 12 Trumpets before them, with 10 that bore Standards to mark the 10 Lordships whereof his Electorate consisted: He lighted from his Horse, and kneeling before the Emperor, who sat upon a Throne, the 5 Electors fitting lower, swore his Allegiance, holding his hand upon the Book of the Gospels; which done, the Emp. taking the Sword (which is the Imperial Badge, that the Elector of Saxony or his Deputy carries before the Emperor) gave it to Maurice, and by that Ceremony, invested him in the Electoral Dignity and Office of High Mareschal of the Empire; then taking the Standards, delivered them to him, to confirm him in the Principalities and Lordships of his Electorate. Then Maurice took his place amongst the other Electors, and the Standards were thrown amongst the People. These Investitures are renewed upon every Change of Emperor, or of him who holds the Fief. When 'tis but an ordinary Fief, the Lords receive the Investiture by an Ambassador, who does Homage, and swears Fealty for them; after which, the Mareschal of the Empire gives the Emperor the Sword, and the Ambassador kisses the Pommel. Heiss. hist. de l'Empire. See Spelman's Glossarium Archaeolog. under the Words, Homagium, Traditio, Fistuca.
• * Invocation of Saints, took its Rise from a too great Vene∣ration of Martyrs; a Belief of their Presence at their Tombs; and, preposterous Orations to the Deceased: Of which Examples, are to be found in the Panegyricks by St. Basil, Nazianzen, and Nyssen, in the IVth. Age; the latter calling upon the Dead, and demanding their Suffrage, as if they had been really present. The Practice begun in the Vth. Age, in the Eastern Church, but no∣thing like what is now practised in the Church of Rome, there be∣ing no Canonizations, Processions, Masses, Litanies, Prayers, and Oblations to Saints at that time. Spanh. Epit. hist.

• Io, the Daughter of Inachus and Ismena, beloved of Jupiter, who, to conceal her from his Juno, changed her into a Milk-white Cow; Juno perceiving the Cheat, begged her of Jupiter, and committed her to the keeping of Argus, who had an hundred Eyes; but Mercury having, by Jupiter's Order, chop'd of Argus his head, Juno sent a Gad-bee to torment her Husband's beloved Cow, who, at last, cast her self into the Sea, which from her took the Name of the Ionian-Sea. They add, that she swim'd to the Nile, and was adored by the Egyptians under the Name of Isis; that she bore Epaphe, who passing by his Father Jupiter, wrote his Name in the Sand, that he might know him. Pau∣sanias.
• Ioab, the Son of Zur and Zeruiah, the Sister of David, was General of the Forces of that King; of whom read 2 Sam. and 1 Kings, as also 1 Chron.
• Ioachaz, or Iehoahaz, succeeded his Father Jehu in the King∣dom of Israel, An. Mun. 3179. 2 Kings 10.35. Joseph. lib. 9. antiq. cap. 9. Also another Jehoahaz or Joahaz, who was the Son of Josiah, and is also called Jechoniah and Shallum, who, by the People, was placed in his Father's Throne, An. Mun. 3425. in prejudice to the Right of Eliachim, his Eldest Brother, 2 Kings 23.30, 31, 32, &c. 2 Chron. 36.1, 2, 3.
• Ioachim, the Husband of St. Ann, and Father of the Blessed Virgin. Nicephor. lib. 2. hist. cap. 3. Spon. in Annal. Vet. Test. Baron. in apparat. Annal. Ecclesiae.
• Ioachim, or Ichojakim, before called Eliakim, and Brother of Jehoahaz, whom Pharaoh-Necho dethroned, and put Jehojakim into his place, who reigned about 11 or 12 Years. 2 Kings 23.34. and Chap. 24. from ver. 1 to 7. and 2 Chron. 36. from ver. 4. to 9.
• Ioachim, a Calabrian by Birth, and a Monk of the Order of the Cistercians, afterwards Abbot and Founder of the Congrega∣tion of Flora, was in great Esteem towards the end of the XI^th. Century. He writ divers Works, viz. Commentaries upon Isaiah, Jeremiah, and the Revelations, wherein he shews, That Antichrist was already born at Rome, and to be exalted there; as also, a Concordance of the Old and New Testament, and his fa∣mous Prophecies concerning the Popes of Rome. He died in 1202. This Abbot, as well as Cardinal Cusanus, Johan. Lightenbergius, Hildegarda, and St. Bridget, in his Writings fore-told a general Change of Religion. In the Council of Lateran held in 1215. a Treatise of his concerning the Trinity, writ against the Master of the Sentences, was condemned as Heretical; but Georg. Laudo, an Abbot of his own Order, undertook his Defence: How∣ever, certain it is, that he was very famous for his Piety and Learning; and in the Time wherein he lived, esteemed as a Pro∣phet.
• Ioachim I. surnamed Nestor, was the Son of John Elector of Brandenburg, and a learned Prince, especially in the Latin Tongue, History, and Astrology. He succeeded his Father in 1499. He Founded the University of Francfort, in company with his Bro∣ther the AB^p of Madgeburg, and the AB^p of Mentz, An. 1506. He inherited the New Marquisate of Brandenburg in 1517. and died, July 11. 1535, to whom succeeded
• Ioachim II. his Son, by Elizabeth the K. of Denmark's Daugh∣ter, whom he would have cast into Prison, because she had em∣braced the Protestant Religion, but she escaped to the Elector of Saxony her Uncle; and after his Father's death, he himself em∣braced the Protestant Religion. In 1542, he was at Spire, decla∣red General of the Emperor's Army against the Turks. After∣wards, during the Smalcaldian War, he continued for a time Neuter, and in 1546, declared himself for the Emperor Charles V. either because he was jealous of the Greatness of the D. of Sax∣ony, and the Landtgrave of Hess, who were the Heads of the other Party; or because he fore-saw the Event would be unfortu∣nate to the Allies. He was present at the Diet of Augsburg, and conformed himself to the Emperor's Will in the Interim; and moreover sent his Deputies to the Council of Trent. He obtai∣ned, for a Summ of Money, the possession of the Dutchy o•• Corsica of the Emperor Ferdinand II. and of Sigismund, the King of Poland, the Succession of Prussia, in case of the Death of the then Duke without Heirs. He was a very eloquent Man, and by a kind of instinct, had the fore-knowledge of several things, espe∣cially of the Death of his Relations. He died in 1571. of Poi∣son given him by Lippoldus, a Jew. His Son John George succee∣ded him, who, after the Execution of Lippoldus, Banished all the Jews out of the Marquisate of Brandenburg. See Brandenburg. Thuan. Sleiden, &c.
• Ioachimus (Georgius) surnamed Rhaeticus, or The Grison, as being born in a Village called Veltkirchen in that Country, Feb. 16. 1514. was an excellent Mathematician, and Professor of Astrology at Wittemberg, and thinking Copernicus his Opinion concerning the Motion of the Earth very rational, gave him a Visit, and was afterwards a declared Copernican, and his a-vow'd Disciple, whose Works also he published after his Death. He was the Author of several Works mentioned by him in a Letter to Peter Ramus, amongst which are his Ephemerides, according to the Copernican, Hypothesis, and de Doctrina Triangulorum, Lib. II. He died in the 62d. Year of his Age, at Caschaw in Hungary, De∣cemb. 4. 1576. Thuan. hist. Simler in Epit. Bibl. Gesner. Melchior Adam in vita Phil. Germ. Voss. de Mathem. Quensted de Patria il∣lustr. viror.
• ...
  Queens, and other famous Women, of the Name of Ioan.
  • Ioan of Navarre, Queen of France and Navarre. Was the on∣ly Daughter and Heir of Henry I. of this Name, K. of Navarre. She was married at Paris, Aug. 16. 1284. to Philip the Fair, after∣wards K. of France. She Founded at Paris that famous College of Navarre, An. 1303. and died at the Castle of Vincennes, April 2. 1304.
  • Ioan of Burgundy, Queen of France, was the Eldest Daughter of Otho IV. Count Palatine of Burgundy. She was married, An. 1306. at Corbeil, to Philip V. of France. Being accused of some amorous Intrigues, she was shut up near a Year in the Castle of Dordan. But having afterwards proved her Innocency, her Husband received her again. She afterwards Founded the Col∣lege of Burgundy, near the Cordeliers at Paris; and divers Authors of her Age speak well of her, as a Princess of Piety. She died at Roie in Picardy, January 1. 1329.
  • Ioan of France. She was King Lewis XI's Daughter, and mar∣ried to Lewis D. of Orleans, afterwards Lewis XII. But this be∣ing a forc'd Match, when Lewis came to the Crown, after the Death of Charles VIII. he got Matters so managed with Pope Alexander VI. that the Marriage was declared void, Decemb. 22. 1499. This great Princess, whose Vertue was in high esteem, retired to Bourges, and Instituted the Order of the Annunciation, otherwise called the Annonciada. The Rule of this Institution, was Formed upon the Ten Vertues of the Holy Virgin, which they reckon Chastity, Prudence, Humility, Verity, Devotion, Obedience, Poverty, Patience, Charity and Compassion. The Habit of it is singular, the Veil black, the Cloak white, the Sca∣pular red, the Robes gray, and the Girdle a Cord. There be se∣veral Monasteries of them in France, and in the Low-Countries. Pope Alexander VI. in 1501. and Leo X. in 1517. confirmed this Institution. Joan Founded also a College in the University of Bourges, and died, Feb. 4. 1504, or 1505.
  • Ioan (d'Albret) Queen of Navarre, Princess of Bearne, &c. Was Daughter, and Heiress to Henry of Albret II. of this Name, K. of Navarre; and of Margaret, Sister to K. Francis I. She was married at Moulins in Bourbonnois, Octob. 20. 1544. to Antony of Bourbon, Duke of Vendosme, King of Navarre, and was Mother, amongst other Children, of King Henry le Grand. This Princess was Wise, R••solute, loved Sciences, and learned Men. She com∣posed several Pieces in Prose and Verse, and by her Zeal for the Reformation, rendered her Glory immortal. She died at Paris, June 9. 1572, Aged 44, and was suspected to have been poiso∣ned; but yet when she was open'd, that was found a Mistake. Joan did great Services to the Protestants. The Spaniards often sought Opportunities to destroy both her, and her Family. There was a Plot discovered, An. 1564, the Particulars of which, are to be seen in the 36th. Book of the History of Thuanus. He also speaks of this Queen elsewhere; and of the care she used to take, to inspire Courage into her Party, and to instruct her Subjects in the Protestant Religion.
  • Ioan I. of this Name, Queen of Jerusalem, Naples, and Sicily; Dutchess of Pouiile and Calabria; Countess of Provence. She was

〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• ...
  • Daughter to Charles of Sicily D. of Calabria, who died in 1328. before his Father Robert; and of Mary of Valois, his 2^d. Wife. She was but 19 Years of Age when she took the Government up∣on her, after the Death of her Grandfather, who died in 1343. and who married her to his Nephew Andreas of Hungary. This Marriage was not fortunate, b••cause their Inclinations were oppo∣site; the Prince being guided by a Friar named Robert, and the Princess by a Landress called Philippa. These indiscreet Councel∣lors carried Affairs to that Extremity, that Andreas was strangled, An. 1345. The impartial Historians plainly say, that Joan was not guilty of his Death, though accused therewith. On Aug. 20. 1356. she married a second Time with Lewis of Tarenta, her Cou∣sin, who was forced to retire from Naples, to avoid the Army of Lewis K. of Hungary, who committed great Violences in this State. Joan appeased all these Disorders by her Prudence. And after having lost this 2^d. Husband, on May 25. 1362. she was married again a 3^d. Time to James of Arragon, Infant of Majorca, who did not live long with her. An. 1376. she was married a 4^th. Time to Otho of Brunswick, of the House of Saxony; and having no Chil∣dren, she adopted his Cousin Charles of Duras, whom she caused to be brought up very carefully, and married him to her Niece, and considered him as her Son. Notwithstanding, this ungrate∣ful Prince, being mis-lead by the King of Hungary and Pope Ʋr∣ban VI. who gave him the Investiture of the Kingdom of Naples, An. 1380. revolted against Queen Joan, his Benefactress. This Queen, at the Instigation of Clement VII. who held his Pontificate at Avignon, while Ʋrban VI. held it at Rome, transferred her Ado∣ption to Lewis of France, Duke of Anjou, Son to King John; which embroiled the Kingdom of Naples in a War. Charles of Duras won a famous Battel, An. 1381. took Naples, and then besieged Le Chateau Neufe, wherein was Q. Joan; who surrender'd her self upon Capitulation. Charles de Duras caused her to be brought to Muro, within the Basilicate, and there put her to death 7 or 8 Months after, in the 58^th. Year of her Age, and in the 39^th. of her Reign. Some Authors say, that she was smothered; Others, that she was strangled; but the most probable Opinion is, that she was beheaded, May 5. 1382. 'Tis reported, that an Astro∣loger of Provence (supposed to be Anselm, who lived in those Days, and is very famous in the History of Provence) being asked, Who should be the Husband of Joan, yet young? He an∣swered, Maritabitur cum ALIO. This last Word points at the Names of her 4 Husbands, Andreas, Lewis, James and Otho. In fine, this Princess was a Person of great Wit, loved Sciences, and learned Men, which her Court abounded with. She was liberal, and handsome; prudent, sage and pious. It was she that sold Avignon to the Pope. Boccacius, Baldus, and the other learned Persons of her Time, speak in her Praise and Commen∣dation.
  • Ioan II. whom they called Jenny, was the Niece of Joan I. Daughter of Charles III. Duke of Duras. This Princess disho∣noured her self by her Licentious Life. She was born in 1371. About 1403. she married William of Austria, D. of Sterling, An. 1406. After the Death of her Brother Ladislaus K. of Naples, &c. she took Possession of the Government. This was in 1414. She married James de Bourbon. Comte de la Marche; but the too well known Gallantries of this Princess made him to leave her, and to retire to Besancon, where he took upon him the Habit of a Monk. Upon this, Joan fell out with Pope Martin V. who gave the In∣vestiture of the Kingdom of Naples to Lewis III. Duke of Anjou: And she adopted Alphonsus V. King of Arragon, at the Time that Lewis III. made War against him. This was in 1420. But Alphon∣sus gave her so much Cause of Discontent by his Ingratitude, and other base Practices, that she transferred the Adoption upon the very same Lewis of Anjou. After this, she took the City of Naples, An. 1425. Those of Arragon surprized Marseilles before, but were soon driven out of it. Lewis d' Anjou won the Battel of Aquila in 1429. and died in 1434. Queen Joan did by Will bequeath her Kingdom to Rene of Anjou, K. Lewis's Brother, and died in 1435. aged 65 Years, after having reigned above 20.
  • Ioan, Infanta and Regent of Portugal, was born in 1452. She was the Daughter of Alphonsus V. K. of Portugal, and of Elizabeth of Portugal-Conimbria, and Sister of K. John II. called Le Grand. Her Father had so good an Opinion of her Prudence and Con∣duct, that when he had War with the Moors, An. 1470. he left her Regent of the Kingdom; wherein she acquitted her self so well, that all the People did both love and admire her. When the King was returned she retired into a Religious Monastery, cal∣led L'Odivellas, of the Order of St. Dominick, though courted for Marriage by several potent Monarchs.
  • Ioan Countess of Montford, Daughter to Lewis of Flanders, Count de Nevers. She was of great Eminency for her Valour in the XV^th. Century. After the Death of her Husband, John IV. D. of Bretaigne and Comte de Montford, this Princess re-took several Towns in Bretaigne from the Comte de Blois, and made a glorious Defence for that of Hennebont, against this Prince. People did much admire her Courage in an On-set made by the Comte de Blois, where this daring Princess, after having encouraged her People, made a Sally at a Place of the Town that was not besieged, and with 60 Men only went and burnt the Enemy's Standard. This signal Enterprize raised the Siege, and forced the Comte de Blois to retire with all his Army. So the Countess Joan being Mistress of the Field, took the Dutchy of Bretaigne in the End, which for a long Time after belonged to the House of Montfort. Pacquier.
  • Ioan de Valois, Daughter of Charles of France and Margaret of Sicily, his first Wife, was illustrious for her Piety and Vertue-Pursuant to a Treaty at Chauni, May 19. 1305. she was married to William I. of that Name, called Le Bon, E. of Hainault, Hol∣land and Zealand. But this Prince dying June 7. 1337. and ha∣ving by this Marriage William II. and 4 Daughters, Joan took a Religious Habit in the Abby of Fontenelle. All the Grandees of her Time admired her Prudence. She managed the Truce en∣ter'd into between the Kings of England and France, when they were ready to give Battel. She died with a great deal of Repu∣putation for her Vertue and Piety, March 7. 1400.
  • Ioan (Pope.) See Pope Iohn VIII.
  • Ioan of Arc: She is also known by the Name of Pucclle, or Maid of Orleans: Born at the Town of Domfremi, upon the Meuse; was the Daughter of James d'Arc, and of Isabella Romée: She was nursed in the Country. At the Age of 18 or 20 Years, she pretended an express Commission from God to go to the Relief of Orleans, besieged by the English, and defended by John Comte de Dunois, and almost reduced to Extremity. She went also to Rheims, to crown K. Charles VII. who was almost undone by his Enemies. About the End of February, 1429. she was presented to the Lord of Brandicourt, Governor of Vaucouleurs in Champaigne, who sent her to the King. She knew this Prince, though but plainly dressed, amongst his Courtiers: And the Doctors of Divi∣nity and Members of Parliament, who examined her, testified, that there was something supernatural in her Conduct. It is likewise reported, that she was surnamed La Pucelle, The Maid, because, having been visited by the Matrons, in the Queen's Presence, she was found such. She sent for a Sword which lay in the Tomb of a certain Knight, behind the Great Altar of the Church of St. Ka∣tharine de Fierbois, upon the Blade of which were engraven the Cross and Flower-de-Luces; and the King published, that she had divined a great Secret, which none but he himself knew of. Whereupon she had some Troopers committed to her Conduct, with which she succoured Orleans, and drove the English from be∣fore it, defeated Talbot at the Battel of Patai, re-conquered Cham∣paigne, and caused the King to be anointed at Rheims by Renauld of Chartres AB^p. of that City, and Chancellor of France, Ju∣ly 17. 1429. In short, She brought the English Interest to the Brink of Ruin, but at last was taken Prisoner very unfortunately, in a Sally at Compiegne, An. 1430. and carried to Roven, where the English, (as the French say,) being mad at the Mischiefs she had done them, thought to repair their Honour by her Infamy. To compass which, they prosecuted her in the Ecclesiastical Court as a Sorceress, Seducer, and an infamous Heretick; or, according to the Dialect of those Times, as one who had forfeited her Ho∣nour. Peter Cauchon B^p. of Beauvais, and some others, condem∣ned her to Perpetual Imprisonment, and to live upon the Bread of Sorrow, and Water of Affliction. But the English, not satisfied with this Judgment, grew so violent against her, that the Judges excommunicated and delivered her into the Executioner's Hands, and so she was burnt alive on May 30. 1430. in the old Market-place at Roven, where 'tis said she predicted their Misfortunes. However, it concerned the Honour of France to justifie the Me∣mory of this heroick Lady. Charles VII. ordered her Relations to insist to the Pope's Judges for a Review of the Process against her. And upon their Request Pope Calixtus III. assigned for Commissioners the AB^p. of Rheims, and the Bishops of Paris and Constance, who met at Roven, where, after having heard many Witnesses, they justified her, and caused the Process by which she was condemned to be cancelled and burnt.
• Ioash, or Iehoash, King of Judah, the Son of Ahaziah, to whom he succeeded, An. Mund. 3157. 2 Kings, chap. 11. and 12. and 2 Chron. 22. from Vers. 10. to the End, and Chap. 23. and 24.
• Ioash, or Iehoash, King of Israel, the Son of Jehoahaz, suc∣ceeded his Father, An. Mund. 3195. 2 King. 13. from Vers. 9. to the End, and Chap. 14. from Vers. 8. to 17. 2 Chron. 25. from Vers. 17. to 25.
• Iob, an illustrious Example of Patience, was born, according to some, about A. M. 2329. in the Land of Ʋz, situate between the Land of Edom and Arabia. Some take him to be the same that is called Jobab, Gen. 36.33. one of Esau's Posterity; though Others, amongst whom are the Jews, take him to be a Descen∣dant from Nahor, Abraham's Brother; grounding their Conjecture on this, because in Gen. 22. Ʋz is set down as the First-born of Nahor. Spondan. in Annal. Vet. Test. Bellarm. de Script. Eccles. & lib. 1. de Verb. Dei. Fred. Spanhemii Historiâ Jobi. Huetii Demon∣stratio Evangelica. And, The VIIth. Letter of some Divines of Hol∣land, upon the Critical History of the Old Testament.
• Iob, a Mahometan, born at Medina, and one of Mahomet's Companions. He was killed at the Siege of Constantinople, A. D. 52. when it was besieged by Jezid, the Son of Caliph Moavias. He is also called Abu-J••b, and Job Ansari, i. e. Job of Medina, be∣cause the Inhabitants of that City were called Ansar; that is, Pro∣tectors or Defenders of Mahomet. The sumptuous Sepulchre of this Job is still to be seen at Constantinople, by the Walls of that City, near to the Haven where the new Grand Signior presents himself to receive the Sword from the Hand of the Mufti, and takes an Oath to defend the Religion of the Mussulmans, and the Laws of their Prophet Mahomet. Ricaut of the Ottoman Empire.
• Iocasta, the Daughter of Creon King of Thebes, and Wife of Laius, was the Mother of Oedipus, whom she afterwards ignorant∣ly married, and had by him Polynices and Eteocles; who having

〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• ...
  • cil of 74 Bishops at Ravenna, in 901. There he confirmed the Acts of Pope Formosus, and those Acts of another Council, which Stephen VIII. assembled against him, were burnt. He Confirmed likewise the Coronation of Lambert, Emperor, or rather King, of Italy, whom the Italians had opposed to Arnold. His Pontificate held 3 Years and 15 Days. He died in 905. Baronius in Annal.
  • Iohn X. a Roman, and Bishop of Ravenna, ascended the Pon∣tifical Seat after Landon, on Jan. 24. 913. It was by the Inte∣rest of Theodora, a powerful Princess, and his Friend, the Sara∣cens made strange Broils in Italy in his time. The Pope, with the help of Alberic, Son of Albert Marquiss of Tuscany, fought and van∣quished them, An. 915. and pursuing his Victory, defeated them at several times. Perhaps, it was for this reason, Platina says, that his Spirits were more bent upon the War than upon Reli∣gion. In his time, Constantine VIII. Emperor of the Greeks, and Nicholas Patriarch of Constantinople, sent to Rome, to unite the Greek and Latin Churches, but the Bulgarian War hindered it. Leo of Ostia says, That his guilty-Conscience accusing John of many Faults, he sent to Compostella to have Pilgrimage done for him. He was employed likewise to calm the Dissentions amongst the Prelates of France, about the Bishop of Ʋtrecht. Pope John was imprisoned in 928. by Guy D. of Tuscany, Hugues K. of Italy's Brother, and Husband to Marozia, an unchast Woman. She would have advanced to the Holy Chair, a Son of her own, by Pope Sergius III. To compass which, she got some of her Guard to strangle John X. having already killed his Brother Pe∣ter before his face. Flodoard says, That he died, An. 929. Vel vi vel angore, Either by Violence or Grief. * Platina says, That this Pope assuming to himself all the Honour of the Victories against the Saracens, entered Rome in triumph, which so disgusted Alberi∣cus, that he raised a Tumult, but being repulsed, called in the Huns, who having miserably harassed the Country; the People in revenge, took and beheaded Albericus. He adds, That another Pope John succeeded, but because he seized the Chair by force, and was quickly Deposed, he deserves no place in the Catalogue. Vide Rom. hist. Platina de vit. Pontif.
  • Iohn XI. Was the Son of Pope Sergius III. and of the Harlot Marozia. He succeeded Stephen VIII. An. 931. and came to the Papal Throne by the Faction of his Father-in-Law, Guy of Tuscany. This Guy being dead, Marozia sent Deputies to Hugues, her Brother-in-law, to tender him Rome, on condition that he would marry her. Which Proposition, so incensed his Son Albe∣ric, that he caused her and Pope John, to be sent to Prison and Confined; and the Pope died there, An. 936. * Platina says, That at his coming to the Papacy, a Fountain at Genoua run with Blood, which was followed with Murthers and Ravages in Italy, by the Huns and Saracens. Luitprand. lib. 3. cap. 12. Du Chesne. Vie des papes.
  • Iohn XII. Alberic's Son, a Roman Patrician, being made P. of the City of Rome, after his Father's death, and Pope Agapet II's. he got into the Possession of the Pontificate, being but 18 Years of Age His former Name was Octavien, and he assumed the Name of John, either in Memory of John XI. his Uncle, or be∣cause some Flatterers used to say of him, what the Holy Scrip∣ture says of the Fore-runner of Christ, That there was a Man sent from God whose Name was John. Be it what it will, since that time, the Popes have, for the most part, altered their Names. Authors say, That this Pope addicted to all sorts of Wickedness, seeing Berenger and Albert his Son, exercising in∣credible Tyrannies in Italy, called in Otho I. Emperor, whom he Crowned at Rome, An. 951. and promised him Allegiance, which he swore unto him by the Body of St. Peter, and yet forgot his Promise quickly, and sided with the Tyrants Otho returned to Rome, and John withdrew, fearing the just indignation of this Prince. But that did not hinder the Bishops from calling a Council, An. 963. wherein, after having heard the frightful Complaints made against him, they Deposed him from the Pon∣tificate. Nevertheless he re-entered the City, as soon as Otho had left it, and on Feb. 26. 964, assembled a Synod; during the Ses∣sion of which, he caused all the Acts of the former, held against him, to be burnt; and to be fully revenged of this pretended Injury, he caused John Cardinal-Deacon to be beheaded, and Ason's Tongue, Nose, and Fingers to be cut off; then he went on in his abominable way of Living. But Lutiprand writes, That the Devils beat him so sore one Evening, as he lay with a Woman, that he died 8 Days after. Others say, that the Woman's Hus∣band killed him. He died, May 15. 964. having Governed the Church from 955. * Platina says, that he was more profligate than any of his Predecessors; and that about the time of his death, abundance of Prodigies were seen in Italy; a Stone of wonderful bigness falling from the Clouds in a great Storm, and that on the Garments of many Persons, the Figure of a bloody Cross appeared miraculously.
  • Iohn XIII. a Roman, Bishop of Narni, succeeded Benedict V. in 965. He was chosen by the Emperor's Authority, which grieved the Romans. The Pope inclined to Severity against them, which provoked them so, that he was forced at last to withdraw to Capua to Prince Pandolfus. Otho the Emperor came to re-esta∣blish him at Rome; he was afterwards present at a Council, as∣sembled by John at Ravenna, in 967. They say, that it was then that the Polanders received the Christian Faith; and this Pope was the first who Established the Blessing of Bells. Platina says, That Peter the Pretor, who headed the People against the Pope, being delivered to suffer at his discretion, was hang'd by the Hair on the Head of the Statue of Constantine's Horse, and afterwards set upon an Ass, with his Hands tied under his Tail, and being led through the City, was whipp'd almost to death. He died Sept. 6. 972.
  • Iohn XIV. before called Peter, Bishop of Pavia, Chancel∣lor to the Emperor Otho II. was preferred to the Throne af∣ter Benedict VII. This was in 984. and at the Refusal of St. Mai∣eul, as we are told by Nagdole, who wrote his Life. Boniface VII. surnamed Franson, the Antipope, who was retired to Con∣stantinople, hearing of the death of the Emperor Benedict VII. came to Rome, and with the help of his Friends, he imprisoned the Pope, and caused him to be strangled, Aug. 20. 985; but, whether for his Tyranny and Arrogance, or by the Malice and En∣vy of the People, Platina says, is uncertain, after having held the place one Year, and some Months. Baron. A. C. 985.
  • Iohn XV. a Roman, Son of Leo, was chosen by the Clergy, about the latter end of 985. And after the death of Boniface the Antipope, Crescentius, then in great Power at Rome, made this Pope dread the Fate which John XIV. came to. This is also one of the Motives which obliged him to retire to Tuscany, and to desire the Emp. Otho III's Protection. These Precautions frightned the Romans, and they called the Prelate back again to them. He came accordingly, and in 989. celebrated a Synod at Rome, upon the account of St. Adalbert Bishop of Prague, who was retired in∣to a Monastery. He laboured to reconcile the Breach between Ethelred K. of England, and Richard D. of Normandy, and to ap∣pease the Disorders that happened in the Church of Rheims, by the Deposing of Arnoul. In the interim, Crescentius, whom I spoke of, having fortified himself in the Castle of St. Angelo at Rome, the Emperor came to besiege him there, at the Request of the Romans, and during this Siege the Pope died, May 7. 996. * Platina says, that there was a mutual hatred between this Pope and the Clergy; and, that he was so exorbitantly covetous, that he laid hold on all things, Sacred and Prophane, to enrich his Kin∣dred. He adds, That in his time appeared a terrible Comet, followed by Pestilence, Famine, and Earthquakes, which were looked upon as Judgments for the Covetousness and Pride of the Pope, who contemned God and Man.
  • Iohn XVI. a Roman, was the Son of Robert. He was Elected after John XV. in the Opinion of the Continuator of Ciaconius, of du Chesne, and some others, altho' Cardinal Baronius does not reckon him in the number of Popes. Crescentius, who exercised his Ty∣rannical Pranks daily at Rome, forced him thence to demand Suc∣cour from the Emperor. He was called back quickly, and im∣mediately upon his Return, he died, June 1. 996. Some pretend, that Gregory V. succeeded him. Continuateur de Ciaconi en Jean XVI. Du Chesne's hist. des Papes, Tom. I. p. 561. Edit. de Paris de 1653.
  • Iohn XVII. Antipope, formerly called Philagathus, was a Na∣tive of Rossano in Calabria, and Bishop of Plaisance. Crescentius, who kept Rome under, being Master of the Castle of St. Angelo, made him to be chosen in opposition to Gregory V. This Bishop, who was Knowing and Rich, had a great many Friends, and was assisted by the Protection of the Tyrant. But the Emperor Otho III. having got Crescentius out of his Fort, took Philagathus too, and cut both his Hands and Ears off, after having pulled out his Eyes. This was in 998. They say moreover, that being delivered to the Romans, they set him upon an Ass, and carried him thus about the City. Cardinal Peter Damienus adds, That he held the Ass by the Tail, and was forced to cry, as he went along, That was the Punishment of all such as would Dethrone the Popes, Tale sup∣plicium patitur qui Romanum Papam de sua sede pellere nititur. Glaber Rodolp. lib. 1. hist. cap. 4. Leon d'Ostie lib. 2. cap. 28. Peter Damien. Epist. 2. ad Cardot.
  • Iohn XVIII. so called, by those who own the Antipope John XVII. The Count of Tuscanelle's Faction raised him to the Holy Chair, which he kept but 5 Months after Silvester II. An. 1003. Some say, that in his time, the chusing of Popes was taken from the People, and entirely invested in the Clergy. This Pope was surnamed Sico. Vide Baronius. Du Chesne, &c.
  • Iohn XIX. whom Platina called the XXth. because he ranks Pope Joan, and the Antipope Philagathus, called John XVII. in the Catalogue of Popes, was Elected Novemb. 20. 1003. Some say, he was a Roman, surnamed Fasanus or Fanasus. Peter, Patri∣arch of Antioch by a Letter to Michael Cerulatius, testifies, That this Pope reconciled the Greek and Latin Churches, and that at Constantinople, they named him in the Canon of the Mass.
  • Iohn XX. Son of Gregory, Count of Tuscanelle, and Brother of Benedict VIII. succeeded him, An. 1024. He was called a Ro∣man, before his Advancement to the Pontificate, and got his Preferment by his Wealth and Father's Interest. He Crowned Conradus II. and died, Novemb. 8. 1033. * Platina says, That he never was in Holy Orders, but commends him for his Life.
  • Iohn XXI. formerly called John Peter, Cardinal of Frescati, came to the Chair after Adrian V. on Sept. 13. 1276. He was a Native of Lisbon in Portugal, a Physician by Calling, and he is found amongst the Authors of this Time, to have written a great Catalogue of Receipts to preserve Health. Peter, was a Physi∣cian's Son too. He was first Arch-deacon, and then Archbishop of Braga in Portugal, and Pope Gregory X. listed him in the Roll of Cardinals, An. 1278. Besides the Work I have already spoke of, he is said, to have written others; as, Summulae Logicales, Parva Logicalia, In Physionomiam Aristotelis. Dialecticae Epistolae. Ca∣nones

• ...
  • Medicinae de Oculis, and many other Treatises to be s••en in the Library of the Popes. P. L••vis Jac••b. This Pope sent Le∣gates to Michael Paleologus, to exhort him to the observation of what was resolved upon in the Council of Lyons, under Grego∣ry X. Martin the Polander, who continued his Chronicle to this time, says, That this Prelate perswaded himself, that he would live long, from some discovery, which he pretended to have made, in the Stars. But this Speculation failed him; for he died at Viterba, May 15, or 20. 1277. Six Days after, he received a Wound by the Fall of a Room, which he had caused to be built near his Palace. He held the See, 8 Months, and 3 or 8 Days. Platina says, tho' he was a very learned Man, yet his ignorance of Business, the unevenness of his Conversation, with his Folly and Levity, did the Popedom more harm than good.
  • Iohn XXII. succeeded Clement V. An. 1316. This last Dying, the See then at Avignon, was vacant for 2 Years together, and up∣wards; and the Cardinals assembled at Carpentras, could not a∣gree about the Election of a new Pope. Philip the Long, Earl of Poictiers, and afterwards K. of France, by Order of his Brother Lewis X. surnamed Hutin, went to Lyons to endeavour, if he could, to get the vacant Chair filled; he used all the Art and Address imaginable with the Cardinals at Lyons, in order to it; nay, shut them up in the Conclave of the Jacobines, protesting, that they should not get out till they chose one. This Treatment amazed them, and forasmuch as after 40 Days sitting, they could not agree; so at last, it was by consent left to James de Ossa, or De usse Cardinal, B^p of Port, to Name whom he pleased, and he named himself, Crying, Ego sum Papa, I am the Pope. This Election was made, Sept. 5. or 8. 1316, to the general satisfaction of the As∣sembly, and the new Pope assuming the Name of John XXII. was Crowned at the Church of St. John of Lyons, and afterwards went to Avignon, and there held his See. He was a Native of Cahors in Queret, Son of Arnaud de Ossa, a poor Shooe-maker, and thus highly advanced by his Ingenuity. 'Tis said, That he was but a little Man, but of great Wit, and very knowing, as to those Times, especially in the Civil and Canon-Law, which he learned in France and Italy. From his youthful-Days upwards, he was entirely devoted to Peter Archbishop of Arles, Chancel∣lor to Charles II. K. of Naples, E. of Provence, and became so considerable; that after this Prelates death, Robert the Son of Charles, gave him the Seal, and made him Chancellor. After∣wards he became Bishop of Frejus, and Pope Clement V. having a Value for him, advanced him to the Archbishoprick of Avig∣non, about 1310. and 2 Years after made him Cardinal, Bishop of Port. This Pope Canonized Lewis Bishop of Tolouse, and Thomas of Aquin. He Confirmed the Order of the Knights of Christ in Portugal, to wage War with the Saracens of Africa, and the Moors of Granada, and Reformed that of Grandmon••. He also Ere∣cted divers Abbeys into Bishopricks, and converted several Epi∣scopal Churches into Archbishopricks in Languedoc, Guienne, Poitou, and Spain; besides a great number of Collegiate Churches. He raised the Bishopri••k of Tolouse into an Archbishoprick, and made its Suffragans, Montauban, Lavaur, Mirepoix, St. Papoul, Lombez, and Pamiez already Established under Boniface VIII. In the Archbishoprick of Bourges, he Erected the Bishopricks of St. Flour, of Vabres, Castres, and Tulle; and in that of Bourdeaux, condom, Sarlat, Luson, and Maille••••es. He divided the Province of Tarragon into two, and raised Saragosse to a Metropolis. It was this Pope, who published the Clementines, a Constitution settled by his Pre∣decessor Clement V. who made him a Cardinal, and who like∣wise Established these other Constitutions called Extravagantes. The Election that was made in his time of Lewis de Bavaria, and of Frederick of Austria to the Empire, divided the People's Minds. The first went for Lawful, yet Pope John was extreamly against him. This Misunderstanding came to that height, that Lewis being at Rome, in 1320. caused John to be Degraded from the Pa∣pacy, and preferred Peter Ramache of Corberta a Franciscan Friar, to his Place, under the Name of Nicholas V. Michael de Cesenne, General of this Order, and his Clergy, supported him mainly, both by Sermons and Writings. But this Party was soon De∣feated, and Corberia suffering himself to be taken, was carried to Avignon, An. 1330. where he Demanded the Pope's Pardon with a Rope about his Neck, and died in Prison 2 or 3 Years after. The Pope also died, Decemb. 4. 1334. being above 90 Years old. He built a Palace at Avignon, with other magnificent Works. 'Tis reported, that he left a greater Treasure than any of his Prede∣cessors, viz. To the Value of 28 Millions of Ducats, besides 17 Hundred Thousand Florius of Gold. As to the Dispute con∣cerning the Co••delier's Bread, Vid. the Article Occam. and Tom I. of the Bibl. Ʋn••v. * Platina says, that Hugo Bishop of Cathurio was Degraded, Tortured, and put to Death, for conspiring against this Pope; who was so addicted to Novelties, that he divided some single Bishopricks ••••to 2, united several that were distinct, turned Abbacies into Bishopricks, and Bishopricks into Abbacies, and created new Dignities and Societies in the Church, and al∣tered those that had been formerly Constituted. In 1322. he published an Edict, Declaring all those to be obstinate Hereticks, who affirmed, That Christ and his Disciples had nothing which they could call their own and forbad all Disputes on that Head in Schools. He condemned the Opinion of Fryar Peter a Minorite, who had animated a Convent, to imitate Christ's Poverty, and Condemned and Burned a great many of his Followers. He pro∣tected the Guelphs against the Emperor, betwixt whose Forces, and those of the Church, were sever••l Battles with various suc∣cess. After this, the Pope entered into a League with the K. of Bohemia, which created a War betwixt him and several oth••r Prin∣ces of Italy, wherein sometimes the one, sometimes the other, had the Victory, but the Ecclesiastical Forces received a great Defeat about the time of the Pope's Death.
  • Iohn XXIII. formerly called Balthazar Cossa, was born at Naples. Boniface IX. made him Cardinal, An. 1402, and sent him Legate to Bologne. He was chosen Pope, May 17. 1410. after the Death of Alexander V. on condition, That if, for the Quiet of the Church, Gregory XII. and Pet••r de Luna, quitted their Pretensions to the Chair, he should do the same. Historians assure us, that the Actions and Sentiments of John XXIII. were more becoming a Warriour than a Pope, and that he forced his Election. Others say, that it was at the Recommendation of Lewis of Anjou K. of Naples, who received him with that Pomp after his Coronation, that he favoured him against Ladislaus. The Council held at Pisa, An. 1409. Ordained another to be held within 3 Years. John cal∣led one at Rome, An. 1413. Some time after, the Emp. Sigismond passed into Italy, and the City of Constance upon the Rhine, was the Place where the Council was to be held. At the 2d. Ses∣sions, March 2. 1415. the Pope mounted his Throne with his Face to the Altar, read a Paper presented him by John Patriarch of Antioch, and a French-man, with a loud Voice, and promised as he read it, to renounce the Papacy, if the other 2 did the like, or if they died. But whether he was constrained to this Act, or did it unawares, he repented however, and retired to Schaffouze, disguised like a Trooper. After having squandered away some time from Town to Town, he was made Prisoner at Fribou••g, carried to Constance, and Deposed by the Council in the 12th. Session, held May 29. of the same Year; he himself sent his Re∣nunciation of the Pontificate to the Council. After that, he was sent Prisoner to Manheim, or Heidelberg, under the Guard of Lewis de Bavaria, Count-Palatine of the Rhine, and got not out till 1410. Some say, That he bribed his Keepers for 30 Thou∣sa••d Ducats. And others assure, that he was Discharged, when the Peace of the Church was settled upon the Election of Mar∣tin V. by the Death of Gregory XII. and the Exc••mmunication of Peter de Luna. We know this at least, That Balthazar Cossa came to Florence, June 14. and threw him••elf at the Feet of P pe Mar∣tin, who received him, made him D••an of the Cardinals, ••nd Bi∣shop of Frescati; and Ordained, That in consideration or what he had been, his Seat in the Assembly, should be higher tha•• any of the rest. His abode in this Estate was not long, for he died Decemb. 22. following, and had a magnificent Burial, at the charge of Como de Medici, his Friend, who Erected a stately Tomb for him in St. John's Church. Authors accuse this Prelate of being a Luke-warm Church-man; but none could deny his be∣ing a Man of strong Resolution, in the Misfortunes which befell him. He sacrificed his Fortune to the Repose of the Church, and had reason to complain of his Friends who betrayed, or left him in his need. 'Tis reported, That he himself wrote the fol∣lowing Verses, in Prison, upon the inconstancy of his For∣tune.

    Qui modo summus eram, gaudens & nomine Praesul, Tristis & abjectus nunc mea fata gemo. Excelsus solio nuper versabar in alto, Cunctaque gens pedibus oscula prona dabat, Nunc ego paenarum fundo devolvor in imo, Vultum deformem quemque videre piget. Omnibus in Terris aurum mihi sponte ferebant▪ Sed nec gaza juvat, nec quis amicus adest. Sic varians fortuna v••ces, adversa secundis Subdit, & amb••guo nomine ludit atrox.

    Platina says, That he aspired to the Papacy from his Youth, ha∣ving finished his Studies went for Rome, and told his Friends, that asked him whither he was going, that he was going to the Pontificate; and being admitted into Boniface IX's Service, he re∣duced several Places to the Obedience of the Church, and by Bribes, made sure of the Vacancy, after Alexander, for himself. In his time, the Gibellines having brought Fazinus canis into the City, on Condition that they should have the Estates of the Guelphs, he plundered both Parties, and when the Gibellines com∣plained, he told them, they should be safe in their Persons, but that their Goods were the Guelphs. K. Ladislaus invaded the Pope, and forced him to retire from Rome; and to remedy the Distra∣ctions then occasioned by the Schism, he was urged to call a General Council at Constance, where he was Degraded; K. Sigis∣mond having laid grievous things to his Charge, and this Council published a Synodical Decree, wherein they affirmed, That a General Council lawfully Called, was the Supream Authority next to Christ. The same Council deprived Peter de Luna, com∣monly called Benedict XIII. of the Papacy.
• ...
  Patriarchs of Alexandria of the Name of Iohn.
  〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉
  • Iohn I. of this Name, surnamed Talaida, Patriarch of the Church of Alexandria, was advanced by the Orthodox Party, in room of Timothy Solo••aci••lus, An. 482. He was formerly a Priest and Treasurer of the same Church. Acacius of Constantinople, charged him with divers Crimes before the Emperor Zenon; the Principal, were, his getting himself to be made Bishop of Alex∣andria, contrary to his Oath; and persuading his Predecessor to

〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• ...
  • 〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉 upon Mount Athos, where he took a Friar's Habit, and the Name of Christodulus, that is, a Servant of Christ. Matthew, his Son, whom he associated to the Empire, followed him into this Retire∣ment: And his Wise betook her self to a Nunnery, and changed her Name from Irene to Eugenia. John was not idle in his So∣litude; for, as he had a great Stock of Wit, he employed it to immortalize his Memory, and composed an History, in 4 Books, of what had passed during his own and Andronicus's Reign. This Work, yet extant, is one of the finest of the Modern Greeks; only, when he comes to speak of his own Conduct, he does a lit∣tle disguise the Truth. The Commentaries against the Mahome∣tans and Jews, which we have under the Name of Cantacuzenus, are attributed to him. Gesner and Possevin render him the Author of other Works; as, A Paraphrase upon the 5 first Books of the Morals of Aristotle, &c.
  • Iohn VI. surnamed Paleologus, called Calo-John, was the Son of Andronicus the Younger, whom he succeeded, as I said before. John V. wrested the Empire from him, and routed him at last, with the Assistance of the Genouese, as abovesaid, An. 1355. To shew his Acknowledgment to the Genouese, he gave them the Isle of Metelin, or Lesbos, and gave his Sister in Marriage to Ga∣teluz their General. His Reign was not happy. He had a sharp War to maintain against the Bulgarians. And the Historians of Savoy say, That he was made Prisoner, and that their Duke A∣madeus VI. whom Pope Ʋrban persuaded to undertake the Croi∣sade at Avignon, set him at liberty. John was constrained also to Ally himself with the Turks; but Amurath I. despised it, took se∣veral Places from him, and came to settle his Empire at Adria∣nople, An. 1362. This Infelicity did not come alone, for Andro∣nicus, his Son, would have dethroned him, but his Design was luc∣kily discovered just as it was to be put in Execution. This Prince was taken, and blinded with scalding Vinegar, which did not pre∣vent his Flight to Amurath, and with his Succour, and those of the Genouese, he was received into Constantinople, An. 1373. where he imprisoned his Father and Brethren for 4 Years. 'Tis said, that before that Time he passed into Italy, to sollicite the Succour of Christian Princes; and that at Rome he swore to endeavour an U∣nion of the Greek Church with the Latin, Octob. 18. 1369. At last he left the Empire to his Son Emanuel, An. 1384. or 87. and died, An. 1391. Chalcondyle, Leunclavius Hist. des Turcs. Blon∣dus, Onuphr. Sabellicus Hist. Byzan. Script. Guichenon Hist. de Savoye. Ricciol. Chron. Reform.
  • Iohn VII. Paleologus, came to the Empire by the voluntary Abdication of his Father, Emanuel III. who caused him to be crowned, Jan. 19. 1419. and married him to Sophia, Daughter to the Marquis of Montferrat. They say, that he made a second Alliance with Mary Comnene, Daughter to Alexis the Emperor. Onuphrius and Others believe that this Prince died, An. 1425. and that his Brother, whom they call John VIII. succeeded him. But sure it is, that there was but One of this Name. The Authors of this Errour fell into it, because they did not exactly consider, that Emanuel, who became a Friar, died in 1425. and that his Son was proclaimed, or, it may be, crowned a second Time, accor∣ding to the Greek Custom. Be it what it will, this Emperor was no happier than ••is Father. The Turks added fresh Conquests daily to their first Victories: They took Thessalonica, An. 1431. And John had Reason to believe, that his Empire would quickly become their Prey, all his Hopes of Succour depending upon the Latins; which alone made him wish the Union of the Greek and Latin Churches. Pope Eugenius IV. knew it, and sent him Legates to maintain him in this Design, and to let him understand, that he had summoned a Council at Ferrara. John came thither him∣self, An. 1438. with many Prelates, and Graecian Princes, and was received with extraordinary Magnificence. The Council was afterwards removed to Florence, by reason of the Plague, and the Union aforesaid concluded, An. 1439. The Emperor returned into the East soon after. He died, An. 1448. or, according to Onuphrius, and others, in 1445.
  • Iohn the Principal Secretary, lived in the V^th. Century. He was supported by Castinus, Colonel of the Roman Militia; and by his Assistance became Emperor of the West, An. 423. But the next Year he was subdued by the Army sent by Theodosius to con∣duct his Aunt Placidia, and his Cousin Valentine III. who caused him to be beheaded at Aquileia.
• ...
  A King of England of the Name of Iohn.
  • Iohn K. of England, surnamed Sans Terre, or Lack-land, was the 4^th. Son of Henry II. He made himself Master of the Crown, An. 1199. after the Death of Richard I. and in Wrong of Arthur of Bretaigne, Son of Godfrey, his Brother, the 3^d. Son of Henry. This Arthur, with the Help of King Philip Augustus, and divers other Princes, disputed with him about the Crown: But John sur∣prized him at Mirebel in Brettany, An. 1202. and made him die in Prison. Constance, the Mother of this young Prince, demanded Justice of the King for this Parricide, committed within his Land, and upon the Person of one of his Subjects. John was referred to the House of Peers; where not appearing, and sending none to excuse him, he was condemned of an Attaint, and convicted of Parricide and Felony, to lose all the Land he had in France. This Misfortune was not all: The English hated John for his Ty∣rannical Taxes, and severe Dealings with the Church-men. He rou∣ted the Prelates, and seized their Goods; which made Pope In∣nocent III. excommunicate him. That did not at all trouble him: But when he understood that the Pope, by a terrible Sen∣tence pronounced against him, had discharged all his Subjects from their Allegiance and Fidelity to him, and thereby put the Kingdom in a Broil, he submitted himself, An. 1213. promising for himself and Successors, to pay a Yearly Tribute to the Church. This stupid Obligation being the Effect of Constraint, the People began to hate him worse and worse; and after that he was wor∣sted in several Battels, and that K. Philip Augustus got the Battel of Bovines, An. 1214. they made Lewis, the same Philip's Son, King, and crowned him at London, May 20. 1216. He died Octob. 19. 1216. having surfeited upon Peaches. He married first the Daughter of the Lord Hubert. Next he took to Wife A∣micia, or Havoise, Heiress to William, or Robert, Earl of Glou∣cester. His 3^d. Marriage was with Isabella, Daughter of Aimar Earl of Angoulême; who was promised to Hugh de Brun Lord of March. By these Three he had Henry III. his Successor; Richard Earl of Cornwall, and King of the Romans; Joanna, Isa∣be••la and Eleanor. The First was Wife to Alexander King of Scotland, the Second married Frederick II. Emperor, and the Third was married to Simon de Montfort Earl of Chester. The Queen Dowager married again to Hugh Earl of March, from whom King John took her on his Wedding Day, being invited to the Marriage. Matthew of Westminster. Polydore Virgil. It must not be omitted, That Protestant Authors, as, Fox in his Acts and Monuments, &c. give King John a better Character, look upon the Account above to be partial; and say posi∣tively, that he was poisoned by a Monk, for his Opposition to the gross Corruptions of the Church of Rome.
  • Iohn Baliol, King of Scotland. See Baliol.
• ...
  Kings and Princes of France of the Name of Iohn.
  • Iohn K. of France, called by some The Good, succeeded his Fa∣ther, Philip de Valois, An. 1350. In the Beginning of his Reign he instituted the Order of the Star, or, as some say, renewed it; and caused Raoul, his Constable, last E. of Eu, to be proceeded against, for holding Correspondence with the Enemies of the State. The King gave his Place to his Favourite, Charles de la Cerde of Spain, whom Charles the Bad K. of Navarre, his Bro∣ther-in-Law, caused to be assassinated at Aigle in Normandy, An. 1354. This Accident, and the Under-hand Practices of those of Navarre, drew the English into Normandy: John beat them back stoutly, and made King Edward to retire, An. 1355. The Year following the Prince of Wales, with 12000 Men, pillaged Querci, Auvergne, Limosin and Berri, and proceeded to do the like at An∣jou, Poictou and Touraine. The King, then at Chartres, marched his Troops to meet him, and overtook him within 2 Leagues of Poi∣ctiers, where he intrenched in the Vineyards. The Prince offered to repair all the Hurt he did in his March from Bourdeaux, and to bear no Arms in France for 7 Years. But the King, who suppo∣sed his Victory sure, attacked the English; who making a Vertue of Necessity, fought so well, that they obtained the Victory, and made the King Prisoner. His Valour maintained the Shock long enough, though he was left to the single Assistance of his young Son Philip, afterwards D. of Burgundy, then aged about 16, who ever after was called The Bold. The King surrender'd himself to John of Morebeque, a Gentleman of Artois, whom he formerly ba∣nished for some Crimes. The Prince of Wales generously treated him as his Lord; nay, he served him in the Evening at Table, and omitted nothing that might mitigate his Sorrow; but fearing lest any Accident should deprive him of so fine a Prize, the next Day after the Ba••tel, which was fought Septemb. 19. 1336. he sent him to Bourdeaux, and so to London, where he remained Pri∣soner 4 Years, till the Peace of Bretigni was concluded, May 7. 1360. Immediately after his Deliverance he was desirous, for some Design he had in his Head, to visit Pope Innocent VI. at A∣vignon, where he found Pope Ʋrban V. chosen in his Place; and this Prelate persuaded him to take a Journey to the Holy Land. Before he undertook it, he had a Mind to visit England, not to see •• certain Lady there, which he loved during his Imprison∣ment, •• some were pleased to write, but to testifie to King Ed∣ward, that he was no way concerned in the Escape of his Son, the D. of Anjou, one of the Hostages; and to persuade him to the Ex∣pedition of the Holy Land: And just as he hoped to compleat it, he was taken ill of a sudden, April 8. 1364. and died in the Savoy, London, in the 52^d. Year of his Age, having reigned 13 Years and 8 Months. K. John was looked upon to be the bravest and frankest Prince of his Time. His Word was sacred, and inviolable; being used to say, That if Truth and Faith were banished the rest of the World, they ought to be found in the Mouths of Kings. Petrarque, who lived in his Time, gave him the Title of being the Greatest of Kings, the most Invincible of Men. He was married twice; first An. 1332. with Bonne of Luxemburg, Daughter to John K. of Bohemia; by whom he had Charles V. his Successor; Lovis, the first of that Family, Duke of Anjou, whence descended the 2^d. Branch of the Kings of Naples; John D. de Berri, who died without Issue Male, An. 1416. and Philip the Bold, from whom descended the last Dukes of Burgundy.
  • Iohn Posthumus, Son of Lewis le Hutin, born Novemb. 15. 1316. died within 8 Days after, and, during the Funeral-Solem∣nities,

• ...
  • was proclaimed K. of France and Navarre. Whence some Modern Authors reckon him amongst the Kings of France, and call him K. John I. Mezerai. Godesroy.
  • Iohn of France, D. de Berri, E. of Poictou, Estampes, Auvergne and Bulloigne. He was the Son of K. John, by his first Wife Bonne of Luxemburg. He was born at Bois de Vincennes, Octob. 30. 1340. He was first called Earl of Poictou. He signalized himself at the Battel of Poictiers, An. 1356. and in 1360. he was made Duke de Berri, and Lieutenant of Guienne and Languedoc. This Prince was always successful, and shared in that good Fortune which King Charles V. had against the English; from whom he took Limoges, Poictiers and Rochelle. He was present at the Coronation of King Charles VI. in 1381. and at the Battel of Roselecque, in 1382. and defeated the Tuchins of Auvergne and Poictou, in 1384. After that, he had a Share of the Administration of publick Affairs, but was turned out in 1388. restored again afterwards, with the Duke of Burgundy. The Government of Languedoc was taken from him in 1390. and given him again in 1410. John D. de Berri declared himself for the House of Orleans, against that of Burgundy. Two Years after he was besieged at Bourges, but he made his Peace, and died on June 15. 1416. at the Palace of Nesle in Paris.
• ...
  Kings of Arragon and Navarre of the Name of Iohn.
  • Iohn I. of this Name, K. of Arragon only. He succeeded his Father, Peter IV. called The Ceremonious, in the Throne, An. 1384. His Subjects despised him for his Weakness, and there∣upon the former Part of his Reign was full of Trouble. He died, May 19. 1395. aged 44 Years, of which he reigned between 9 and 10 Months. His Brother Martin succeeded him, excluding Matthew Comte de Foix, who married his Daughter Jane.
  • Iohn II. first D. of Penafiel, and then K. of Navarre and Arra∣gon. He was Son to Ferdinando of Castile, K. of Arragon. He came to the Crown of Navarre by his Marriage in 1420. with Blanche, Daughter and Heiress to Charles, called The Noble, or The Second Solomon, and Widow of Martin K. of Sicily. John and she were crowned in 1429. and by her he had Charles Prince of Viane. Q. Blanche died in 1441. and her Death was attended with Abun∣dance of Troubles to the Country; for John was married again to Jane Henriquez, the Constable of Castile's Daughter. Charles Prince de Viane could not endure her having any Hand in the Go∣vernment, which belonged to him by the Death of his Mother Blanche. This Quarrel raised two Factions between the Houses of Beaumont and Gramont, two very considerable Families in that State. The first sided with the Prince, who was crowned, and afterwards defeated in Battel; but he was reconciled to the King, his Father, who gave him Catalonia; and then he was to take Pos∣session of Arragon, by the Death of Alphonsus, his Brother, called The Valiant; who died in 1358. After that he maintained a sharp War against Henry IV. K. of Castile. In the mean while Charles, his Son, whom his Mother-in-Law had abused, took up Arms again, was vanquished a 2^d. Time, and made Prisoner. The Ca∣talonians stood up in his Favour, and forced the Father to release the Son. But the very Day of his Deliverance he died (as it is reported) by a Dose of Physick which his Step-Dame ordered to be given him by his own Physician, Septemb. 23. 1461. The Catalonians revolted against John, assisted by the King of Castile: And John lacking Money to answer this urgent Necessity, engaged the Earldoms of Roussillon and Cerdagne to Lewis XI. K of France, for 300000 Crowns of Gold. However, he gave his Daughter E∣leanor in Marriage to Gaston IV. E. of Foix, who was Governor of Navarre during his Father-in-Law's Life. John had by his second Marriage, Ferdinand, who married Isabella, Heiress of Leon and Castile. He died at Barcelona, Jan. 19. 1479. in the 82^d. Year of his Age. He was buried in the Monastery of N Dame de Pob∣let. Eleanor, his Daughter, succeeded him in the Kingdom of Na∣varre. Mariana, lib. 23, 24. Surita Ind. lib. 20. Texere. La Per∣riere. Olhagarai. Chapuis. De Marca, &c. Hist. de Bearn. & Na∣varrae Turquet. Hist. de Esp.
  • Iohn II. K. of Navarre only. He was Son of Alain de Albret. He married (about 1484.) Katharine de Foix, Sister and Heiress to Francis Phoebus K. of Navarre. Their Misunderstanding had well nigh caused the Ruin of the State. She began to renew the Divi∣sions between the 2 Houses of Beaumont and Gramont: The King was for the former, and the Queen for the latter. These Troubles were allayed, but Ferdinando of Spain's Ambition raised new ones against him. This Prince enter'd Navarre in 1512. and seized it in a little Time, K John retiring to Bearn as soon as he appeared upon the Frontiers. When Ferdinando had accomplished his Design, he sought out Pretences to justifie what he had done, but could find none, saving the Law of War, and a Bull of Pope Julius II. who gave the Right to him that could first subdue the Kingdom, be∣cause K. John favoured the Council of Pisa, and was an Ally to K. Lewis XII. an Enemy to the holy See. The K. of France sent Succours to John, his Ally; but they were ill managed, and so did him no Service. This Prince died in a Village of Bearn, June 26. 1516. and Catharine, his Spouse, out-lived him but 8 Months. Their Son Henry was Heir, who, by Margaret, Sister to Francis I. had Jane, Mother to Henry IV. La Perriere. Olhagarai. De Mar∣ca, &c. Hist. de Nav. & de Bearn. Mariana, lib. 30. Sponde in An∣nal. Mezerai. Hist. de France en Louis XII. & Francis I.
• ...
  A King of Bohemia of the Name of Iohn.
  • Iohn King of Bohemia, the Emperor Henry VII's Son, of the House of Luxemburg, was elected at 14 Years of Age, An. 1309. in Opposition to Henry D. of Carinthia, whose Tyranny had ren∣der'd him intolerable to the Bohemians. He married Elizabeth, Daughter to K. Venceslaus, and was crowned with him at Prague. And since declared Vicar of the Empire, in the Absence of his Father. He reduced Silesia, and left great Tokens of his Cou∣rage in Lombardy, An. 1330, 31, and 32. Before that he was cal∣led into Poland by the Grand Master of the Te••tonick Order in Prussia; and after having fought against the Lithuanian Pagans, he took upon him the Title of King of Poland; concerning whom, the Historians of that Nation and Bohemia vary much. John lost an Eye in this Expedition, and afterwards came to Montp••lier In∣cognito, to consult the Physicians of this famous University for Cure; where a Jewish Doctor made him lose the other. This Blindness did not hinder his Going to the War: And upon this Occasion 'tis reported, that the K. of Poland sent to him, desiring that they might decide their Quarrel in a Room, with each a Ponyard in his Hand. K. John made him Answer, That he must pull out both his Eyes first, in order to make it an equal Combat. John carried Succours with him into France, to Philip de Valois, and was at the Battel of Creci, which the French lost, Aug. 26. 1346. As blind as he was, he fought valiantly: He caused his Horse to be fasten'd by the Bridle to one of the best Horse-men he had, and rushed into the Army so furiously, that he was killed. Charles IV. his Son, K. of Bohemia, and Emperor, gives a fuller Account of all these Things in the Memoirs of his Father's Life.
• ...
  Kings of Castile of the Name of Iohn.
  • Iohn I. of this Name, King of Leon and Castile, succeeded his Father Henry II. in 1379. aged 21 Years. He married Eleanor of Arragon, by whom he had Henry III. his Successor, and Ferdinando K. of Arragon. The English had some Pretensions to his Estate, upon the Account of Constance, Daughter to Dom Pedro, and Wife of John D. of Lancaster. Edward, Son of this Duke, led an Ar∣my into Spain, and joined Ferdinando King of Portugal's Troops, who were at Variance with John. This Matter was accommoda∣ted however, and the King of Castile, who was a Widower, mar∣ried Beatrix of Portugal in 1383. conditionally, that the Issue of this Marriage should succeed to Ferdinando's Crown: But he dy∣ing soon after, the Portuguese preferred John, the Natural Son of their deceased King, to the Throne. The King of Castile was de∣feated in one Battel, and afterwards killed by a Fall from his Horse as he was hunting, Octob. 9. 1390. which was looked upon as a just Judgment, because he used to hunt on the Sabbath.
  • Iohn II. Henry III's Son, was proclaimed King at the Age of 22 Months, about the End of 1406. and, by the Care of his Un∣cle Ferdinando, afterwards K. of Arragon, who generously refused the Offer of the Crown to himself. Paul de Burgos, or de St. Ma∣rie, Bishop of Carthagena, formerly a Jew, was appointed to take Care of the Education of this young Prince. He was no sooner able to bear Arms, but he found himself obliged to do it against the Kings of Navarre and Arragon, whom he reduced to the Ne∣cessity of asking Peace, which he granted. But it lasted not long, for he was forced to turn his Arms against the Moors of Granada; whose King he had re-established, and yet he ungratefully attacked him; which John made him repent, killing 12000 of his Men in 1431. and ravaging the Country all round Granada. 'Tis said, that he might easily have taken that City, had not Alvarius de Lu∣na, his Favourite, and Constable of Castile, been bribed by the Moors. King John died. Aug. 20. 1454. in the 50^th. Year of his Age, and 48^th. of his Reign. Henry IV. whom he had by Mary of Arragon, succeeded him.
• ...
  Kings of Denmark and Swedeland of the Name of Iohn.
  • Iohn I. of this Name, K. of Sweden, was Son of K. Suercher III. by Name, surnamed The Pious. He succeeded Eric X. about 1218. or 20. His Bounty got him the Surname of Debonnaire. He was very liberal to the Church; and his People had been very happy if his Reign had been longer: But his Reign did not exceed 3 or 4 Years, for he died in 1222. Olaus Magnus Hist. Got. Martinus Zellier, in Nova Descrip. Sueciae.
  • Iohn II. K. of Denmark in 1482. after his Father Christiern I. He was also crowned K. of Sweden in 1483. But not performing his Promises to the Swedes, he was dethroned. John employed an Army of 50000 Men to restore him, but to no purpose; he could never do it. He died Feb. 20. 1523. He married Christiana of Saxony, Daughter of Ernest Elector of Saxony, by whom he had Christiern II.
  • Iohn III. D. of Finland, was Gustavus I's Son, and Brother to Eric XIV. This last Prince, being jealous and violent, kept John 6 or 7 Years in Prison, in Wibourg-Castle. John got out, and af∣ter several Adventures, he put himself at the Head of some Swedes who disliked Eric's Government, whom he took, and put into the

• ...
  • same Prison, and got himself Crowned King, in 1568. His Reign was extream peaceable. He married Katharine, the Daughter of Sigismund Augustus K. of Poland, and had by her Sigismund K. of Poland, in 1587. and since that, Soveraign of Swedeland, from whence his Uncle Charles routed him.
• ...A King of Hungary of the Name of Iohn. Iohn (de Zapol) Count of Scepus, and Vaivod of Transilvania, was much esteemed in the XVI^th. Century for his Valour. He was Crowned King of Hungary, by some of the States of this Kingdom, Novemb. 11. 1526. This was after the Death of Lewis the Younger, who perished at the dismal Battle of Mochas, Aug. 29. of the same Year. Ferdinand of Austria, who married Elizabeth, K. Lewis his Sister, was Crowned by another Party of the States. John de Zapol put himself under the Protection of Solyman, Sul∣tan of the Turks. These besieged Vienna in 1529. The 2 Kings were in War with each other a long time, which ended in a Peace at last, but did not hold long. King John died, July 21. 1540. His Son John Stephen, afterwards called Sigismund, succee∣ded, who was acknowledged K. of Hungary. The Turks declared themselves in his favour, and took the principal Cities of his Kingdom. The Queen, his Mother, distrusting the Conduct of Martinusius, gave up her Crown to Ferdinando, in 1551. She had a Promise of the Principality of Ratibor, Oppelen, Monsterberg, of a Pension of 25000 Crowns Yearly, and 150000 that were due to her for her Portion. But observing, that they never designed to perform what they promised, she treated with the Grandees of Hungary, for her Sons Re-establishment. The death of the Vaivod of Valachia, who had promised her Succors, and was As∣sassinated a little after, broke her Measures. John Sambuc, Ap∣pend. B••nfin. Thuan. Hist. lib. 9. &c.
• ...A King of Hungary and Cyprus of the Name of Iohn. Iohn of Brienne, K. of Jerusalem, and afterwards Emperor of Constantinople, was Son of Erard II. of that Name, Comte de Bri∣enne, and of Agnes of Montbelliard. He took up the Croisade for the Holy Land with the French, who took Constantinople, in 1204. and got so much Reputation by his Valour, that the Barons of Jerusalem, after the death of Amauri their King, sent to France, to offer him this Kingdom, with Marie de Montferrat, Daughter of Conrade, Marquiss of Montferrat, and of Isabella of Anjou, Queen of Jerusalem. He accepted of this Proffer, with the Consent of K. Philip Augustus, who gave him 40000 Livres. John arrived at Palaestine in 1210, Celebrated his Marriage, was Crowned in the Month of October, and Relieved the City of Acre besieged by Conradin, Sultan of Damascus. He besieged Damiette in Egypt, which he took, after he had lain before it a Year and half, but could not keep it above 8 Months. Soon after, this King lost his Wife, and returned into France for Succours. In the Voyage which he took, in 1222. he made a Second Contract with Berangera of Castile, Sister to K. Ferdinando. The Year follow∣ing, he assisted at the Consecration of K. Lewis the Younger, who gave him 100000 Crowns; next he went to Rome. This Pr. had an only Daughter called Joland, he married her the same Year 1223, to the Emp. Frederick II. upon Condition, that he should enjoy the Kingdom during his life, which was promised him, but never performed. In 1229, the French Barons of the East, chose him for Governor of the Empire of Constantinople, during the Minority of Baldwin II. He took the Title of Emperor up∣on him, as it was the Custom of the Tutors of those Times, and arrived at Constantinople, in 1231, where he was Crowned by the Patriarch Simon. He Defeated John Ducas, called Vataze, several times, in 1233, and 35. They say, That John de Brienne, disho∣noured the latter Years of his Age, by Avarice. He died in March, in 1237. He had by his Second Wife, Alphonsus de Brienne, Comte de Eu.
• ...
  Kings of Poland of the Name of Iohn.
  • Iohn (Albert) K. of Poland, second Son of Casimir IV. born in 1459. He was chosen in 1492, by the consent of Ladislaus his Brother, K. of Hungary and Bohemia. This was a knowing Prince, principally in History, Liberal to Soldiers, but Unfortunate. He waged War against Stephen, Vaivod of Valachia, who Defeated him in an Ambuscade, and he called the Turks to his help. Fre∣derick of Saxony, Grand Master of Prussia, laid hold upon this oc∣casion, to free himself of the Homage which he owed to Poland, which John Albert would have compelled him to by force of Arms. He died (unmarried) of an Apoplexy, June 17. 1501. Michovius. Sarm. lib. 1. & Hist. Pol. 4. Cromel. lib. 30. &c.
  • Iohn (Casimir): See Casimer V.
  • Iohn III. of this Name, K. of Poland, Grand Duke of Lithua∣nia, Russia, &c. His Valour got him the Throne. He was the youngest Son of James Sobieski, Chatellan of Cracovia, &c. and of one of the Daughters of Stanislaus Zolkiewski, Grand Chancellor and General of the Crown, who fought at the Battle of Cicora, Sept. 19. 1620. The Turks attacked him 15 times Oct. 2. follow∣ing, and he was killed the 6th. of the same, being deserted by his Soldiers. He was Aged 73. James Sobieski, Ambassador from the Crown, made Peace the ensuing Year with the Sultan Osman. He distinguished himself by his Merits upon all Occasions, and died in 1646. The K. of Poland was then at Paris, with Mark Sobieski his Elder Brother, who signalized himself by his Cou∣rage, and was slain by the Turks at the Defeat near Batow. John Sobieski Senator, was Grand Marshal of the Crown, August 24. 1665; Grand General of the Kingdom, in 1667, and Grand Ma∣ster of the King's Houshold, Palatin of Cracovia, &c. He re-took 60 Towns from the Cossack Rebels in Ʋkrania, in 1667. He maintained the Siege of Podhais against the Tartars, and 2 Years after took from them and the Cossacks, all the Palatinate of Brac∣law in Low Podolia. He signalized himself by several other He∣roick Acts. He Defeated the Turks, in 1671. during the Siege of Leopol or Lwow upon Peltaw in Black Russia, and won, in 1673, the famous Battle of Choczim upon the Niester, and upon the Frontiers of Moldavia. It began one Saturday, and was fini∣shed the 3d. Day, by the Reduction of this Fortress. The Turks lost 8000 Janizaries, and 20000 Spahi's in this Action. This grand Victory, one of the most famous in the Age, was obtain∣ed, Novemb. 11. being the next day after the death of K. Michael Koribut Wiesnowiski. The Grand Marshal Sobieski, was only rec∣koned worthy to fill this place. He was Elected, May 19. 1674. and was not Crowned till 15 Months after, during which time, he won several Battles against the Turks, and forced them to make a Peace at Zurowna. In 1676, he received the Order of Knight of the Holy Ghost, from the King of France, by M. Marquiss of Bethune, his Ambassador. This Grand Monarch did, upon several Occasions, give illustrious Tokens of his Amity to the K. of Poland, and likewise contributed much to his Election, by the Care and Prudence of M. Toussaints de Fourbin Janson, Bi∣shop of Marseilles, his Ambassador Extraordinary; for he dissipa∣ted, by his diligent Application, those Factions and Powers that did not affect the Interest of Poland, and who hated the Merit of Grand Mareschal Sobieski. In 1683, he was a main Man in rai∣sing the Siege of Vienna, being present in Person, and got much Honour by it. The K. of Poland speaks several Languages. He loves Books and Scholars, and has all the Qualities of a Hero. He married Dame Maria de la Grange, the Daughter of the Marquiss d'Arquien, of the Noble Family de la Grange in Nivernois, by which Lady, he has had Francis de la Grange, Sieur of Montigni, de Se∣ri, &c. Knight of the King's Orders, Mareschal of France, Go∣vernor of Vandamois, of Bern-Blois, of the Towns and Bishop∣ricks of Metz, Toul, and Verdun, &c. as I said before. The Queen of Poland, was the Widow of Zamoiski. King John III. has seve∣ral Children of this Alliance, and amongst others, James Sobieski Pr. of Poland.
• ...
  Kings of Portugal of the Name of Iohn.
  • Iohn I. of this Name, K. of Portugal and Algarbes, surnamed Le Pere de la Patrie, the Father of his Country. He was the Na∣tural Son of Peter, called The Judge, his Wife by Theresia Lawrentia. He was Grand Master of the Order of Avis, and af∣ter the death of his Brother Ferdinando, in 1383. the Portuguese made him King, in wrong of Beatrix this King's only Daughter, married to John I. K. of Castile. This last took up Arms against him, and the Portuguese won the famous Battle of Aliubarota, Aug. 14. 1386. against the Castilians; after which, this King lived very peaceably, and to exercise his Arms, he carried the War into Africa, amongst the Barbarians, from whom he took Ceute, and other Places. Pope Ʋrban VI. gave him a Dispensa∣tion from his Oath, of entring into a Religious Habit, which he made, in 1387; and then he married Philippa, the Daughter of King John, surnamed Le Grand, Duke of Lancaster, by Blanche his first Wife, Sister to Henry IV. King of England, by whom he had Edward, his Successor, &c. He died, August 14. 1433. Aged 76.
  • Iohn II. called Le Grand, & Le Severe, that is, The Great and Severe, succeeded his Father Alphonsus V. in 1481. Some of his Lords troubled him much in the beginning of his Reign, they ha∣ving revolted from him. But he spoiled their Designs, and cut off their chief Leaders, and particularly Ferdinando Duke of Bra∣ganza, whom he beheaded. After that, his next Care was to settle his foreign Plantations in the Indies and Africa, where he caused to be built divers Fortifications at Guinnea. He was at the Taking of Azzile and Tangier, in 1471. and signalized himself at the Battle of Toro against the Castilians, in 1476. These glori∣ous Actions, besides many others not here mentioned, procured him the Name of The Great, as his Exactness in the Administra∣tion of Justice, procured him that of Severe. He died, Aged 41, Oct. 25. 1495.
  • Iohn III. succeeded his Father Emanuel, in 1521. David K. of Aethiopia sent Ambassadors, to Congratulate his Access to the Crown, and to continue the Alliance he made with his Father. We have, to this Day, the Accounts of that Embassy; and the Letters which K. John wrote to Pope Paul III. concerning the Progress of his Arms in the Indies, and how the King of Camboia had yielded him the Fort of Diu, one of the most important places of the Indies, in a little Isle towards the Mouth of the Ri∣ver Indus. He died of an Apoplexy, June 11. 1557. by Catha∣rine of Austria, Sister to the Emperor Charles V. He had 5 Sons, who died in their Minority. John, Prince of Portugal, who died in 1554. before his Father, and by Jane, Daughter of Charles V. had Sebastian a Posthumos Son, who was Successor to his Grand-fa∣ther. . . Marie, Wife to Philip III. K. of Spain, and Isabella, and Beatrix, who died young. Damien. à Goez in Coment. Francis Andrada, in his life. Vasconelles, in Anaceph. Nonius, in Geneal. Tom. II. Script. hist. Sponde in Annal. &c.

• ...
  • Iohn IV. called The Fortunate, was Son to Theodosius II. Duke of Braganza, and Ann, Daughter of John Fernandez de Velasco, Constable of Spain. He was next Heir to the Crown, and Pro∣claimed King, in 1640. The Spaniards made themselves Masters of Portugal after the death of the Kings, Dom. Sebastian, and Cardinal Henry in 1580. and kept it under the Reigns of Phi∣lip II. Philip III. and Philip IV. But the Portuguese threw off their Yoak, in 1640, and called home the Duke of Braganza, who was Crowned, Decemb. 1. This Prince happily discovered a Con∣spiracy as ready to break out, in the beginning of his Reign. He executed the Chief of them, and ever after Governed with that Conduct and Prudence, that his Enemies could never hurt him with their Arms, nor Calumnies. 'Tis said, that he was a great Lover of Learning and Musick. He slept little, was of an obliging Temper, and frugal in his Apparel and Diet, which made him often say, that it behoved a King to be affable; that all Habits covered, and that all Meat nourished. In 1643, he took Salva Terra, and got a famous Victory over the Spaniards near Ba∣dajos, May 26. 1644. He likewise got a vast Advantage over the Hollanders in Brazil, Jan. 27. 1649, and 54, when he took the Recif from them. He died at Lisbon, by Stoppage of Urine, Novemb. 6. 1656.
• ...
  French Princes of the Name of Iohn.
  • Iohn of Anjou, Sicilia, Duke of Duras, was the Eight Son of Charles II. called Le Boiteux, K. of Naples and Sicilia, E. of Pro∣vence, &c. and of Marie of Hungary. His Father left him with his other Brothers in Hostage, in 1288. Afterwards K. Robert, his Brother, sent him at the Head of an Army which withstood the Emperor Henry VII. when he Invaded Italy.
  • Iohn d'Anjou I. of this Name, Duke of Calabria and Lorrain, Prince of Heronde, Knight of the Crescent, was the Son of Re∣natus, called The Good, King of Naples and Sicily, Count of Pro∣vence, &c. and of Isabella, Dutchess of Lorrain. He was born, Aug. 2. 1425, and succeeded his Mother in the Dutchy of Lorrain, in 1452 He was a brave, generous, and obliging Prince, and a faith∣ful Friend. He Defeated Ferdinando of Arragon K. of Naples, at the Battle of Sarno, in 1460. But in the end he was Vanquished near Troyes, within the Poüille, and forced to depart the Island of Ischia, whence he retired, to Marseilles, in 1463. Two Years after, he followed the discontented Princes to the War du Bien publick. Some time after, he accompanied the King of Arra∣gon into Catalonia, where he obliged King John of Navarre, to raise the Siege from before Paralta, took Gironne, and had several other considerable Advantages. He died at Barcelona, Dec. 16. 1470.
  • Iohn of Artois, Count of Eu, Lord of St. Valeri and d'Ault, surnamed Without Land, was Son of Robert d'Artois III. of the Name, and of Jane of Valois. He was born about 1321, and made Knight at the Coronation of King John, who gave him the Earldom d'Eu, forfeited by Radolphus of Brienne II. of the Name, Count d'Eu and of Guines, Constable of France, in 1331. John d'Artois was taken at the Battle of Poictiers. He did good Services to Charles V. and Charles VI. He accompanied the last into Flan∣ders, in 1382. He Commanded the Rear Guard at the Battle of Rossebecque, and died a little after, April 6. 1386.
  • Iohn I. of this Name, Duke of Bourbon and Auvergne, Count de Clermont, de Montpensier, and de Porez, Sieur of Beaujolois, Dombes, &c. Peer and Chamberlain of France, was Son of Lewis II. Duke of Bourbon, and of Ann Dauphine d'Auvergne. He declared himself for the House of Orleans, against that of Burgoigne, and dis∣comfited the Rear Guard of their Army, in 1414. The King gave him the Conduct of the Army, sent to Guienne against the English. He was at the Siege of Compeigne and Arras, and in 1415, he Commanded the Van-Guard of the Army, at the dismal Battle of Azincourt, where he was taken. He was carried into England, where he died, in 1434. after 19 Years Imprisonment.
  • Iohn II. of the Name, Duke of Bourbon and Auvergne, Count of Clermont, &c. called le Bon, Peer, Constable and Chamberlain of France, Governor of Guienne and Languedoc, was the Son of Charles I. and of Agnes of Burgundy. He signalized himself in 1450, at the Battle of Formigni, where he was Knighted. He was afterwards at the Taking of Caen, Bourdeaux, and divers other Places from the English; and in 1461, at the Coronation of King Lewis XI. where he represented the Duke of Normandy. Some time after, he was one of the principal Heads of the League du Bien publick, against the same King, with whom he made Peace afterwards, followed him in the Voyage to Peronne, and received from him the Collar of the Order of St. Michael. After that, he retired from the Court till the King's Death, and assisted at the Consecration of Charles VIII. who made him Constable of France, in 1483. John, Duke of Bourbon, died in his Castle of Moulins, without lawful Issue, April 1. 1488. Aged 62.
  • Iohn, surnamed The Fearless, first Earl of Nevers, and af∣terwards Duke of Burgoigne, Peer of France, Earl of Flanders, Artois, &c. was born at Dijon, May 28. 1371. Charles d'Alencon, AB^p of Lyons, baptized him. In 1404, he succeeded his Father Philip the Bold, Youngest Son of King John. Before that, he Conducted the great Army which K. Charles VI. sent to Sigismond, K. of Hungary against Bajazet II. Emperor of the Turks. In this Army of his, he had 2000 Gentlemen of Quality. These brave French-men, who, at first, did things incredible, were Defeated, or made Prisoners in the renowned Battle of Nicopolis, Sept. 28. 1396. Bajazet caused above 600 to be cut to pieces, in the pre∣sence of the Count de Nevers, and saved him, with 15 more great Lords, for whom, he obliged himself to pay 200000 Ducats Ransom, which being paid 5 Months after, they were all set at liberty. After that, the Count de Nevers, having suc∣ceeded to his Father's Estate, renewed the Quarrels of the Houses of Orleans and Burgoigne, and caused Lewis of Orleans, to be mise∣rably Assassinated at Paris, on Novemb. 23. 1407. This kindled the Civil War more than ever. John retired to Flanders, where he assisted John de Baviere Bishop of Liege, against his Subjects, whom he chased from before Maestricht, and Defeated them, Sept. 23 1408. After this he came to Paris in an Hostile man∣ner, during the Weakness of Charles VI. made himself Master of the Government, and caused incredible Mischiefs to the King∣dom. In 1429, he was wheedled to a Conference upon the Bridge of Montereau-Faut-Yonne, by the Dauphin, and there kil∣led, in August, by Tanegui du Chastel, an ancient Servant of the late D. of Orleans. This was on Sunday, Sept. 10.
  • Iohn I. of this Name, Duke d'Alencon, Peer of France, Earl of Perche, Viscount de Beaumont, Lord of Verneuil, Fougeres, &c. surnamed The Sage, was the Son of Peter II. and of Marie Chamil∣lare, Viscountess de Beaumont au Maine. He was born in the Castle of Essai, May 9. 1385. He was in Charles VI's Service, in 1409, and declared himself for the House of Orleans, against that of Bur∣goigne. After that, he contributed to the Treaties of Bourges and Wicestre, and the King raised in his Favour the Earldom of Alen∣con, into a Dutchy, and Peerage, Jan. 1. 1424. The Year after, he Commanded the Army at the Battle of Azincourt, Oct. 25. and was killed there.
  • Iohn II. of this Name, D. of Alencon, &c. surnamed Le Beau, was born at the Castle d'Argentan, on March 2. 1409. He began to show his Valour at the Battle of Verneuil, in 1424, where the English made him Prisoner, and he continued till 1427, that he was Ransom'd. Afterwards he served K. Charles VII. with great fidelity, until 1440, that he was one of the Chief of the Sedition called la Praguerie. This Duke was God-father of the Dauphin Lewis, who was Educated at Niort. He caused the Misunderstan∣ding betwixt him and the King his Father. Some accused him afterwards of Correspondence with the English, and the King, Charles VII. caused him to be imprisoned at the Castle de Loches, and got him Condemned to lose his Head, in 1456. The K. graci∣ously pardoned him, as to his Life, but took away his best Lands, and committed him Prisoner to the same Castle de Loches. Lewis XI. set him at Liberty upon his Access to the Crown, in 1461. John Duke d'Alencon, entered into the League, Du bien Publick, in 1465▪ And being Accused a Second time of holding Correspondence with the Enemies of the Government, was seized and Condemned to be Beheaded, July 1474. The King saved his Life, and he died 2 Years after.
  • Iohn I. of this Name, Duke of Bretaigne, Earl of Richmond, surnamed le Roux, was the Son of Peter de Dreux, called Maucler, and of Alice Countess of Bretaigne. He was born, in 1217. and succeeded his Father, in 1250. He had Wars with the Chief of his Subjects, and especially with the Barons de Lavaux, and de Craon, and Giomar, Viscount de Laon, whom he reduced. He had also some Quarrel with the Clergy, which occasioned his Jour∣ney to Rome, where he gave up his Interest to Pope Innocent IV. After which, he followed King St. Lewis, in 1270, in his 2d. Voyage to Africa, and when he returned, he became an exact Observer of Justice, laid divers holy Foundations, and died Oct. 8. 1286 Aged 69.
  • Iohn IV. commonly called of Montfort, Duke of Bretaigne, &c. Born, in 1293, was Son to Artus II. and of his Second Wife Jo∣land de Dreux, Countess de Montfort, Daughter to Robert IV. Earl of Dreux. This Artus first married Marie, the only Daughter of Guy IV. Earl of Limoges, by whom he had John III. who died without Issue, and Guy of Bretaigne, Earl of Ponthievre, who left a Daughter, Jane, surnamed la Boiteuse, Heiress of Bretaigne, Wife to Charles de Blois. His Uncle John IV. a Valiant and Underta∣king Prince usurped his Country, and this caused these long and mischievous Quarrels between the Two Houses of Mont∣fort and Blois, who had like to have wasted Bretaigne. The first had the Advantage, tho' t'other had the King of France, Philip de Valois, and his Son John, on his Side. John de Mont∣fort was besieged in the City of Nantes, and taken in the Castle. They had him to Paris, and put him into the Tower of the Louvre, where he continued till 1343. He promised to make no Pre∣tensions to the Dutchy, but broke his Word; he over-ran the Country, took Dinan, and went to England for Assistance; but being Disappointed, he died of Discontent, Sept. 1345.
  • Iohn V. called The Valiant, and The Conqueror, because being bred in Arms, during the War which was between his House, and that of Blois, he came off Victorious at last. This was after his Banishment, and his being Attacked by all the Forces of France, after having gained 7 Battles, and slain his Antagonist Charles de Blois in the Fight of Avrai, Octob. 1364. Bretaigne was left him by the Treaty concluded at Gerrande, April 12. 1365. The Year following he came to Paris, to pay Homage to King Charles V. He died at Nantes, November 1. 1399.
  • Iohn I. of this Name, Duke of Lorrain and Marchis, was the Son of Raoul, slain in the Battle of Creci, in 1346. He signali∣zed himself, in 1356, at the Battle of Poictiers, where he was Wounded and made Prisoner. Afterwards having recovered his Liberty, he undertook a Journey to Prussia, and was at the Battle of Hazeland, and returned to Succour Charles de Blois, and de Cha∣tillon his Uncle, Dukes of Bretaigne, against John de Montfort, Charles was killed at the Battle of Avrai, in 1364. John, Duke
  〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• her Second Husband. He had his Grammar-Learning in St. Mar∣tin's Church School, and then in Westminster School, under the Learned Mr. Cambden, and afterwards was admitted into St. John's College in Cambridge; but wanting Maintenance, he was obliged to come away in a little time, and betake himself to his Father-in-law's Trade, and assisted in building the new Structure in Lincolns-Inn. He was observed to have a Trowel in his hand, and a Book in his Pocket; whereupon some Gentlemen finding his Ingenuity, did, by their Bounty, enable him to follow his Studies. His Parts were extraordinary, yet he was not so ready to run, as able to answer the Spur: And in learned Company, his constant Humour was, to sit silent. He was quick and smart in his Repartees, Paramount in the Dramatick part of Poetry, and was reckon'd the most Learned, Judicious and Correct Come∣dian of his Time. He died, An. 1638. and was buried near the Belfrey in Westminster-Abbey Church, having only on a Pavement over his Grave. O rare Ben Johnson.
• Ioia (Elizabeth) or de Roseres, a Spanish Woman, who, ac∣cording to Franciscus Augustinus della Chiesa, preached in the Ca∣thedral of Barcelona, to the wonder of all that were present. She lived in the XVIth. Century, and, 'tis said, that being at Rome, during the Papacy of Paul III. by the force of her Rea∣soning, she converted a great many Jews, and in presence of the Cardinals, explained the Books of John Dun Scotus, called the Subtil Doctor. Augustin. della Chiesa, Hilarion de Costa.
• Ioiada, or Iehoiada, a Jewish High-Priest, whom Josephus calls Joad. He was a very vertuous Person, and one fearing the Lord; his Zeal for the true Worship of God, Faithfulness to his Prince, and Love to his Country, with many other signal Vertues were eminent in him, and made him truly worthy of so high a Station. 2 Kings c. 11 and 12. 2 Chron. 22.10. to the end. Chap. 23, 24. to verse 17.
• * Ioigny, Lat. Joveniacum, or Iviniacum, a City of Cham∣pagne in France, on the River Yonne, situate on the side of a Hill, and has a fine Castle.
• Ioinville, a small City and Principality of France in Cham∣pagne, situate upon the River Marne, betwixt Chaumont, and St. Dizier, which was made a Principality by King Henry II. in 1552. for the younger Sons of the House of Guise, and in favour of Francis of Lorrain D. of Guise.
• Ioinville, or John Lord of Joinville, Seneschal of Champagne, lived in the time of St. Lewis IX. in 1260. He writ the Life of that King, whereof there are several Editions, the best being that of M. du Cange, who published it with excellent Observa∣tions, in 1668. St. Lewis made use of the Lord of Joinville, in rendring Justice at his Gate, of which he gives this Account in the History of his Life: It was his Custom, saith he, to send the Sieurs de Nesle, Soissons, and me, to hear the Pleadings, and afterwards would send for us, enquiring how all things went, and whether there was any Case in debate, that could not be ended with∣out him; and then many times, according to our Information, he would send for the Parties in Contest, and set them to right. Du Cange.
• Iolaus, the Son of Iphicles, who assisted Hercules in over∣coming the Hydra, by Searing with a red hot Iron, the Necks of that Monster, as fast as Hercules cut off its Heads, to hinder them from growing again; and for a Reward of this piece of Service, Hercules desired Hebe to restore him to Youth, when he was grown Decrepid. Ovid 9 Metamorph.
• Iolaus, or Iolas, Son of Antipater, one of Alexander the Great's Generals, and Governor of Greece, Antipater having been put out of his Government by means of Olympias, that King's Mother, resolved to be revenged on the King's Person; and ac∣cordingly, sent his Son some of the Water of a Lake of Arcadia, called Nonacris, which, by its coldness, was present Death to those that drank it, to the end, he should fill it to the King, for he was his Cup-bearer. Alexander had no sooner swallowed this Draught, but he felt such a pain in his Stomach, as if he had been pierced with a Dart, and the Torment was so violent, that drawing his Sword, he would have killed himself to put an end to his pain. Iolas, who had tasted of it before he pre∣sented it to Alexander, died almost as soon as the King, and was honourably Interred; but Olympias being informed of this Trea∣son, caused his Body to be digged up again, and cast into the Sea. Diodorus. Q. Curtius.
• Iolcos, now called Jaco, an ancient Sea-Port Town of Magne∣sia, a Province of Thessaly, situate near to the City of Demetrias, not far from the Sinus Pegasicus, now Golso di Armiro, and Golfo del Vollo, at the Foot of the Mountain Pelion, which, at present, is called Petras, distant from Pegasis, now Vollo, 20 Stadia's, and as much from Ormenio. This City was of old Illustrious, for the Birth of Jason, and by the solemn Convention of the Argonauts, who met there, to go in quest of the Golden Fleece. Ovid lib. 7. Metam. Lucan. lib. 3.
• Iole, the Daughter of Eurytus, K. of Oechalia, by his Second Wife, of whom Hercules being enamoured, he came to an A∣greement with her Father, that in case he did over-come him, he should have his Daughter. Hercules having beaten him, De∣mands the Price of his Victory, which Eurytus refusing, Hercu∣les kills him, and takes away his Daughter, whom he afterwards bestowed upon his Son Hillus, but Dejaneira, Hercules his Wife, was so jealous of her Husband's new Love, that thinking to re∣claim him, she sent him Nessus his poison'd Shift, which was the Cause of his Death. Ovid lib. 9. Metam.
• Iollyvet (Evert) an Advocate of the Parliament of Paris, received his first Breath at Orleans, July 20. 1601. As he was admired in his Youth for his wonderful Pregnancy, so he was in his riper Years, for his vast Erudition, being not only a skilful Lawyer, but a good Poet, a great Philologist, Philosopher, and Divine; to which he added, what gave him the greatest Com∣fort, the Life of a good Christian, according to the Protestant Faith. He was naturally of a chearful Temper, so he never de∣ni••d himself, at proper Times and Places, the Pleasures of inno∣cent Mirth. His Carmen in Aquilam, a Latin Heroick Poem, wherein he sets out the Atchievements of that famous Hero of Sweden, Gustavus Adolphus, is a sufficient Argument of his great Skill in Latin Poetry. The Learned may judge of it by these few Lines, which begin the Poem.

  Ille ego sincere Themidis qui Castra secutus, Sed majora petens, animis ut Gloria lampas, Grandia Gustavi miratus Gesta, per Orbem Illa cano. Reges, vos haec Miracula spectant.

• In French, he wrote a Voluminous History of Sweden, from Au∣thentick Memoirs which he had procured thence, and is kept in Manuscript to this day, in the Royal Library at Ʋpsal. Arn∣hemius, who lately wrote in Latin the Life of Count Pontus de la Gardie, quotes it in two several Places. Besides these two Pieces of his, one in Prose, the other in Verse, he has left behind him several learned Manuscripts upon divers Subjects, now in the possession of his Son, Mr. Evert Jollyvet, an Officer in their Majesties Meuse, and formerly Tutor to his Grace the Duke of Richmond; and when time serves, the Publick may have a share in them. His Death happened, An. 1662. and (which is remark∣able) upon July 20. being his Birth-day; which proved accor∣ding to his Wish, expressed in a Verse of his, written some time before with his own hand, and found after his Decease amongst his Papers,

  O utinam Nativa Dies sit Meta Dolorum.

• Ion, the Son of Xuthus, King of Thessaly, and of the greatest part of Greece, to whom his Father gave the Country of Attica, upon which, he bestowed his own Name of Ionia, where he built one City consisting of Four, and was therefore called Te∣trapolis, which Cities were, Marathon, Oenoe, Probalintho, and Tricorytho. He divided the People of Athens into 4 Classes, viz. Of Souldiers, Priests, Artisans, and Labourers, and built 2 Cities, one whereof he called Helice, to perpetuate his Wife's name, and the other Bura or Buris, in Memory of his Daughter, which were both swallowed up by the Sea, by means of an Earth∣quake. This King left 5 Sons behind him, Pitireus, Pythion, Aegicoros, Argadeus, Hoptes, and his Daughter Bura. Apollo∣dorus.
• * Ion, or Yonne, Lat. Joanna, a River of France, which has its source in the Mountain Mordant in Burgundy, waters several Cities of Note; and passing by Auxerre, becomes Navigable, bears considerable Boats, and receiving several other Rivers, falls into the Seine, 17 Leagues above Paris.
• Ionadab, the Son of Rechab, was a Person of great Holiness and Strictness of Life, who never drank any Wine, neither dwelt in any House, sowed Seed, or planted Vineyards, and lived much like the Monks of Old. Which way of living, he recom∣mended to his Posterity, the Rechabites, who observed his man∣ner of Life, and were obedient to his Command, and there∣fore were commended by God, and Blessed by him, as appears, Jerem. 35. ver. 16, 17, 18, 19. It was this Jonadab, Jehu King of Israel took up unto his Chariot, when he was going to exe∣cute Vengeance upon the House of Ahab. 2 Kings 15, 16, 17.
• Ionah, the Son of Amittai, one of the lesser Prophets, be∣gan to preach under the Reign of Joash and Amaziah Kings of Judah, An. Mun. 3211. or according to others, 3168. The Hi∣story of his Denunciation to the Ninevites, is set down in his Prophecy; wherefore I shall only take notice, that the Plant called a Gourd, in our Translation, and which was the growth of one Night, was that which we call Palma Christi. See Bo∣chart, Hierozoicon p. 2. lib. 2. cap. 24.
• Ionah, a Jewish Rabbi, and Physician of Corduba in Spain, lived towards the end of the XIth. Century. He is the most famous of all the Jewish Grammarians, next to R. Jehudah Hiug. He was the Author of an Arabick Grammar and Dictio∣nary, which have been Translated into Rabbinical Hebrew, and are called Ricma. He owns, that the Hebrew Tongue hath been, in some measure, lost, but restored by means of the Neighbour Languages. R. Kimchi often refutes his Dictionary, and that of Jehudah Hiug, whence the ancient Interpreters of Holy Writ may be justified, in those Passages where they differ from the Mo∣dern. The same also proves, That these ancient Hebrew Gram∣marians, did not make any great account of the Masora, at least, did not hold it to be infallible, because they only have a regard to the Sence, and that they do not apply the general Rule of the Masora, but to Places where they think it requi∣site. Baillet Ingenit. des Sçavans.
• Ionas Bishop of Orleans, lived in the IXth. Century, under the Empire of Lewis the Meek, and Charles the Bald. He wrote 3 Books against Claudius of Turin, wherein are found many things contrary to the Modern Opinions of the Church of Rome.

• Dr. Alix's Remarks on the Churches of Piedmont, chap. 9. He composed also a Book for the Instruction of the young King of Aquitain, Pepin, the Son of Lewis the Meek: Which Pi••ce of his we have now restored to us by the Care and Pains of P. D••m Luc. d'Acheri, with divers other Treatises; and, above all, that of the Christian Morals, translated by P. Dom Joseph Mege. He died in 841. Hincmar. Rhemens. Oper. advers. Gotesch. Adre∣valdus de Miracul. Sancti Benedicti, lib. 1. cap. 25. Bellarm. de Script. Eccles. Baron. in Annal. Possevin. in Apparat. Luc d'Ache∣ri, Tom. 4. &c. Spicil. Ant. Robert & San Marthan, Gall. Chri∣stiana.
• Ionas (Justus,) a Protestant Minister of Germany, was born at North-hausen in Thuringia, in 1439. He was a learned Person, and one of the first Maintainers of the Doctrine of Luther. He died Octob. 9. 1555. He writ a Treatise in Defence of the Mar∣riage of Priests; another, Of Private Mass; and, Notes upon the Acts of the Apostles. Sleidan. Chytraeus. Reusner. Melchior Adam.
• Ionathan, the Son of Saul, famous for the entire Love and Friendship he had for David, contrary to his own and Fami∣ly's Interest: And for his miraculous Victory over the Phili∣stines. He was slain with his Father and Brothers, in a Battel against the Philistines, A. M. 2979. See his History in the First Book of Samuel.
• Ionathan, the Son of Mattathias, and Brother of Judas Mac∣chabaeus, was one of the illustrious Generals of the Jews, oppres∣sed by the Kings of Syria. After the Death of his Brother, the Jews made choice of him for their Governor and Captain-Gene∣ral; Simon, his elder Brother, willingly giving way to him. This was about An. Rom. 593. and A. M. 3893. or 94. He compelled Bacchides, General of the Army of the King of Syria, to accept of Peace. He vanquished Demetrius Soter, and after∣wards Apollonius, who was the General of that Prince's Army; but at last he fell into the Snare Tryphon had laid for him at Ptolemais; who, after he had received a considerable Summ of Money for his Ransom, of Simon his Brother, slew him there. 1 Macchab. chap. 9, 10, 11, 12. Joseph. lib. 3. Ant. Jud.
• Ionathan, the Son of Abiathar: He was High Priest of the Jews. There was also another Jewish High Priest of the same Name, who was the Son of Jehotada II. under the Reign of the Persians. Jaddus, who went to meet Alexander the Great, as he was coming to see the City of Jerusalem, was his Successor.
• Ionichus, or Ionithus, the Son of Noah, who, as some Au∣thors suppose, was born to him after the Deluge, about A. M. 1756. There is no mention made of him in Scripture, nor in any other known Record, save only in the Writings of St. Me∣thodius Martyr. It is said, That he was the Inventer of Astro∣nomy, and that he fore-told many Particulars concerning the Foundation and Vicissitudes of Monarchies; and that he disco∣vered these Secrets to Nimrod, that was one of his Disciples. Others add, That Noah having sent him to the Land of Ethan, with some of the Sons of Japhet, he there built a City, which he called Jonica, after his own Name. Comestor, cap. 37. Hist. Schol. Abulensis, Quaest. 5. super Genes. cap. 10. Torniel, A. M. 1756. n. 1. 1956. n. 1.
• Ionia, a Province of the Lesser Asia, now called Sarchan, or Sarchiom, between Aeolia and Caria. Its most considerable Ci∣ties were Miletum, Ephesus, Smyrna, Colophon, Heraclea, Erythraea, Clazomene, &c. Herodotus assures us, that the Situation of all these Cities was very pleasant and advantageous, and the Coun∣try very fertile. The Ionians were addicted to War, Dancing and Musick, and had many famous and magnificent Temples. They had also numerous Colonies abroad, where they signalized their Valour, as well as against their Neighbours nearer Home. The Name of the Ionian Sect was given to the Disciples of Thales of Miletum. The Ionian Sea, so called, is not that which runs along by the Country Ionia, but that which flows between Greece and Sicily, towards Macedonia, Epirus, Achaia and Peloponnesus. Some suppose it took its Name from Io, the Daughter of Inachus: But Others think, the Ionians had their Denomination from Ja∣van, the Son of Japheth. Herodot. lib. 1. & seq. Strabo. Pliny. Pausanias. Diog. Laert. Ortelius. Leunclavius.
• * Ionquiers, Lat. Juncar••a, a Town of Provence in France, upon the Mediterranean, 5 Leagues W. of Marseilles, and 15 S. of Avignon.
• * Ioppa, now Iaffa, a Maritime Town in the Tribe of Dan; in ancient Time the only Haven belonging to Jerusalem; deriving its Name from Japho, or Jasphe, Beauty; and supposed to be built by Japhet, the Son of Noah, before the Flood. Hither the Materials were brought from Libanus, for the Building Solo∣mon's Temple; and thence they were carried to Jerusalem by Land. Here Jonah took Ship for Tarshish. Here St. Peter rai∣sed Dorcas, And here Andromeda, the Daughter of Cepheus, was delivered from a Sea-Monster by Perseus. In the Time of the Macchabees it was Garrison'd by the Syrians, who drowned 200 of its Inhabitants treacherously. Joseph. de Bell. Jud. lib. 2. cap. 22. lib. 3. cap. 15. 2 Macchab. 12. Judas immediately reven∣ged this Cruelty; and levying Forces, burnt the Haven, and all their Boats. It was twice taken by the Romans, and re-built by Lewis K. of France in 1250. Now it has only two Turrets stan∣ding, and is not much frequented by Merchants. This City is said to have been built before the general Deluge, and so the oldest in the World. Pliny, lib. 5. cap. 13. In 1200. the Saracens took this City from the Christians. It was, in the Time of the Mac∣chabees, a fit Port for Pyrates, and therefore often taken, and re-taken. It is mentioned, Josh. 19. 1 King. 5. 2 Chron. 2. Jo∣nah, 1 Maccab. 10.12, 13, 14. 2 Macchab. 12. Act. 9. Jo∣seph. de Bell. Jud. lib. 2. cap. 22. & lib. 3. cap. ••5. Ptolomy pla∣ceth it, Long. 65. 40. Lat. 32. 6. and Gaza, 31.30. by which, it lies 36 Miles N. of Gaza. Ingulphus Abbot of Croyland, in 1064. records, That in his Youth being at Jerusalem, he came down to Joppa, and there, with many other Pilgrims, shipped himself for Italy, on board the Genouese Fleet. Oxon. Edit. pag. 74. This Fleet came yearly to trade, and bring Pilgrims to the Holy Land. In the Times of the Holy War it was the usual Port of all the Christian Fleet; but is sometimes, by the Writers of that Story, called The City of Japhet. See Iaffa.
• Ioram, or Iehoram, K. of Israel, the Son of Ahab, succee∣ded his Brother Ahaziah. See the Account given of him in 2 King. 3. and 2 Chron. 22.5, 6, 7. J••seph. lib. 9. Ant. Jud. Tor∣niel & Salian in Annal. Vet. Test.
• Ioram, or Iehoram, King of Judah, succeeded his Father Jehoshaphat, A. M. 3145. 2. King. cap. 8. from vers. 16. to 24. 2 Chron. 21.
• Iordan, a River of Palaestine, which, according to Pliny, comes from a Spring called Panion. But Josephus assures us, That though it seems to flow from the Cave Panion, yet it ris••th from another Spring, called Phiale, 26 Furlongs distant from Caesarea; from whence it flows under Ground, till it appears at the Cave Panion: Which Spring of this River was not known, till Herod the Tetrarch discovered it by casting Straw into the Spring Phiale, which afterwards was found at Panion. It passeth through the Lake Samachonites, or The Waters of Merom; and, af∣ter a long Course, traverseth the Lake of Genesareth, and from thence runs into the Dead Sea. This River, like the Nile, is low in the Winter, and overflows in Summer, by the Snow melting on Mount Libanus. It abounds with Fish, because the Country through which it runs is little inhabited. Travellers observe, That the Water of this River does not mix with that of the Dead Sea, through which it runs. And some hold, That it communicates by a Subterranean Conduit with the Red Sea, or Mediterranean, as it did before Sodom and Gomorrha were swal∣lowed in that Lake. * Some Authors write, That its Fish, if they do not swim back, die in the Dead Sea. Its whole Course is about 100 Miles. It is half as broad at Jericho as the Seine is at Paris.
• Iornandes, or Iordan, a Goth by Birth, was the Son of Alanus Wamuthe. He was first Secretary to the Goths in Italy, and afterwards B^p. of Ravenna. He writ two Historical Treati∣ses in the VI^th. Century, in the Time of the Emp. Justinian. He composed his Book, De Rebus Gothicis, in 552. for he declares in the 19^th. Chapter of that Book, That 9 Years before he writ it, the Plague had in a manner wholly laid waste the Roman Empire; which happened in 543. in the Consulship of Basilius. He was the Author also of another Treatise, De Regnorum Succes∣sione; which Trithemius improperly calls De Gestis Romanorum, because Jornandes therein also treats of the Assyrians, Medes and Persians. Sigebert in Catalog. Trithem. de Script. Possevin in Appa∣rat. Voss. de Hist. Latin.
• Iortan, a City and Kingdom of the East-Indies, in the Isle of Java, on the North Coast thereof. It abounds with Fruits, and affords vast Quantities of Salt. The City hath a good Ha∣ven, and well frequented, between the Streight of Palambuam and Passaruam.
• Ios, An Isle of the Aegean Sea, being one of the Sporade's towards the North Side of Crete. It is also called Nio, from a City of that Name, the chief of the Island. Pliny assures us, that the Tomb of Homer was to be seen there; which made it very famous. Plin. lib. 4. cap. 12.
• Iosef, the Son of Abu Techisien, and 2^d. K. of Morocco, of the Lineage of Almoravides. Upon his Coming to the Throne, not liking the City Agmet, situate among the Mountains, he built that of Morocco, in 1086. or, at least, finished it; for some say, that his Father begun it. Not long after, he made War with the People of Fez, who were governed by two Princes, and made himself Master of that Kingdom. From thence passing to that of Algier and Tunis, he made them Tributary. And then re∣turning to Morocco, took to himself the Title of Amir-el-Momi∣nin; that is, Commander of Believers: Whence, by Corruption, was framed Miramolin. Josef having succeeded thus far, turned his victorious Arms against the Arabians that dwelt in the Moun∣tains and Desarts of Numidia, which at present is called Biledul∣gerid. Some Time after he resolved to pass over into Spain, at the Request of the K. of Granada, who had engaged the other Moorish Kings there to acknowledge Josef for their Sovereign, and put themselves under his Protection. Josef having accepted this offer, passed the Streights of Gibraltar, and, having joined his Forces with theirs, besieged the City of Toledo; but upon News of K. Alphonso's Approach, retired to Granada, and thence made an Expedition to the City Murcia, which was surrender'd to him. And perceiving that the Moors repented of their having called him in, he subdued the Kingdoms of Murcia, Granada, Corduba and Jaen, with a Part of that of Valentia, and retur∣ned to Africa, where he had left his Nephew Mahomet to govern during his Absence. Being arrived there, he published a Gazia, which is a kind of Croisade among the Moors; and having raised a

• puissant Army, which he embarked at Ceuta, landed at Malaga; and having joined Mahomet, he again laid Siege to Toledo; but upon the Arrival of King Alphonso, raised the Siege a 2^d. Time. Soon after Josef sent Mahomet to besiege Valentia, which he did, and killed the King thereof. In 1109. Josef won the Battel which Historians call The Battel of Seven Counts, because 7 Spa∣nish Counts were killed in it, besides the Prince Dom Sancho; which so grieved K. Alphonso, that he died soon after. The Year following Josef died at Mor••cco, and his Son Ali, or Hali, suc∣ceeded him. Marmol de l' Afrique, lib. 2.
• Iosef II. of that Name, and Second King of Morocco of the Race of the Almohades, came to the Empire after the Death of his Father Abdulmumen, in 1156. After having maintained the Kings of Tunis and Bugia, his Vassals, in their Dominions he passed over into Spain, in 1158, with 60000 Horse, and above 100000 Foot, at the Sollicitation of the Moorish Kings there, who offered Fealty to him in case he would deliver them from the Yoke of the Christians; but seeing himself stronger than they, he made himself Master of all their Dominions; and after having sustained several Losses from the Christians, he at last had some Advantages over them; but at the Siege of Santa∣ren, which he attacked very briskly, he was wounded with an Arrow, whereof he died. Whereupon the Moors raised the Siege, and they of Africa returned to Barbary. Jacob Alman∣sor, h••s Son, succeeded him, An. 1173. Marmol de l' Afrique, lib. 2.
• Ioseph, the Son of Jacob and Rachel, was born, A. M. 2289. Gen. 30.35. & seq. Joseph. lib. 2. Antiq. cap. 1, 2. Torniel. Salian & Spondan in Annal. Vet. Test.
• St. Ioseph, Husband of the Blessed Virgin, and Foster-Father of Jesus Christ, was the Son of Jacob according to St. Matthew, and of Heli according to St. Luke; which may thus be re∣conciled. He was Natural Son of the First, and of the Second according to the Law; Jacob having espoused the Wife of Heli, according to the Ordinance of Moses, to raise up Seed to his Brother. Jul. African. Epist. ad Arist. Euseb. lib. 1. Hist. cap. 7. S. Hieron. in Matth. S. Ambros. in Luc. S. August. lib. 1. De Con∣sens. Evang. lib. 2. Quaest. Evang. qu. 5. & lib. 2. Retract. cap. 7. Greg. Nazianz. in Carm. de Gen. Christ. Baron. in Appar. Annal. Torniel. A. M. 4051. n. 22. Melchior Canus Locor. Theol. lib. 11. cap. 3. Jansen. in cap. 3. Lucae.
• Ioseph I. of that Name, Patriarch of Constantinople, was cho∣sen to that See after Euthymius, in 1419. or, as others say, in 1424. and had before been Metropolitan of Ephesus. He ac∣companied the Emperor Joannes Paleologus to the Council of Ferrara; and was afterwards transferred to Florence, where Jo∣seph died suddenly.
• Ioseph II. or, as others say, Ioasaph I. Patriarch of Con∣stantinople, who lived in the XV^th. Century, about 1460. Au∣thors tell us, That a Christian, who was an Officer under the Turkish Emperor, and in great Esteem at the Court, had a De∣sign to divorce his lawful Wife, to marry the Widow of a Prince of Athens; which this Patriarch opposed. Whereupon, this Officer was so enraged, that he commanded his Beard to be cut off; which is the greatest of Injuries that can be put upon an Ecclesiastick in the East. Yet, for all that, he was not offended at it; but on the contrary, offered his Hands, Feet, yea, and Head too, rather than, by his Connivance, to give way to Sin. Which cost him his Place; for he was put out, and one Mark, called Nylocarabes, made Patriarch in his stead. Turco-Graec. lib. 1. & 2. Spond. A. C. 1461. n. 17.
• Ioseph, the Son of Zacharias, a Jewish Captain, whom Ju∣das Macchabaeus had left to keep Judaea, when he was obliged to go to Gilead, to fight the Ammonites; who hearing of the va∣liant Acts of Judas and his Brethren, and desirous to signalize himself in like manner, was defeated by Georgias. 1 Macch. 5. from vers. 55. to 62.
• Ioseph, the Son of Antipater, and Brother of Herod the Great. He defended the Fortress of Massada against Antigonus, and af∣terwards commanded some of his Brother's Forces, about An. Rom. 700. When, neglecting his Advice of not hazarding any thing, he marched towards Jericho; where being set upon by Antigonus's Forces, he was killed in the Battel. Antigonus caused his Head to be cut off, notwithstanding that Pheroras, another Brother of Joseph, had offered 50 Talents to have his Body restored him entire. Joseph. lib. 14. Ant. Jud. cap. 26, 27.
• Ioseph Albo, a Spanish Jew, who writ a Book in Rabbinical Hebrew, called Sepher Ikkarim, or The Book of Foundations; where he handles the chief Articles of the Faith of the Jews. This Rabbi proves, That it was not possible the Books of Holy Scripture should have been corrupted during the Captivity of Babylon; because there were always Priests and Doctors that taught the Law. To which he adds this farther Argument, That the Samaritans, who were Enemies of the Jews, had an Hebrew Copy of the Pentateuch, in all Things agreeing with theirs.
• Iosephus the Historian, a Jew by Nation, but writ in Greek. He was of Noble Birth, both by his Father Mattathias, who was descended of the Race of the High Priests; and by his Mother, who was of the Blood-Royal of the Asmoneans, or Macchabees. He was born under the Reign of the Emperor Caligula, A. C. 37. and lived under that of Domitian. At the Age of 16, he be∣took himself to Study; and associating with one Banus, an Es∣senian, (a Sect of the Jews, who lived an austere Life in the Desarts,) he continued 3 Years with him; afterwards he be∣took himself to the Sect of the Pharisees, which he compares with that of the Stoicks amongst the Greeks. In the 26^th. Year of his Age he took a Journey to Rome, upon the Account of some Priests whom Foelix the Governor had sent Prisoners to that City. Here a Jew that was a Comedian, and beloved of Nero, countenanced him, and made him known to the Empress Poppaea; by which Means he obtained his Desire. Upon his Return to Judaea he was made Captain General of the Galilaeans, and worthily discharged that Function till the Taking of Jota∣pata, when he was forced, with 40 of his Men, to hide himself in a Pit, where he suffered much. Being taken Prisoner by Vespasian, he fore-told his Coming to the Empire, and his own Deliverance by his Means. He accompanied Titus at the Siege of Jerusalem, and afterwards writ his 7 Books of the Wars of the Jews; which Titus had so great Esteem for, that he ordered them, with an Approbation of his own Hand, to be put in the publick Library. He afterwards continued at Rome, being pro∣tected by the Emperors, and gratified with a Pension, and the Privilege of a Roman Citizen; which afforded him Leisure and Opportunity to finish his 20 Books of the Jewish Antiquities. He writ 2 Books against Appion of Alexandria, an Enemy of the Jews; as also, a Discourse of the Empire of Reason, or concer∣ning the Martyrdom of the Macchabees, which is the most elo∣quent of all his Works; and an Account of his own Life. There is also another Josephus, surnamed Gorionides, who hath writ, or rather falsified an History of the Jewish War. Sueton. cap. 5. Tertul. Apol. cap. 17. & 21. Porphyr. lib. 4. de Abst. St. Jerom. cap. 13. Cat. &c. Euseb. in Chron. & Hist. S. Isidor. Pelus. lib. 4. Epist. 225. Cassidor. lib. 1. Div. Just. cap. 17. Photius, Cod. 47. 76. & 238. Baron. Bellarm. Possevin. Torniel. Salian. Scaliger. Vossius. La Mothe le Vayer au Juge des Hist.
• Iosiah King of Judah, so famous for his extraordinary Zeal and Piety, succeeded his Father Ammon, An. Rom. 94. and A. M. 3394. He was killed in a Battel against Pharaoh-Necho King of Egypt, A. M. 3425. and An. Rom. 125. and interred with Royal Pomp in the Sepulchre of his Ancestors, at the Age of 39, of which he reigned 31. 2 Kings 22. & 23. 2 Chron. 34. & 35.
• St. Iosse, was the Son of Juthaël King of the Britains in France, and Brother of Judichaël, who succeeded his Father; but being wearied with the Burthen of Government, resolved to leave his Kingdom, and to become a Friar in the Monaste∣ry of St. Meen of Gael, which himself had founded; and there∣fore desired his Brother Josse to take upon him the Govern∣ment. But he having as little Love for the World, retired to a Place of Ponthieu, called St. Peter's Town, where Duke Hay∣mo gave him an Apartment in his Palace; and having recei∣ved holy Orders, he became his Chaplain for 7 Years. Af∣ter which, he retired to a Solitude, where he built himself an Hermitage. He died Decemb. 13. A. C. 653. An Abbey was afterwards built in the Place of his Hermitage, which was ve∣ry richly endowed; and its Abbot had the Title of an Earl. M. Abelly Vie de S. Josse. P. Mabillon 2 Tome des Actes des Saintes de l'Ordre de S. Benost.
• Iosua, or Ioshua, the Son of Nun, of the Tribe of Ephraim, was chosen by God, during Moses's Life, to be the Governor of Israel. Which high Function he entred upon immediately after the Death of Moses, A. M. 2584. Of whom read Numb. 13. & 14. Deut. 1.38. & 3.28. & 31.3. to 9. and the whole Book of Joshua.
• Iosua, or Isa, surnamed Zelebis, i. e. The Noble, or Illustri∣ous, the 6^•h. Emperor of the Turks, according to the Greeks; for the Turkish Historians do not reckon him amongst the Number of their Sultans, no more than Musulman, or Moses; but only look upon them as Princes of the Blood. He was the Son of Bajazet I▪ whom Tamerlain shut up in an Iron-Cage in 1402. after having defeated him in the Plains of Angori. After this Defeat Josua took upon him the Sovereign Power, with the As∣sistance of the Janizaries, and the chief of the Turks, who had escaped from that Battel. He took the City Bursa by Storm; and passing into Europe, subdued the People that had re∣belled against him. Musulm••n, his Brother, being jealous of him, with the Assistance of the Greeks, gave him Battel; and ha∣ving taken him, caused him to be strangled, in the 4^th. Year of his Empire, A. C. 1406. Leunclav. in Annal. Turc Chalcondyl. Hist. Turc.
• * Iotabata, or Ionitera, formerly the strongest Town in Gali∣lee, in the Tribe of Zebulon, seated wholly upon a Rock, so very high, that the Top can scarce be seen from the Valleys. It is accessible only on the North Side. Hoffin.
• Ioubert, the 7^th. Great Master of the Order of St. John of Jerusalem. He was elected after Gastus, in 1169. He gene∣rously backed the Attempts of the Christians, against Saladine; but the great Losses they sustained in Syria, and the Truce which the King of Jerusalem was obliged to make with that Infidel, broke his Heart, A. C. 1179. Roger de Moulins succeeded him.
• Ioubertus (Laurentius) a Physician, born at Valence in Dau∣phine, Decemb. 6. 1629. He was the Disciple of Rondeletius, to whom he succeeded in the Place of Chancellor of the University of Montpelier. He writ a Treatise of Popular Errours, and seve∣ral other Works. He died Octob. 29. 1682. at Lombez, as he was on a Journey from Tholouse to Montpelier. San Marthan. in Elog. Doct. lib. 3. Vander Linden de Script. Med.

• Iovianus, whom some call Jovinianus, was the Son of Count Varronianus, and born at Singidon, a City of Pannonia. He was chosen Emperor after the Death of Julian the Apostate, An. Ch. 363, which Dignity he at first refused, protesting he would never be the Commander of Idolatrous Souldiers; but all of them professing themselves to be Christians, he accepted of the Imperial Purple. The Affairs of the Roman Empire, at this time, were in a very bad Condition, which he endeavoured to reco∣ver, by making Peace with the Persians; this done, he Com∣manded the Idol-Temples to be shut up, and forbid any Sa∣crifices to be offered; but above all things, he took care to re∣call the banished Prelates, and assured the Hereticks, that he would not endure those that were the occasion of Discord in the Church. He enjoyed the Imperial Dignity but a little while, dying at a place called Dadastunum, between Galatia and Bithynia, Feb. 17. 364. after having Reigned 7 Months and 22 Days. He was found dead in his Bed by the smoak of Coals, which had been kindled in his Chamber to dry it. Before he was Emperor, he was Captain of the Guard to Julian, who was very earnest with him to renounce his Christianity, which he courageously refused. Ammian. Marcellin. lib. 25. Theodoret lib. 4. Socrat. lib. 6. Sozom. lib. 6.
• Iovinianus, a Monk, under the inspection of St. Ambrose, in the Suburbs of Milan, who about 382, began to teach, That Fasting, and other Works of Penance were of no worth, That the Virgin-state had no Advantage above that of the Married, That there was but one and the same Reward to all the Blessed in Heaven, and, That the Blessed Virgin did not continue a Vir∣gin after she had been delivered of Jesus. He was Condemned by Pope Siricius, and by a Council held by St. Ambrose at Milan, but these Anathema's not reclaiming him, he was banished by the Emperor Theodosius, yet for all that he continued to keep his Meetings near the Walls of the City, wherefore in 412, the Emperor Honorius banished him to an Island, where he died. St. Ambros. Ep. 42. St. August. de Haer. cap. 82. St. Hieron. lib. 1. & 2 contra Jovin. Gennad. cap. 75. Baron. A. C. 382. 390. 412. Sanderus Haeres. 87. Godeau hist. Eccles. lib. 56. Theod. de Haerit. lib. 21. De paenit.
• Iovinus, a Noble and Experienced Captain amongst the Gauls. He was declared Emperor at Mentz, in 412, at the same time that the Tyrant Constantine was besieged at Arles. Goar the Alan, and Gundicairus, Captains of the Burgundians, were the chief Means of his Elevation. He associated to him his Bro∣ther Sebastian, but it was not long that they enjoyed that Dignity, for the Year following, Ataulphus, who was of Jovinus his Par∣ty, having withdrawn himself from him at the instance of Dar∣danus, he and his Brother were soon after taken, and killed on the way to Ravenna. Prosper. Marcellin and Idacius in Chron.
• Iovius (Paulus) an Historian of the XVIth. Century, well known by his Works, but not over commendable for the fide∣lity of his Relations. He writ a History in 45 Books, which ends with the Year 1544. He also Composed The Elogies of Great Men, a Treatise of Motto's or Devices, and many other Pieces. He died, Oct. 11. 1552. Aged 69 Years, 7 Months, and 22 Days. Thuanus observes, That he wrote many things through Prejudice, Interest, and Favour, That his Pen was Mercenary, That he received a considerable Pension from Francis I. but was Discourted by the great Constable Montmorency in K. Henry II's Reign; his Resentment against Montmorency may be seen in the 31st. Book of his History.
• Ioura, which of old was called Gyarus and Gyaros, a little I∣sland in the Archipelago, whither the Romans banished most of their Criminals, because it was a Desart and horrid place, and therefore very fit to be a Prison, as is intimated by that Verse of Juvenal,

  Aude aliquid brevibus Gyaris & Carcere dignum, Si vis esse aliquis.

• This Isle, at present, has no Inhabitants, but some poor Fishers. Philo. Jud. in Flacc. Tacit. Annal. 3. cap. 69.
• Ioyeuse, a Country-Town of France in Vivarais, towards the Frontiers of Languedoc and Gevaudan, with the Title of a Duke∣dom. It gives Name to the Noble and Ancient Family of Joyeuse in France, and lies 26 Miles W. of Viviers, and 43 N. of Nismes, Long. 23. 19. Lat. 49. 57.
• Ioyeuse (Anne de) a great Favourite of Henry III. of France, who made him Duke and Peer of that Kingdom, in 1581, and 2 Months after, married him to Margaret of Lorrain, younger Sister to the Queen his Spouse; and afterwards made him Ad∣miral of France, Knight of the Royal Orders, Gentleman of his Bed-chamber, and Governor of Normandy. In 1587, the King trusted him with the Command of the Army he sent into Guienne against the Protestants, where, after a long resistance, he cut in pieces 2 whole Regiments at Mont St. Eloi, without gi∣ving Quarter to one of them. Some time after, being sent to fight the Army of the King of Navarre, believing himself to be strong enough, he refused the Succours that were brought him by the Mareschal de Matignon. And knowing that the King of Na∣varre, afterwards Henry the Great, lay with his Army on the o∣ther side of the Village Courtras, between the Rivers de Lislo and la Drougne, he said, with a threatning Tone, That he could no longer refuse fighting him, and that he must either fight or perish. This Battle happened, April 29, the same Year, 1587, where his Army was Defeated, and himself, being unhors'd, was killed, tho' he offered to ransom his Life with 100000 Crowns Claudius of Joyeuse, his Brother, was likewise killed there, the Protestants refusing to give Quarter, but crying out Mount St. Eloi, in remembrance of that Duke's Cruelty, who ••••d killed 2 whole Regiments without giving Quarter to any. But the K. of Navarre put a stop to the slaughter. Anne de Joyeuse died with∣out any Posterity. Davila. Thuan. Mezerai, Pere••••x in the Life of Henry IV.

• Iphianassa, the Daughter of Praetus K. of the Argivi in the Peloponnesus, being on a time with her Sister Lys••ppe, in one of the Temples of Juno, she exprest her Contempt of that Goddess, by preferring her Father's Palace and Riches to that Temple, and its Ornaments; or, as others say, by preferring her own Beauty before that of the Goddess, her Sister taking part with her; whereupon, as the Poets tell us, Juno so disturbed their Brains, that they supposed themselves to be become Cows. Thei•• Father being extreamly afflicted to see them in this Condition▪ sent for a Physician called Melampus, to whom he promised part of his Kingdom, and which of his Daughters he liked best, in case he did cure them; who having appeased the Anger of Juno by Sacrifices, performed the Cure, and married Iphia∣nassa.
• Iphiclus, or Iphicles, the Son of Phylacus, Prince of Thes∣saly, having continued a long time without any Children by his Wife Astyoche, he was advised by Melampus to take the rust of a Knife, which had, for some time, been left sticking in an Oak, infused in Wine, and to use this Remedy for 10 Days to∣gether; which having done, he had 3 Sons by his Wife, one after another, viz. Protesilaus, Podarces, and Philoctetes. This Iphiclus, was one of the Argonauts, that accompanied Jason in search of the Golden Fleece. Apollodorus.
• Iphicrates, General of the Athenians, who had that Com∣mand conferred upon him, when he was but 20 Years of Age, An. Rom. 359, and made himself Famous, not so much by the Grandeur of his Actions, as by his Military Discipline, in which Point he was so excellent, as not only to equal the greatest Commanders of his Age, but to be as much Esteemed as any of his Predecessors. He fought against the Thracians, and resto∣red Seuthes, who was an Ally of the Athenians. He Engaged the Lacedaemonians, An. Rom. 364, and in many other Occasions, gave signal Marks of his Conduct and Courage. He lived till after An. Rom. 380. Plutarch relates several of his Apo∣phthegms. As he was, on a time, Fortifying his Camp, in a place where there was not the least appearance of any danger, and many wondered at it, he said, It is but a bad Excuse for a Gene∣ral to say, I had not thought it. Another time, being reproached by a Fop, of a Noble Family, for the meanness of his Birth, I, said he, shall be the First of my Race, and you the Last of yours▪ Plutarch in Apophthegm. Cornel. Nepos in vit. Excel. Imperat. cap. 11. Justin lib. 6. Xenoph. Hist. Graec. lib. 5. & seq.
• Iphigenia, the Daughter of Agamemnon and Clytemnestra, The Poets tell us, that she was laid on the Pile to be Sacrificed to Diana, but that in compassion, she took her up to Heaven, and laid a Doe in her place; and that Iphigenia afterwards be∣ing a Priestess, delivered her Brother Orestes, who came to make Atonement for his Parricide. Ovid 12 Metam.
• Iphis, the Daughter of Lygdus and Theletusa, who on her Marriage-Day was changed into a Man. Ovid Metam. lib. 4.
• Iphitus, the Son of Praxonis, of the Family of Oxylus, and King of Elis in the Morea, Famous for restoring the Olympick-Games, 442 Years after their first Institution by Hercules. Others make this Iphitus to be the Son of Naubulus, and Grand-child of Hippasus, and one of the Argonauts, who was also K. of Elis. Authors do not agree about the Year of this famous Epocha, be∣fore which, Varro says, the Greek Histories are all Ob••cure and Fabulous. Torniel. Salian, Sponde and Petav. with many others, fix this Re-establishment or Institution, An. Mun. 3278. The First Year of the Reign of Jotham, Son of Ʋzziah, K. of Juda, and the Second of Pekah, Son of Remaliah King of Israel, the 3983, of the Julian Period, 409 Years after the De∣struction of Troy, 22 or 23 Years before the building of Rome, and about 776 before the Birth of Christ, whilst Eschilus was perpetual Praetor or Governor for Life, of Athens.
• Ipres, or Ypres, Lat. Ipra, Iprae, Ipretum, A City of Flanders, which takes its Name from a Brook that runs through it. It is supposed to have been built by Baldwin III. Son of Count Arnul∣phus I. about 960, and that it was not walled till 1288. It is now a very rich City, and hath many fair Churches, whereof that of St. Martin is the Cathedral; the Bishoprick Established here by Paul IV. in 1559, is under the Archbishop of Mechlin. This City is the Third in Flanders, and hath under it 7 Jurisdi∣ctions; the Country about it is extreamly fruitful, and its Situa∣tion contributes much to its Strength. It is very well built, and besides the Churches already mentioned, it hath many sump∣tuous Buildings and Palaces. That of the Lordship is great and stately, also the Draper's Hall. The City is famous for its Ma¦nufactures, and hath several Fairs, whereof that in Lent is the principal. This City was taken by the French K. in 1678, March 26. It is 18 Miles S. of Newport, 23 E. of Dunkirk, and 35 S. W. of Ghent. Georg. Brun. Civit. Orb. Tom. II. Le Mi••e.
• * Ipsala, Lat. Cypsala, a City of Thracia, by the River Mela, formerly an Episcopal See under the Archbishop of Trajanople, but afterwards a Metropolis. It lies 20 Miles West of Traja∣nople,

• 26 East of Drusipara. Long. 51. 54. Lat. 42. 53. Baudr.
• * Ipswich, the chief Place of Suffolk, is 55 Miles from London N. Eastward, seated in the S. E. parts of the County, on the Banks of the Orwell, about 20 Miles from its Fall into the Sea. A Place of great Antiquity, formerly Walled about by a Rampire of Earth, which in 991, was thrown down by the Danes, who then harassed those Parts most grievously; and some Years after, they returned with such fury, that they left scarce any thing of Ipswich, but the Ruins of its Buildings. But in the Normans Time, it began to recover it self, so that it is now one of the best and most thriving Towns in England, con∣taining 12 Parish-Churches. From Stoke Church in the South, to St. Margaret's Church in the North, it reaches a good Mile; and from St. Helens in the East, to St. Matthew's Church in the West, something more; with fair and well-peopled Streets. Besides the Churches, here are some publick Buildings worth our taking notice of; particularly the Place of Judicature, a Free-School, with the Conveniency of a good Library, and an Hospi∣tal for the relief of the Poor. For cleanliness, 'tis counted, next to Bristol. And as to the Trade thereof, 'tis chiefly in the Manufacture of Cloth, both Linen and Woollen. Here was a Castle built by the Normans, which Hugh Bigot, E. of Norfolk, Defended against K. Stephen, but was forced to Surrender at last. It was ruined by Henry II. about the time that he Demo∣lished Wildon Castle. Here the 3000 Flemings, called in by the Nobility against him, landed. Cardinal Wolsley, who was born in this Town, begun a stately College, which is still called by his Name. The late Duke of Grafton, was Created Viscount Ip∣swich, Aug. 16. 1672.

• * Ireby, a Market-Town in the West Parts of Cumberland, stands on the South side of the River Elne, which runs from thence into the Irish Sea.
• ...

  * Ireland, Lat. Hibernia, by the Natives called Erin, is a large Island, on the West of Britain, from which it is parted by a violent and unruly Sea called St. George's Channel, the narrow∣est Passage between both is 30 Miles. The Length of Ireland is 300 Miles, the Breadth 120, its Situation is in the 8th. and 10th. Climates, its longest Day is 16 Hours and a half in the Sou∣thern, and 17 and a half in the Northern Parts. It is far from any Continent, exposed on all sides to the Sea; and on the West, especially to the Western Ocean, the Air is gross and moist, yet not counted unhealthful, unless near the Bogs, the Western Winds frequently purifying it, and the Hills which cross the Country at a convenient distance from E. to West, rendring it less subject to Fogs. The Soil is abundantly fruitful, but natu∣rally fitter for Grass and Pasturage than Tillage. In some pla∣ces, as in the County of Ardmagh, it is so very Rank and Fertile, that the laying any Dung or Marl upon it, does abate its Fruit∣fulness, and proves bad Husbandry; where it is otherwise, the Country is either over-grown with Woods, which afford their own Conveniencies, or runs in vast Bogs that yield the best Turff for Fuel that can be burnt, and sweeter than any in Holland. But the wonder of this Country is, that it breeds no venomous Creatures, and that no such will live here brought from any other Places; nor does the Wood of its Forests breed either Worms or Spiders, for thus we find her speaking of her self in the Poet,

  Illa ego sum Graiis glacialis Hibernia dicta, Cui Deus & melior rerum nascentium Origo, Jus commune dedit cum Creta Altrice Tonantis Angues ne nostris diffundant sibila in Oris.

  I am that Island which in Times of Old, The Greeks did call Hibernia, Icy Cold, Secur'd by God and Nature from this fear, Which Gift was given to Crete, Jove's Mother dear, That poisonous Snakes should never here be bred, Or dare to hiss, or hurtfull Venom spred.

  It was however much infested by Wolves, till such time as the Government proposed such great Rewards to those who should destroy them, that they are now become very rare.

  Another Wonder reported of this Country is, That there is a Lake in the County of Ardmagh, into which, if one thrust a piece of Wood, he shall find, after some time, that part of it which sticks in the Mud, turned into Iron, and that which is in the Water, into Stone. 'Tis moreover observed in general, That the breed of this Country are of less Size than in England, except Men, Women, and Grey-hounds. Their principal Ri∣vers are, the Shannon, the Black-water, the Boyne, and the Bar∣row, all well stocked with Fish, especially Salmon. Their Lakes are, 1. Lough Erne, containing 30 M. in length, and 15 in breadth, shaded with Woods, and abounding so much in Fish, that Fi∣shermen complain of the plenty, because they often break their Nets. This hath many Islands in it, one most remarkable for the strange and horrid Noise heard therein, called therefore by the Vulgar St. Patrick's Purgatory. Almost as big as this, is, 2. the Lake of Corbes, which loses it self in the Sea, not far from Galloway, a Lake of 16 Miles in length, and 4 in breadth, said to have in it 30 Islets, abounding with Pine-Trees. 3. Lough-Foyle, supposed to be the Legia of Ptolomy. 4. Lough Neagh, out of which the River Banne, abundantly well stored with Salmon, hath its first Original; and besides these and many others of less Note, there are said to be 3 Lakes in the Province of Meath, not far a∣sunder, but of so different a Temper, that the Fish which are proper to the one, will not live in the other, but either die, or by some secret conveyances, find a way to their own Lake.

  This Country was anciently divided into 5 Provinces, each a Kingdom of it self, but the Province of Meath, being reckon••d a Member or part of Leinster, the whole is now thus divided into

  Provinces.	Counties in each Province.
  Leinster.	East-Meath, West-Meath, Kilkenny, Cater∣logh, King's-County, Queen's-County, Kil∣dare, Wexford, and Dublin; in all which, are comprehended 34 Towns of Note.
  Munster.	Limerick, Kerry, Cork, Waterford, Des∣mond, and Tipperary; comprehending 24 Towns of Note and Trading.
  Ʋlster.	Dunnigal or Tirconnel, Tir-Oen, Fermanagh, Ca∣van, Colrain, Manaughan, Antrim, Down, Louth, and Ardmagh; comprehending 14 Towns of Note, for Commerce and Traffick.
  Connaught.	Clare, Galloway, Majo, Slego, Letrim, Ros∣comon, and Longford; in which are com∣prehended but 8 Towns, of any Conse∣quence for Commerce.

  Amongst which Provinces, the first 2 being of more Southern situation, are much better upon all Accounts, and Connaught the worst which lies N. W. As no Country stands better for Fo∣reign Trade, so none is better provided with safe and spacious Harbours, amongst which Kingsale bears the preheminency, being a commodious and ready Port for our English Ships, and others to Victual at, and refresh themselves when bound for, and returning from the West-Indies, and other Parts of the World.

  The Irish Chronicles tell us, That Caesarea, Noah's Niece, inha∣bited here before the Flood; that 300 Years after the Deluge, it was subdued by Bartholanus, a Scythian; that after this, Gao∣thel, with his Wife Scota, one of Pharaoh's Daughters, from whom this Island was called Scotia, came hither, but 'tis more probable that it was first Peopled by the B••itains, both because ancient Authors call it a British Isle, and that the Habits and Dispositions of the Inhabitants were not much unlike, as Taci∣tus observes, Solum res tumque cultus & ingenia hominum haud multum à Britannia differunt; and for farther Evidence, it was observed at the Reduction of Wales to the Crown of England by K. Edward I. that many of their Laws and Customs were the same with the Irish, which shews, that they did both Descend from the same Original. But as this Island was never Conque∣red by the Romans, because they sent Ambassadors and submit∣ted to Maximus the Roman General: So it continued a long time uncivilized, and more Barbarous than other Parts of Eu∣rope, where those great Conquerors introduced Civility and Learning. Its Inhabitants, as Solinus saith, drank the Blood of the slain, and besmeared their Faces therewith; and were so given to War, that the Mother, at the Birth of a Man-child, gave the Infant the first Meat upon the point of her Husband's Sword, and with heathenish Imprecations, wished that it might die no otherwise than in War, or by the Sword. In the middle time, Giraldus Cambrensis describes them thus, The Irish are a strong and bold People, patient of Cold and Hunger, Martial and Pro∣digal in War, careless of Life, greedy of Glory, courteous to Strangers, constant in Love, light of Belief, impatient of Inju∣ry, implacable in Enmity. In a word, if they be bad, you shall no where meet with worse; if good, you shall hardly find better.

  The Irish now are much reformed in their Customs and Man∣ners, especially the better Sort, and those that live in the Pale, as they call it. As to their Make, there is no Nation generally better shaped, or of finer Presence; accounted good Horse-men, and better Souldiers in Foreign than in their own Country, ••i∣ther because better provided for Abroad, or that they want the Fastnesses they are acquainted with at home. Some of the Wilder Sort, in parts of the North and Connaught, retain fanta∣stical Conceits; as, That 'tis Ominous to give their Neighbours Fire on May-day, That the eating of an odd Egg makes them be unlucky in Horses, That laying up the Shells preserves the Chickens from the Kite, &c. The poorer Women, affect to Nurse the Gentry's Children, and love them much more than their own. In hard Times, they live on Water-cresses, Roots, Mushrooms, Shamrogh, a sort of Trefoil, Oat-meal, Milk, and such other slender Diet. Their ancient Government was by Kings, who had many petty Kings under them, being much the same with the Heads of the Clans among the ancient Scots, and their mutual Fewds did not a little contribute to the bringing them all under a Foreign Yoke. The Commodities of this Island are, Cattle, Hides, Tallow, Butter, Cheese, Honey, Wax, Furs, Salt, Hemp, Linen-Cloth, Pipe-staves and Wooll. Its Seas yield plenty of Cod-Fish, Herrings, Pilcherds, and other Fish.

  In the time of Alexander the Great, the Scots passed hence, and took possession of the Hebrides, or Western Isles, next, of the

• ...

  Western Part of Britain, on the North of Dumbarton Frith. After this, the Saxon Monarchs made themselves Masters of some Pla∣ces in Ireland, but were soon driven out again. The next that undertook the Conquest was an Aggregate Body of Danes, Swedes and Norwegians, who at first did but scower along the Sea-Coast, until finding the Weakness and Divisions of its petty Kings, they undertook the Conquest, and effected it, by the Valour and Con∣duct of their principal Commander Turgesius, whom they elect∣ed for their King. Turgesius having played the Tyrant a while, was slain by a Stratagem of the K. of Meath, and all his Atten∣dants put to the Sword. After this, the petty Kings enjoyed their former Dominions, till 1172. that the K. of Leinster having forced the Wife of the King of Meath, was driven out of the Country. Whereupon, applying himself to Henry II. of Eng∣land for Succour, he received some Forces, under the Command of Richard de Clare, surnamed Strong-Bow, E. of Pembroke; by whose good Success, and the King's Presence, the petty Kings submitted; promising to pay Tribute, and acknowledge him their Sovereign. This Agreement was confirmed by Pope Adrian. And Henry VIII. took the Title of K. of Ireland in 1541. and was declared so by Parliament in 1542. Which was confirmed to Q. Mary in 1555. by Paul IV. But the Irish have often ta∣ken Occasion to withdraw themselves from Subjection: 1. Under Donald O-Neal, in the Reign of Edward I. 2. Under Thomas Fitz-Gerald, Son of the E. of Kildare, Deputy of Ireland, in 1537. 3. Under O-Neal, in 1563. and 65. who being killed in Scotland, whither he had fled, the Title of O-Neal was abolish∣ed in Parliament. 4. Fitz-Gerald E. of Desmond was the next; who, in 1579. calling in the Spaniards, maintained a War against Q. Elizabeth, until he was slain in 1593. 5. In 1593. Tir-Oen, who had done great Service against the E. of Desmond, began a Rebellion, the most dangerous of all; for, being bred in the Queen's Service, he learned Military Discipline from the English. He fought and defeated the Queen's Forces at Blackwater in 1598. In 1599. he brought the E. of Essex to condescend to a Treaty with him. In 1601. he brought the Spaniards over to his Assistance, who took and garrison'd Kingsale; which being re∣taken by Sir Charles Blunt, afterwards Lord Mountjoy, and the Spaniards totally routed, Tir-Oen submitted, and was brought over by the Lord Lieutenant, to K. James I. who having passed an Act of Oblivion, removed the Irish from the Woods, Bogs and Mountains, and ordered that they should pay their Land∣lords certain Rents, instead of their former arbitrary Taxations; which encouraged them to repair to their Houses, and manure their Land, to the great Increase both of the private and pub∣lick Revenue. Then the whole Kingdom was divided into Coun∣ties, and Judges Itinerant appointed to go in Circuits. So that the People, sensible of the Benefit and Security they enjoyed by the English Laws, began to send their Children to School to learn the English Tongue; and live peaceably until their general In∣surrection in 1641. when they took Arms, and, at the Instiga∣tion of their Priests, massacred many Thousands of English and Scotch Protestants. Which was revenged by Oliver Cromwel. K. Charles II. upon his Restauration in 1660. shewed them much Favour, restored such as had any Pretensions of Loyalty, to their Estates, and governed them all his Time with so much Clemen∣cy, that this Nation never was in a better State since they fell under the English, than at the Time of that Prince's Death. But their obstinate Adherence to the late K. James involved them in new Disasters, which made their Country a Field of Blood for the first 3 Years of K. William's Reign; having all their Places of Strength well Garrison'd, and powerful Assistance from France of Men, Arms, Ammunition and General-Officers: But they were in 3 Years time totally reduced, and very generously and mercifully used by that victorious Prince. The Particulars will be found under their proper Heads; as, London-Derry, Boyne, Aghrim, &c.

  The Government of this Country, since the first Conquest of it by the English, has been most commonly by one Supream Of∣ficer, sometimes called The Lord Lieutenant, most generally The Lord Deputy, than whom no Vice-Roy in Europe has greater Power, or comes nearer the Majesty of a King in his Train and State. For his Assistance he has a Privy Council. Their Laws owe their Original and Being to the English Parliaments; for in the Reign of Henry VII. Sir Edward Poynings, then Lord Deputy, caused an Act to pass in the Irish Parliament, whereby all Laws and Statutes made in England before that Time, were to stand in force as the Laws of Ireland. On which Foundation many Super∣structures of Law and Government have been raised, and enacted in their Parliaments, summoned by the Lord Lieutenant, at the King's Appointment. In which, by another Statute made in the Time of the said Poynings, the People are enabled to make Laws for their better Government, with this Proviso, That they should be first transmitted to the Court of England, to be considered of by the King, before they are voted to in either of the Houses of the Irish Parliaments: Which Laws, com∣monly called Poynings's Laws, are still in force amongst them. To conclude, The Capital City of this Kingdom is Dublin; of which, in its proper Place. Other Towns of Note in Leinster are, Wexford, Kilkenny, Caterlough, Kildare. In Munster; Lime∣rick, Cork, Kingsale and Waterford. In Ʋlster; Drogheda, Dun∣dalk, Antrim, Carrickfergus and London-Derry. In Connaught; Galloway, Athlone, Letrim, Roscommon and Slego. Here are also 4 Archbishopricks, viz. of Ardmagh, Dublin, Tuam and Cashel; be∣sides 19 Bishopricks. Dublin has an University. Vincentius saith, That the Gospel was first preached in this Country by James the Apostle. The Scots affirm, That the Island owes its Conver∣sion to a Christian Woman, who instructed the Queen in the true Faith, she the King, and he his Subjects. Prosper says, Palladius begun this Work; yet Ninius ascribes it wholly to St. Patrick, the Son of Calphurus, by a Sister of St. Martin of Tours. His Disciples profited so much in Christianity, that in the following Century Ireland was called Sanctorum Insula; and abounded so with learned Men, that great Numbers were sent into other Countries of Europe, who founded many Monasteries. The Irish Apostle was of such reverend Esteem in those Times, that there was as great Dispute for his Sepulchre, as was amongst them of Greece for Homer's. They of Downe challenged his Grave to be with them, upon certain Verses written on a Tomb; which says, Patrick, Bridget and Colume were buried there. They of Ardmagh lay their Claim, because St. Bernard saith, That St. Patrick in his Life-time ruled there, and after his Death rested there. Glastenbury in England would have his Body interred with them. And Scotch Authors say, That he was born at Glasgow, and buried at Kirk-Patrick. Heylin. Speed. Cambden.

• St. Irenaus B^p. of Lyons, and the Disciple of Polycarpus, by whom he was sent into Gaul; and coming to Lyons, was Priest of that Church, under Photinus, the Bishop of it, whom he suc∣ceeded, after that he had proved, in Opposition to Montanus, the lawful Use of every Creature fit for Meat; and disputed at Rome with Valentinus, and his Disciples, Florinus and Blastus, whom he afterwards confuted in Writing. He governed the Church of Lyons with great Zeal during its Persecution by Idola∣trous Princes. He celebrated two Councils; the one against He∣reticks, and the other against the Quartodecimani; and therein confirmed the Decree formerly made, for Celebrating of Easter the Sunday after the 14^th. Day of the Moon of March. The Bi∣shops of Asia were not of this Opinion, and Pope Victor, E∣leutherius's Successor, had therefore Excommunicated them▪ Whereupon St. Irenaeus wrote to him in the Name of the Prelates that had assisted at his Council, in which he conjures him not to cut off so many holy Prelates from the Church-Communion. Severus in the mean time continuing to persecute the Believers of Lyons, and their Bishop, who was taken, and suffered Mar∣tyrdom with them in 201. His Works were published at Paris, by Erasmus Franc. Feuardentius, 1575. and at Cologne, 1596. Henry Dodwell, our Learned Country-man, hath writ 6 Disser∣tations on St. Irenaeus, which are very useful for the Understanding of this Father.
• Irenaeus of Tyre, a Chaldee Author, to whom Ebed-Jesu attributes 5 Books of Ecclesiastical History, chiefly treating of the Errours of Nestorius.
• Irene Empress of Constantinople, Wife of Leo IV. and Mother of Constantine VII. who was but 10 Years of Age at his Father's Death; with whom she reigned 9 Years, and in 787. procured the Cele∣bration of the II^d. Council of Nice, for the Establishing of Images. Constantine afterwards being come to Age, would no longer en∣dure his Mother to share with him in the Government; but ha∣ving reduced her to a private State, ruled alone 7 Years. The Empress being enraged at this Affront, having by Craft got her Son seized, put out his Eyes: An Action so barbarous, that the Heavens themselves seemed amazed at it, (the Sun being obscu∣red thereupon, as Theophanes assures us, for 17 Days together over that City.) She reigned 5 Years, 2 Months, and 16 Days, till the Last of October, 802. when Nicephorus having declared himself Emperor, banished her to the Island Metylene, where she died some Months after. Authors tell us, That Irene was a very politick Woman; and that fearing the growing Power of Charlemaigne, she amused him with the Hopes of a Marriage, by which Means the Empire of the East would have come into his Hands; and his Ambassadors were at Constantinople, in order to their Concluding of the said Marriage, at the Time when she was deposed by Nicephorus. Cedren. in Compend. Crantz. lib. 1. cap. 15. Metrop. Zonar. Tom. 3. Theophan. & Baron. in Annal. Gene∣brard in Chron.
• Iris, the Daughter of Thaumas and Electra, and Sister to the Harpyes. The Poets make her the Messenger of Juno, as Mercury was of Jupiter: By which it may be they would only imply, That the Rain-bow (which the Word Iris imports) was the Messenger of the Air; and the Daughter of Thaumas, that is, Wonder. Ovid. lib. 2. Metam. Hesiod in Theogon.
• Iroquois, A People of North-America, in Canada. They are Salvages, and Idolaters, and composed of several Nations; Enemies of the Hurons, and other Inhabitants of New-France.
• * Irthing, a Cumberland-River; rises in the very Borders of Cumberland and Northumberland, and running South-Westward, parts these 2 Counties for some Miles; at last falls into the Eden, having received the Cambeck into its Chanel.
• Irus, a Beggar of Ithaca, and one of Penelope's Suitors, whom Ʋlisses killed with his Fist at his Return. His Poverty became Proverbial, Iro pauperior.

〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• Isaac the Patriarch, Son of Abraham and Sarah, was born, A. M. 2108. See the History of his Life, from Genes. chap. 21. to 35.

• Bread of. They have no Cattle but Horses and Cows; they have excellent little Dogs, not unlike those of Malta, Falcons and while Bears. Olaus adds, That they have Spirits, who serve the People in their ordinary Affairs. There is also a Fountain with smoaking Water, whose Exhalations turn every thing into Stone, without altering the exterior Form. There is also ano∣ther Fountain, whose Water kills all that drink of it. It hath several other Wonders of Nature, which may be seen in Crant∣zius, Saxo-Grammatious, &c. Barthol. Ant. Dan.
• ...

  Isle, or Island, a space of Earth surrounded with Water, to which is opposed the Continent. It is questioned by some, whether there were any Isles immediately after the Creation; as supposing that they were Parcels of Earth which by the Vio∣lence of the Seas, or Earthquakes, or both, were forced from the Continent; though it seems most probable, that the greatest Isles, and those at the farthest distance from the Continent, could not have this Original, but were created in the State we now find them. As for lesser Isles, There is no Question but that some of them, by extraordinary Tempests, may come to be drowned, and so disappear; and others appear that were never seen before: Of which, Pliny, in his Natural History, gives us several Examples. Kircher assures us, That in 1538. there was a new Island appeared near the Azores, which was 5 Miles long. As to what Plato tells us concerning the Isle Atlantis, and which some have placed between the Azores and Canaries, it is a Matter yet undecided. The greatest of all the known Isles of the World is Borneo, one of the Isles of Sonde, in Asia.

  As to the Floating Isles, so called because they are dri∣ven up and down by the Wind, there is no question but that there are such; as, particularly, in the Lake of Lou∣mond in Scotland. And Kircher, an Eye-Witness, gives us an Account of a Lake near Rome, which contains no less than 16 of these Floating Isles. Mund. Subteran. lib. 5. sect. 4. And it is as sure that there is a Lake near to St. Omer in Flanders, that has the like. And in a Village called Ʋndres, in Gascoigne, being the first Stage from Bayonne to Bourdeaux, there is a Lake called Ors, wherein there is an Isle containing very good Pasture and Meadows, which often shifts its Place. Furner. lib. 6.

  As to the Fabulous, or to speak more favourably, the doubt∣ful, invisible Isles; amongst this number, is reckon'd the Isle of St. Brandon, a Scotch Saint, which the Spaniards call La Incan∣tada, and La Non Trovada, and is placed by the Portuguese, about an 100 Miles from the Canaries Westward, who affirm, That many Ships have been sent from the Canaries to discover it, but without success: Of the same sort, was Ptolomy's inac∣cessible Isle, which was thought to be always surrounded with a thick Cloud, which kept it from the fight of Mariners; so likewise the Island called Frisland, mentioned only by Nicho∣las Zen, a Venetian, who was Shipwracked upon it, An. Ch. 1380, and could never since be discovered. To which may be ad∣ded, the Elyzian, or Isles of the Blessed, which Authors have placed between Great Brittain, and the Orcades; as also the Invisible O Brazil, upon the Coast of Ireland. See Camb∣den.

  Isle of Bourbon, before called Mascaregna. The former Name was given it by the French. It lies towards the East of Mada∣gascar in the Aethiopian Sea, its Length being about 25 Leagues, and its Breadth about 14. It hath many high Mountains, and amongst the rest, there is one in the midst of it which vomits Flames, and the fiery Torrents that at times proceed from it, have burnt up all the Eastern part of the Isle, which they call the Burnt-land. There are whole Forests of Ebony, Benzoin, and Palm-trees. They reap Turky-Corn 4 times a Year, and the Rice that grows here is very excellent. It abounds with Lakes and small Rivers, amongst which, some are Medicinal, and the Air is so pure, that the Sick that are set a-shoar on the Island, find themselves soon cured, or, at least, much eased. The Cattle and Fowl multiply abundantly, and the Fish is both plentifull and good. It abounds also with great Tortoises, whose Flesh is ve∣ry delicate. The French possess it at present. The Coast is very subject to Hurricanes.

  Isle of Fire, one of the Isles of Cape-verd, upon the Coast of Africa, so called from the Flames which one of its Mountains cast forth. This Island is extreamly troubled with Hurricanes. John Struys his Travels.

  Isle of France, a Province and Lieutenancy of France. The Isle of France hath different Acceptions amongst Authors, 1. It is taken for the Country about St. Denys. 2. For that space of ground which is enclosed between the Rivers Seine, Marne, Oyse, and Aixne. 3. For a Government which extends it self into the neighbouring Provinces, and comprehends divers Territories, as Paris, La B••ie Françoise, l'Hurep••is, Le Gatinois, Le Mantoan, Le Vexin Francois, Le Beauvoisis, Le Valois, Le Soissonnois, Laon∣nois, &c. Thus taken, it is 35 Leagues from East to West, and about the same from North to South. It hath Champagne and La Brie on the East, Normandy on the West, Le Gatinois and La Beauce on the South, and Picardy on the North. Paris is the Capital City of this, as well as of the whole Kingdom; the others are, St. Denys, Montmorency, and the rest mentioned un∣der the lesser Territories, of which this Province is composed. It is a Country abounding with all things necessary, many fair Houses, and divers Rivers.

  Isles of Thieves, called Islas de los Ladrones by the Portuguese, who were the first Discoverers of them. They lie in the Archipe∣lago of St. Lazarus, between the Eastern Ocean, and the Mare Pacificum, about the utmost Eastern bound of our Hemisphere. They are many in number, but 15 of them are more conside∣rable than the rest. They were discovered in 1520, by the fa∣mous Magellan, and some say, he was killed there, as going to the Conquest of the Moluccas. The Air of these Isles is pretty temperate, but is sometimes disturbed with violent Gusts of Wind; most of them are barren, but those that are otherwise, very well Peopled. The Inhabitants are tall, strong, and of a Tawny colour; both Men and Women go naked, excepting some few that wear a kind of Aprons about their Wastes, made of the Skins of Beasts, or of Flags woven together. They are generally great Thieves, according to Magellan's report of them, who saith, they would come swiming by Night to his Ship, and steal the Nails out of the sides of it, not being in a condition to take any thing of greater value. Their common Employment is Hunting and Fishing, and their chief Trade consists in Mats, which they make very curiously, and with their Canoes, carry them to the Tartars and exchange them for Iron, which they want, their Islands being altogether destitute of Metals. The Arms they make use of, are Slings and Javelins, whose Points they harden in the fire. They Worship Idols, and particularly the Devil, to whom they Sacrifice those they take in War. They have neither Kings nor Lords, and every one of them does what he pleases, which is the cause of frequent Quarrels, and cruel Wars amongst them.

  Isle (Maurice) an Island that lies East of Madagascar in the Aethiopian-Sea. The Portuguese, who first discovered it, called it Ilha de Cerno, or Swan-Isle. The Hollanders, whose Fleet arrived there, in 1598, in their first Voyage to the East-Indies, gave it the Name it now has, in honour of Maurice of Nassaw, Pr. of Orange. It hath a very good Haven called Warwick, which name, some of our Country-men formerly gave it. The Island abounds with Palm-trees, Cocao-trees, and Ebony-trees, the Wood whereof is blacker and more smooth, than any other of the East. It abounds with several Sorts of Birds good for food, and more especially with Pigeons and Parroquets, and the Sea and Rivers furnish choice Fish in abundance. There are Tortoises so great and strong, as to be able to carry 3 or 4 Men on their Backs, and one of their Shells has room enough to contain 8 or 10 Men with ease. The Water of the Island is admirable good, and therefore Ships ordinarily make it their watering place. This Isle was not inhabited, till the Hollanders in 1640, built a Fort in it.

  Isle-Maurice, a little Island situate towards the West of the Streights of Waygats, near to the Coast of Muscovy. The Hollan∣ders discovered it, in 1594, as they were in search of the North Passage to China. The Coast is surrounded with Rocks, and co∣vered with Sand, but the inner parts of it consists of clayie Ground, and is very full of Lakes, Pools, and Marishes, which make the Earth very soft and moist. The Island is separated into 2 Parts, which are joined by a very narrow neck of Rocks. The Lakes and Pools are full of Swans and Wild Ducks. Here are also Hawks and Falcons in great abundance. Blaeu.

  Isles of Pearls, are Isles lying in the South-Sea of Ameri∣ca, 12 Leagues from Panama, so called from the vast quantities of Pearl, that formerly were got here in the neighbouring Sea. The 2 chiefest of them are called Del Rio and Tararequi, besides which there are 20 lesser. They did abound with great varie∣ty of wild Beasts, more particularly Red-Deer, Hares, and Co∣nies, and the Ground was fruitful in Mayz or Indian-Corn; and great store of Odoriferous Trees grew up and down in them. The Pearls which the Sea furnisht, were admirable for their bigness, clearness, and figure which was perfectly round, oval, or pearl-wise; but the extream covetousness of the Spaniards, hath not left any Pearls in the Sea, nor Fowl on the Land; they have besides destroyed all the Inhabitants, and those that dwell there, are fain to make use of Negro's, or Slaves of Nica∣ragua, to till the ground and feed their Cattle. De Laet. Hist. of the New World.

  Isles-Princes, or Popes Isles, the Turks call them Papa-Adafi, and the Greeks Papadonisia, that is, The Isles of Popes or Priests. They lie on the Coast of Natolia, at the farther end of the Sea of Marmora, in the Streights of Constantinople, about 4 Leagues from that City. They are inhabited by Christian Greeks, and the Europeans at Constantinople pass over thither to recreate themselves. The Caloyers or Greek Monks that live here, are of the Order of St. Basil, and observe a continual Abstinence from Flesh, and 4 Lents in the Year; but do not hinder Travellers from eating Flesh, if they bring any along with them, and pre∣sent them with very good Fish, which they catch in abundance about these Isles. Grelot's Journey to Constantinople.

  Isle of Sacrifice, the Name of an Island of Mexico, near the Coast of Tlascala, not far from the City of St. Juan d'Alva, which was so called by Captain Grialva, because at his descent on the Island, he found an Altar, and several dead Bodies of Men that had been Sacrificed to the Devil, having their Breasts ript open, and their Arms and Legs cut off. The Spaniards, for some time, unloaded their Merchandice here; but this hor∣rid and inhumane Superstition of the Inhabitants, and the Ap∣parition of some Spectres to them, forced them to leave the Island. De Laet. Hist. of the New World.

〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• Isleben, Lat. Islebia, a City of Ʋpper Saxony in Germany, in the Earldom of Mansfeldt, which the Germans call Eisleben, is a Place of good Trade, hath several Quarries of a sort of Black Stone, and Metals, and is situated in a very fertile Country. It is famous for having been the Birth-place of Martin Luther. Bertius, lib. 3. Comment. German. Cluver. Thuan. Sleidan.
• * Islington, a Town of Middlesex, upon the Skirts of Lon∣don. Noted of late for its Mineral Waters, much resorted un∣to in the proper Season by the Gentry and Citizens of its Neigh∣bourhood.
• * Isne, a small Town in Schwaben in Germany, made Impe∣rial by Charles IV. stands upon the River Argaw, 4 Leagues W. of Kempen, and as many N. E. from Landau, and 11 S. of Ʋlm.
• Isocrates, one of the most famous Orators of Greece, was born at Athens, An. Rom. 318. when Lysimachus was Praetor of that City. He was the Son of Theodorus, who had got an Estate by making of Musical Instruments, which he made good use of for the liberal Education of his Son. His Masters were Prodi∣cus, Gorgias, and some others, whom he soon surpassed in Elo∣quence and Learning. He was desirous at first to declame in publick; but this not succeeding according to his Wish, he con∣tented himself to instruct Scholars, and took great Pains to make them perfect Orators; and had so great a Love for his Country, that seeing it likely to be ruined by Philip of Macedonia, he star∣ved himself to death at the Age of 90 Years, Charondas being then Praetor, An. Rom. 416. and the CX^th. Olympiad. He left behind him a great Number of Orations, whereof we have but a few left. Plutarch in the Lives of the 10 Orators, cap. 4. Dionys. in Vit. Isocrat. Cicero in Brut. lib. 3. de Orat. Photius, Cod. 260. &c.
• Isola, a City of Istria, in Latin Alietum. Also a River of Tuscany, called now Cramera. Also an Island in the Tyber, cal∣led by the Latins Libanus Almae Veneris.
• Isola d'Albenga, an Island in the Sea of Genoua, called Galli∣naria.
• * Isonzo, Lat. Isontius, a River which hath its Source in the Carinthian Alps in Germany; and entring Friuli in Italy, waters several Cities, and falls into the Gulf of Trieste, 5 Miles S. E. of Aquileia. It is memorable for the Defeat of Odoacer K. of Italy, slain here by Theodoric K. of the Goths, An. 489. And for the Victory obtained by the Turks, under the Command of Azabeuk, General to Mahomet the Great, in 1177. over Jeronymo Novello Count of Verona, a famous Commander; who, together with his Son, most of his Officers, and 3000 Venetians, fell in the Battel: After which, the Turks burnt 100 Villages. Baudr. &c.
• Isotta, or Isota Nogarola, of Verona, a learned Gentle∣woman, 564 of whose Manuscripts are to be seen in Thuanus's Library. She also made several Speeches before Pope Nicholas V. and Pius II. and especially on the Subject of a Council held at Mantua, wherein she exhorted the Popes and Christian Princes to a War against the Turks. Cardinal Bessarion having seen some of her Works, was so surprized therewith, that he took a Jour∣ney on purpose to Verona, to conferr with her. Lewis Foscaro, Ambassador of Venice, visited her often; and upon Occasion of a Dispute they had together about this Point, viz. Who sinned more, Adam or Eve? she writ a Dialogue, wherein she took Eve's Part. Hermolaus Barbarus writ often to her, and the Lear∣ned of her Time frequently consulted her. She died, aged 38 Years, in 1466. having never been married. Genevieva, her Sister, was also famous for her Learning, and so were several other young Gentlewomen of that Family. Paul. Ribera & Francisc. August. de la Chiesa Elog. Faemin. Illustr.
• Ispaham, or Ispahan, the Capital City of Persia, in the Province of Yerak. It is supposed to have been built on the Ruins of the ancient City Hecatompolis. It contains in Circuit above 8 German Miles, taking in its large Suburbs; so that it is a Days Journey to go round it. It is not a Place of any consi∣derable Strength. The River Zenderut divides it by its double Chanel; whereof, the one runs through the Royal Park, and from the other a Water-course is drawn, whence, by Subterra∣neous Passages, Water is conveyed into the Sophi's Garden. This River furnisheth all the City with Water, there being scarce a private House which hath not its Fountain, notwithstanding that the Wells they have supply them with Water little or nothing at all inferiour to that of the River. The Houses are generally Square built, and have Terrasses on the Tops of them, where the Persians walk, and take their Rest in the Heat of Summer: They are not above 2 or 3 Stories high. The Streets are nar∣row, especially in the Heart of the City.
• The Meidan, or great Market-Place, is the fairest that is in all Persia; and there is none such in Europe. It is a Long Square, surrounded with Houses of the same Heighth and Symmetry, and all built of Bricks. The Shops that are under the Piazza, or Arched Walks, that go round the Place, are taken up by Bankers, Gold-Smiths, Lapidaries, and other rich Merchants. It is planted round with Trees that are always green, whose Branches are kept lopped, so that one may see the Shops through the Trees, which affords a very pleasing Prospect. There is a Rivulet of pure Spring-Water, which runs along by the Trees, in a Chanel of Hewen Stone, whose Waters are gather∣ed into 2 large Basins, or Trunks, at both Ends of the said Rows of Trees, from whence they are carried away by Subterranean Conduits. Every Trade hath its peculiar Quarter, or Street, about the Meidan, which is very pleasant to behold. At the End of one of the Galleries, or Arched Walks, of the Meidan, there are two Balconies, where the Musick (which consists of Kettle-Drums, Hautbois, and another sort of Instrument, by them called Kerenet) is heard every Evening at Sun-set, and at every other Time when the King passeth that Way. The King's Palace faceth the Meidan, and at the Gate are placed 40 Pie∣ces of Canon, part of which have been cast in the Country, and the rest taken out of Ormus, when the Persians, with the Assistance of the English, took that City from the Portuguese; but they have no Carriages for them, and consequently they are of little use. The Palace is only surrounded with an high Wall, without any other Defence. In the Day-time there are not a∣bove 3 or 4 Persons that keep Guard, and at Night there are about 15 placed at the Gate, and 30 more before the King's Lodgings. Over the great Gate of the Palace is a large and high Pavillion, or round Building, full of Windows on all Sides, where the King places himself to see the Shews in any publick Rejoicings. In the Entry of the Palace, at the Right Hand; is a Gate, which opens into a Garden, in the midst of which is a Chapel, which is a safe and assured Refuge to all that fear a Prison, whether it be in Cases Civil or Criminal, and even not excepting the King's Anger; where they continue till their Peace be made, or have got the King's Pardon. But the Persians do so much abominate Theft, that they will not afford the Thieves or Robbers the Privilege of this Place of Refuge, except it be only for a few Days.
• The City Ispahan is beautified with many Metzias, or Mosques; Bazars, or Market-places, and Caravansera's, or Publick Inns to lodge Travellers and Merchants. It is a Place of great Trade, as being frequented upon that Account, not only by Indians, Tartars, Turks, Armenians, Georgians and Jews, but also by the English, Hollanders, Spaniards, Italians and French; it being a kind of Staple of all the richest Commodities of Asia and Eu∣rope. The common Money of this City, and all over Persia, is Silver or Copper, there being little or no Gold Coin. There are 3 Religious Convents in this City; whereof, the one is of Spanish Austin-Friars, the other of Italian Carmelites, and the 3^d. of French Capucines, or Franciscans. The most considerable Suburb is that of Tzulfa, where there are 12 Temples, and a∣bove 3000 Houses very well built. The Christian-Armenians dwell here, who pay Tribute: And the Georgian Christians take up the greatest part of the Suburbs of Hasenabath: And the Keb∣bers, or Infidels, dwell in the Suburb of Kebrabath. See Keb∣bers. Olearius's Travels into Persia.
• Israel is the Name which the Angel gave to Jacob, after ha∣ving wrestled with him; and signifies, A Prince of God. Whence the Posterity of this Patriarch were called Israelites. Gen. 32. from Vers. 22. to 29.
• Issachar, the 5^th. Son of Jacob and Leah, was born, A. M. 2288. He was the Father of a Tribe of Israel, that addicted themselves to Agriculture, according to his Father's Prediction and Blessing. Gen. 30. from Vers. 14. to 19. Chap. 49. Vers. 14, 15.
• Issedon, A City of Scythia, which was situate beyond Mount Imaus, a Part of Mount Taurus. Some Modern Geographers suppose it to be the same that is now called Ciracoram, in Great Tartary. Ancient Authors make mention of another Issedon in Scythia, which is supposed the same with Suchur, or Synchun, in the Province of Tangut, or Tanju, towards Cathay.
• * Issel, or Yssel, Lat. Isela, Alizo, Isla, Fossa Drusiana, a Ri∣ver in the Low-Countries, Sluced from the Rhine by a Canal cut by Drusus the Roman Emperor. It leaves the North Branch of the Rhine above Arnheim, and running Northward, waters Duis∣burg, Zutphen, Deventer, Zwol, Campen; and parting the Velew from Over-Yssel, to which Province this River gives Name, falls into the Zuider-Zee. It took its Name at first from a small River called Old-Isel, which falls into it near Duisburg.
• * Issoire, Lat. Issiodorum, a City of Auvergne in France, upon the River Alier, 6 Leagues S. of Clermont. Baudr.
• Issoudun, Lat. Exelodunum, a City of France, in Berry, be∣longing to the Diocess of Bourges, whence it is distant 7 or 8 Leagues. It stands on the small River Thiol. It is a strong Place, being provided with a Castle, Walls, Towers and Ditches.
• Issus, a City of Cilicia, called Lajazzo, or Ajazze, near to a Bay of the same Name, and to the Mount Amana. It was in the Neighbourhood of this Place, that Alexander the Great de∣feated Darius's Army. The City Nicopolis is not far from it, but it is not the same with it, as some suppose. This City lies 15 Miles from Nicopolis towards the West, 35 from the Mouth of the River Pyramus to the East, and 60 from Antioch towards the North. Baudrand. See Ajazze.
• * Istacher, one of the most ancient Cities in Persia, and for∣merly a Royal Seat, but now become a Village, the City Ziaras having sprung out of its Ruins. It stood a Mile from the River Araxes, now called Bendamor. Baudr.
• * Isthancester, a Town of old, which stood where now stands St. Peter's Chapel, in the utmost Point, on the South Side of the Chelmer's Mouth. Here the Roman Fortenses kept their Station, or Guard, in the Declension of the Roman Empire, for the Security of these Parts against the Saxon Rovers.

〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• 25. chap. The Jews observed these Jubilees very exactly, till the Babylonish Captivity, but of their return, did no longer ob∣serve it, for their Doctors assure us, that there were no Jubi∣lees observed under the Second Temple. P. Sim. See Year.

• Iucatan, a Peninsula of North America in New Spain, belon∣ging to the Jurisdiction of Mexico, it is above 250 Leagues in compass. The S••il is very fruitful, especially of Cotton. The Inhabitants are the most War-like People of all the neighbou∣ring Countries, and were formerly Men-Eaters. Jucatan is si∣tuate between the Gulf of Mexico, and that of Honduras in the North Sea. Its chief Cities are Merida, a Bishop's See, Vallado∣lid, Salamanca, Campeche, &c. Franciscus Hernandes of Corduba, was the first that discovered this Country, but being ill entrea∣ted by the Inhabitants, he returned to the Isle of Cuba; but Franciscus Montege in 1527, settled himself there, after that he had subdued the People of Jucatan, by a War that lasted 9 Years. * The Inhabitants of this Country are Circumcised, yet gross Idolaters; they Worship Images like Bears in their Hou∣ses, to whom they sing and burn Incense. They have Holy Ima∣ges, and subborn Boys to give Answer in them, in time of pub∣lick Calamities. They go in Pilgrimage, and in Procession to these Images; all their Priests, except such as are Officers, mar∣ry, and have the ordering of their Sacrifices, which are per∣formed in this manner. The Priests go thrice about the Cap∣tives singing mournfully, and then of a sudden, open their Breast with flint Knives, give the Prelate his Heart, the King his Hands and Feet, his Buttocks to him that took him, and de∣stribute the rest amongst the People, setting their Heads on Trees, under which they Sacrifice Men and Children. In their Processions they wound themselves, in honour of their Idols, and for desire of future Happiness, offer themselves as chearful Victims: Then their Priests anoint the Cheeks and Lips of the Idol with Blood. Their Marriages are solemnized by the Priest, who joins the Bride's and Bridegroom's little Fingers near a fire. They punish Adultery and Fornication with great Severity. Peter Martyr. Gomorra. Herrera cap. 10. Linschot Amer. cap. 5. Benzo Nav. lib. 2. cap. 15.
• Iudah the Patriarch, and 4th Son of Jacob and Leah, was born, A. M. 2286, and died 2404, at the Age of 119. Gen. 29.35. c. 38.
• Iudah (Leo) a Protestant-Minister of Zurich, who was born in 1492. He was Educated in Literature, and took his Orders in the Church of Rome, but afterwards Embraced Prote∣stantism, and was a Man of great Worth and Learning, especial∣ly in the Hebrew Tongue, and Translated part of the Old Te∣stament, and writ Notes upon some Books of the Bible. Melch. Adami in vita Theol. German. The History of Leo. Judah's Version and critical Reflection upon it, may be seen, in the Critical History of the Old Testament of R. Simon I. II. cap. 21.
• Iudah, a Rabbi, whom the Jews call Rabbenu Hakkados, that is, our Master the Saint. He lived under the Emperor Anto∣ninus, whose Friend, yea, and Master too he was, and had the Title of Prince given him by his Country-men. Leo of Mo∣dena, a Venetian Rabbi, in his Book of Ceremonies, Part. 2. Chap. 2. speaks thus of him. R. Judah, who was a very rich Man, a∣bout 80 Years after the Destruction of the Temple, made a Col∣lection of the Constitutions and Traditions of the Rabbins that had gone before him, in a Book called Misna, which he divided into 6 Parts, whereof the First treats of Agriculture or Tillage, and Sowing; the Second of Festivals; the Third of Marriages, and other Points concerning Women; the Fourth concerning Loss and Profit, and all manner of Civil Matters; the Fifth of Sa∣crifices; and the Sixth of Things clean and unclean. But this Book being very succinct, and therefore not easy to be understood, gave occasion to many Disputes, whereupon 2 Rabbins of Baby∣lon, Ravena and Rav-Asu, undertook to make a Collection of all the Interpretations, Disputations and Additions, which had been made till their time upon the Misna, whence the Book was composed, which is called the Babylonian Talmud, or Ghemara, which is divided into 60 Parts, called Massachot or Treatises. Some Years before R. Jochanan of Jerusalem had composed the Jerusalem-Talmud, but being short, and writ in a rude Stile, the Babylonian was preferred before it. Fa. Simon.
• Iudah Chiug of Fez, a Rabbin, esteemed the most learned Grammarian that hath been amongst the Jews, who ordinarily give him the Title of the First and Prince of Grammarians, and forasmuch as he lived but a little more than 600 Years ago, this hath made many think, and particularly Fa. Morinus, whom Vossius follows therein, that the Art of Grammar was of no ancient Date amongst the Jews; but Morinus found reason to change his Opinion in his last Book, and Fa. Simon quotes many Gram∣marians that lived before that Rabbi. He writ all his Works in Arabick, and amongst the rest, an Excellent Dictionary, which would be of great use to the understanding of the Holy Scrip∣ture, in case it was printed; whereas now it is very rare, as being only in Manuscript.
• Iudas, surnamed Macchabee, or Macchabeus, the Third Son of Mattathias, General of the Jews, of the Family of the Asmonae∣ans, he succeeded his Father, An. Rom. 587, and was that Re∣nowned Captain of the Jews, who with so great Conduct and Success, endeavoured to rid his Country of the Yoke of the Kings of Syria, over whose Generals he gained many signal Victories, and was killed at last in a Battle which he fought with 800 Men against a powerfull Army, A. M. 3893, or 94. An. Rom. 593, and with great Magnificence was buried at Molin, in the Sepulchre of his Father, being lamented by all the Jews for many days. I. and II. Book of the Macchabees. Joseph. lib. 12. Antiq. Jud.
• Iudas, surnamed Iscariot, Apostle of Jesus Christ, and ••e that Betrayed him. The Cerinthian and Cainite Hereticks honoured his Memory, in a particular manner, and the latter of these made use of a Gospel, which carried the Name of this fallen Apostle, as is elsewhere noted. St. Epiphan. Haer. 38.
• Iudas, Bishop of Jerusalem in the IId. Century, he succee∣ded Ephraim, and was the last of the converted Jews, who Go∣verned that Church.
• Iudas (Galilaeus) one that stirred up the Jews, his Country∣men, to a Rebellion against the Romans, upon occasion of a Tax imposed by Augustus, and was the Author of a Sect not unlike to that of the Pharisees, save in this, That they held that God alone was to be Owned, as Lord and King; and had so great a love for Liberty, that they would rather undergo themselves, or suf∣fer their Friends and Relations to endure the worst of Tor∣ments, than to call any Man Lord or Master. Joseph. lib. Ant. Jud. 17. cap. 15. Also another called Judas Gaulanites, who rai∣sed a Sedition against the Romans. Joseph. Antiq. 12. 3. & 18. cap. 1, & 2. de Bell. Jud. 2.
• Iudas, a Greek Divine and Historian, lived in the IId. and IIId. Century. He writ a Treatise of the 70 Weeks of Daniel, and a Chronography, which he continued to the 10th. Year of the Empire of Severus, which was in 203. Euseb. lib. 6. cap. 6. Hist. Eccles. Nicephor. lib. 1. cap. 34. St. Hierom in Catal. &c.
• St. Iude, called also Thaddaus, was the Brother of St. James Minor, or Younger. He preached in Mesopotamia, Ara∣bia, Syria, Idumaea, and the neighbouring Countries, and died for the Confession of Jesus Christ in the City of Beritus. He writ the Epistle that we have in the New Testament, and as Oecumenius observes, after the death of most of the Apostles. * This Apostle, is called in the History of the Gospel, by the Names of Jude, Thadaeus, and Labbaeus, according to Nicephorus. He was of our Lord's Kindred, being the Son of Joseph, and Bro∣ther to James, founded upon that Text, Are not his Brethren James and Joses, Simon and Judas, Matt. 13.55. Of the time he was called to the Apostleship, we have no certain Account in Scripture, nor is there any thing in particular Recorded of him, save that Question to our Saviour, John 14.22. Lord, how is it that thou wilt manifest thy self to us, and not unto the World. Because, as others, he had the false Notion of Christ's Tem∣poral Kingdom. Eusebius says, That St. Thomas sent this Apo∣stle to Abgarus, King of Edessa, where he cured Diseases, wrought Miracles, and Converted him and his People, and refused the large Gifts and Presents offered him by that Prince. And Ni∣cephorus says, That the other Thaddaeus, had been there before him, so that he only perfected what he had begun, and died a peaceable Death, but Dorotheus will have him slain, and ho∣nourably interred at Berytus; but most of our Latin Writers say, That he Travelled into Persia, and after great Success for many Years, was cruelly put to Death, for reproving the Su∣perstition of the Magi. His Epistle, according to Eusebius, was not generally Received, for some time, by the Church, but upon very weak and frivolous Arguments; as, his quoting a Passage out of an Apochryphal Book of Enoch; and that other, about the Contention of Michael the Archangel and the Devil about Moses's Body, neither of them being Extant in Scripture; but St. Paul's mentioning Jannes and Jambres, the Magicians that opposed Moses, tho' no where mentioned in Sacred Writ, is a sufficient Answer to that Objection. Hegi∣sippus writes, That some of his Grand-sons were questioned by Domitian the Emperor, who conceived a Jealousy of them, be∣cause they were of the Race of David, and Christ's Kindred; but perceiving the meanness of their Condition, and being in∣formed that Christ's Kingdom was not of this World, he dis∣missed them without farther trouble. Cave's Hist. Litt. Matth. 10.3. Mark 3. Luke 6. Baron. in Annal. & in not. sup. Mart. Rom. Bellarm. de Script. Eccles.
• ...

  Iudea, a Country of Asia in Syria, known by the Name of Pa∣laestina. It was first called The Land of Canaan, The Land of Promise, and now the Holy Land. In our Saviour's time, it was divided into 6 Parts, viz. Into Galilee, Samaria and Judaea, properly so called, on this side Jordan, towards the Mediterranean; and on the o∣ther side of the same River into Trachonitis, Ituraea, or Peraea, and Idumea. Josephus gives us this Description of it: The bound of Judea towards the North, is the Village Anuach, otherwise Bor∣ceos; and towards the South, it reacheth to a Village of Arabia called Jardan, and its breadth is from the River of Jordan to Joppa, and Jerusalem is the Center of it. This goodly Country hath moreover this advantage; that the Sea which waters the length of it quite to Ptolemais, doth not contribute less than the Soil, to make it as delici∣ous and pleasant, as it is fruitful. It is divided into 11 Parts, whereof the City of Jerusalem is the first, as being the Royal City, and chief of all the rest, the other 10 Parts are distributed into so many particular Governments, viz. Gophna, Acrabatane, Tamna, Lidda, Emmaus, Perla, Idumaea, Engadi, Herodion and Jericho▪ Jamnia and Joppa, whose Jurisdictions reach to the neighbouring Countries, are not comprised in this Division; no more than Gama∣litis, Gaulanitis, Bathanea and Trachonitis, which are part of the Kingdom of Agrippa. This Country, which is inhabited by the Syrians and Jews, reacheth in breadth from Mount Libanus and the Springs of Jordan, to the Lake of Tiberius, and in length, from the Village of Arphac to the City of Julias. De Bello Judaic. lib. 3. cap. 4.

• ...
  The Chronological Succession of the Governors and Judges of the Jews.

  A. M. 2544. Moses, the Legislator,	Governed 40 Years.
  2584. Joshua, Leader, or Captain,	About 17
  2600. Othniel, Judge,	40
  2640. Ehud, Judge,	80
  2720. Deborah, with Barac,	40
  2760. Gideon, Judge,	40
  2800. Abimilech, Tyrant,	3
  2803. Thola, Judge,	23
  2826. Jair, Judge,	22
  2848. Jephtha, Judge,	6
  2854. Ibzan, Judge,	7
  2861. Ajalon, or Elon, Judge,	10
  2871. Abdon, Judge,	8
  2879. Sampson, Judge,	20
  2899. Eli, High Priest and Judge,	40
  2939. Samuel, Judge,	22

  The Chronological Succession of the Kings of the Jews.

  A. M. 2962. Saul,	Reigned 18 Years.
  2979. David,	42
  3021. Solomon, Anointed in 3020.	40

  Kings of Judah.

  A.M. 3059. Rehoboam	Reigned 17 Years.
  3076. Abijam,	3
  3079. Asa,	41
  3121. Jehoshaphat,	25
  3145. Joram,	6
  3150. Ahaziah,	1
  3151. Athaliah,	6
  3157. Jehoash.	40
  3196. Amaziah,	29
  3225. Azariah,	52
  3277. Jotham,	16
  3293. Ahaz.	14
  3309. A.R. 9. Hezekiah,	29
  3338. 38. Manasseh,	55
  3393. 93. Amon,	2
  3395. 95. Josiah,	31
  3425. 125. Jehoahaz, or Sellum,	3 Months.
  3425. 125. Jehojachim,	11 Years.
  3436. 136. Jechoniah, or Jehojachim,	3 Months.
  3436. 136. Zedekiah, or Mattanias,	11 Years.

  It was under this Last that Jerusalem was taken by Nebu∣chadnezzar, A. M. 3446. An. Rom. 146. in the XLIII^d. Olympiad, 608 Years before the Christian Aera, in the 140^th. of Nabonassar, and the 424^th. of the Foundation of the Temple.

  Kings of Israel.

  A. M. 3060. Jeroboam I.	Reigned 21 Years.
  3081. Nadab,	1
  3082. Baasha,	23
  3105. Ela,	1
  3106. Zambri, or Zimri,	7 Days.
  3106. Omri,	11 Years.
  3117. Ahab,	21
  3138. Ahaziah,	1
  3139. Joram,	12
  3151. Jehu,	28
  3179. Jehoahaz,	16
  3195. Joash,	16
  3211. Jeroboam II.	41

  Here happened an Interregnum of 11 Years, from the Death of Jeroboam in A. M. 3251. to 3262. which was the 38^th. Year of the Reign of Azariah King of Judah.

  A. M. 3262. Zachariah,	6 Months.
  3262. Shallum,	1 Month.
  3262. Menahem,	10, or 13 Years.
  3275. Pekahiah,	2
  3277. Pekah,	20
  3296. Hoshea,	18

  It was under this King that Samaria was taken by Salmanassar King of the Assyrians, A. M. 3314. An. Rom. 14. in the X^th. Olympiad, 740 Years before the Christian Aera, and 255 after the Revolt of Jeroboam.

  I will add here the High Priests, whereof some were Kings; but shall leave out the Chronology, except where it is certain.

  The Chronological Succession of the High Priests, and last Kings of the Jews.

  A. M. 2545. Aaron,	Was High Priest 38 Years.
  2583. Eleazar.
  Phineas.
  Abisuc.
  Bocci.	Was High Priest
  Ozi.
  Zarajas, or Zararias.
  Merajoth.
  Amarias	Was High Priest 39 Years▪
  2900. Eli.
  Ahitub.
  Ahimelech, Killed in 2978.
  Abiathar, Deposed in 3021.
  Zadoc, under the Reign of Solomon.
  Ahimaaz, under Rehoboam.
  Azarias, under Abias.
  Johanan, or Joram, under Jehoshaphat.
  Azarias, Joazib, or Jesus, under Joram.
  Amarias, or Axiorame, under Achazias.
  Phideas, or Phidaias, according to Josephus.
  Jehoiada, under Athaliah and Joash.
  Zachariah, under Joash.
  Johanan II.
  Sedekias, or Zedekias, under Amasias.
  Azarias, or Joel, under Ozias.
  Amarias, or Nerias, under Joatham.
  Achitob II. or Ʋriah, under Achas.
  Zadoc II. under Manasses.
  Sellum, Saldun, or Solom, under Amon.
  Hilkiah, under Josias.
  Sobnas intruded. Isai. cap. 22.
  Eliachim, under Manasses.
  Azarias III. under Joachim and his Brothers.
  Sarajas, under Zedechiah, until the Burning of the Temple in 3446.
  Josedech, during his Captivity.
  Josue.
  Joachim.
  Eliashib.
  Jehoiada II.
  Jonathan, or John.
  Jaddus, who received Alexander the Great at Jeru∣salem.
  Onias I. under Ptolomy Lagus, in 3722.
  Simon the Just, under Seleucus.
  Eleazar II. under Ptolomy Philadelphus.
  Manasses, under Antiochus Soter.
  Onias II. under Seleucus Callinicus.
  Simon II. under Antiochus the Great.
  Onias III. under Seleucus Philopater.
  Jason, who bought the Priesthood.
  Menelaus, a Simoniack.
  Lysimachus, a Simoniack.
  Alcimus, an Usurper.

  A. M. 3886.	A. R. 586.	Mattathias,	was High Priest 1 Year▪
  3887.	587.	Judas Macchabaeus,	6
  3893.	593.	Jonathas,	17
  3911.	611.	Simon III.	8
  3919.	619.	John, called Hircan,	31
  3950.	650.	Aristobulus, King and Priest,	1
  3951.	651.	Alexander Jannius,	27
  3976.	676.	Hyrcan,	11
  3988.	688.	Aristobulus,	3
  3991.	691.	Hyrcan re-established,	24
  4014.	714.	Antigonus,	3
  4017.	717.	Ananel.
  4019.	719.	Aristobulus.
  		Ananel re-established.
  		Jesus, Son of Phabes.
  		Simon.
  		Matthias.
  		Joazar.
  		Eleazar III.
  		Jesus, Son of Sias.

  A. C. 16. Ismael.
  17. Eleazar IV.	1
  18. Simon,	1
  19. Caiaphas,	17
  36. Jonathas, and his Brother Theophilus,	5
  41. Simon, surnamed Cantheras,	1
  42. Matthias II.	1
  43. Elionee,	1
  44. Simon Cantheras re-established,	1
  45. Joseph.
  Ananus.
  54. Ismael.	6
  60. Joseph, called Caba,	6
  61. Ananus, Son of Ananus,	3 Months
  Jesus, Son of Damneus.
  Jesus, Son of Gamaliel.
  Matthias III. Son of Theophilus.
  Phanasus was High Priest when Jerusalem was ta∣ken, A. C. 70.
  A. R. 714. A. C. 2. Herod the Ascalonite,	Reigned 40 Years.
  Archelaus,	6, or 10

  After this, the Romans governed the Jews. Torniel. Salian. Baronius, Sponde.

• ...

  As concerning the Jews, the Inhabitants of this Country, it will not be needful to set down here the History of them, which may be read in the Scriptures; and therefore I shall only ob∣serve, that the Modern Jews divide their Laws and Ceremonies into 3 Ranks or Orders: The First of which contains all the Precepts of the Written Law, comprised in the 5 Books of Moses. The Second, those of the Oral Law, which are the Traditions collected by their Rabbins, and several Constitutions, which they call The Commandments of the Wise Men, set down in the Book they call Talmud. The Third Sort contains those Things which Use and Custom hath authorized at divers Times, and in diffe∣rent Places; which they call Customs. Of these, the 2 first are generally received by all the Jews, though dispersed through all Parts of the World; but as to the Customs, they are different, according to the several Places where they dwell. Their whole Worship consists only in certain Prayers they make in their Sy∣nagogues; for they offer no Sacrifices since the Destruction of the Temple at Jerusalem. They own 7 Principal Articles of Faith: I. That God is One, Incorporeal, and Eternal. II. That this God alone is to be worshipped. III. That there have been, and may still be Prophets. IV. That Moses was the greatest Prophet that was ever inspired by God; and that the Law he left was dictated by God in all its Precepts. V. That the said Law is immutable; that no∣thing can be added to it, or taken from it. VI. That their Messias is to come, who shall be more puissant than all the Kings of the Earth. VII. That God shall raise the Dead at the End of Time; and that there shall be an Ʋniversal Judgment. There were formerly se∣veral Sects amongst the Jews; the chief of which were, the Sa∣maritans, the Esseans, the Sadducees, and the Pharisees; but the most considerable at present are, the Samaritans, and the Ca∣raites.

  In Turky there are two Sorts of Jews, viz. Such as are born in the Country, and Strangers, so called because their Ancestors came from Spain or Portugal. The former of these wear Tur∣bans like the Christians, of divers Colours; neither can they be distinguished from them, but by their Shooes, which are black, or Violet-colour; whereas those of the Christians are red, or yellow. The Stranger-Jews wear on their Heads a certain Cap, like a Spanish Hat, but without a Brim; and they differ from the other in some Religious Customs and Ceremonies, and have their distinct Sepulchres. Most of these are found in great Numbers in most of the Cities of the Turkish Empire, especially those that are Places of great Trade; as, at Smyrna, Aleppo, Grand Caire, Thessalonica, &c. Their most common Callings are, those of Bankers, Usurers, Custom-house-Men, Brokers, Druggists, Phy∣sicians and Interpreters. They can give a particular Account of all the Merchandizes that are in a City, with the Quality and Price of them. The other Eastern Nations, as, the Greeks, and Armenians, have not the same Capacity; which forceth Mer∣chants to make use of Jews in these Cases. There are some Places in Turkey, where the Inhabitants will not endure them, notwithstanding the Grant they have from the Grand Signior to dwell in any Part of his Dominions: And the Reason of this A∣version is, their unheard of Cruelties which they use against their Debtors and Slaves. The Turky and Eastern Christians common∣ly report of them, That they put to death a Christian-Slave eve∣ry Good-Friday, in Detestation of our Religion; but that they do it very secretly, as having several Times been most exemplarily punished for this abominable Crime.

• * Iudenburg, the Sabathinca Norici of the Ancients, a Town of Germany, in the Upper Styria, on the River Muer, 9 Miles W. from Gratz, and 2 from the Borders of Carinthia. It belongs to the House of Austria. Long. 35. 30. Lat. 47. 15. Baudr.
• Iudges, a Name given to those who governed the Jewish Nation after Moses, and before the Settlement of Kingly Govern∣ment amongst them. They were called in Hebrew, Sophetim; from whence the Carthaginians took the Name of their Sufes, and Sufetes in the Plural, which they gave to their Magistrates; therein imitating the Tyrians, their Ancestors and Founders, who had for some Time Judges for their Soveraigns. Josephus calls them Prophets, either because some of them were so, or because they were endowed with extraordinary Divine Gifts, which dis∣posed them for the performing of those wonderful Actions re∣corded of them in the Scripture. We find two Places in the Bi∣ble, where these Judges are called Kings, Judg. 9.6. and 18.1. but improperly: They had no Power to judge without the San∣hedrim; the Judges being only Governors of the Common∣wealth, that had the Command of their Armies, and resembled much the Sufetes of Carthage, and the Perpetual Archontes of A∣thens. Neither were the Carthaginians and Tyrians the only Peo∣ple that imitated the Hebrews, by giving the Name of Judges to their Soveraigns: The Goths also had their Judges in the IVth. Century; and Athanaricus, who began to rule over them about An. 369. would by no means take to him the Title of King, but only that of Judge; as taking the former to be a Name of Au∣thority and Power, and the latter a Mark of Prudence and Con∣duct. Ferrand. Reflections sur la Religion Chrestienne.
• Iudgment, Ʋnderstanding, in Latin Mens, was a Deity worship∣ped by the Romans; to whom they addressed their Prayers for a good and right Mind, or Understanding. Her Temple was in the Capitol. And Ovid speaks of her in his Fastorum, in these Words,

  Mens quoque Numen habet, Mentis Delubra videmus.

  The Greeks gave the Name of 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 to this Deity: And Plato believed her to be nothing else but the Soul of the World, diffused through the Universe. Tit. Liv. lib. 22. cap. 9. Cicero. Varro.
• * Iudia, is the Metropolis of India extra Gangem. and the King∣dom of Siam. It lies in 16 Degrees of North Latitude, on one of the fairest Rivers in all the Eastern World; so that Ships of the greatest Burthen can unload at the Key. It is strongly wal∣led, though 3 Dutch Miles in compass; having round Towers instead of Bastions, after the old Fashion. The Streets are long and spacious, and the River round the Town 2 Musket-shot over. The Royal Palace is more magnificent than any in the Indies, and strongly fortified, (this was the State of it in 1650.) but in 1655. one Father Thomas, a Neapolitan Jesuit, taught them to fortifie it after the Modern Way. In 1648. this City furnished their King with 52000 Men against the K. of Ava, and a Navy of 20000 Praus, or Barges, for his Carriages. Struys, chap. 4. The River is a Branch of the famous Ganges, and overflows like the Nile.
• Iudith, an holy Widow amongst the Jews, according to the History we have of her in the Apocrypha. St. August. lib. 2. de Doct. Christ. cap. 18. & lib. 18. de Civit. Dei, cap. 26. St. Isidor. lib. 6. Orig. cap. 1. Cassiodor. lib 3. Div. Lection. Torniel, A. M. 3353. & 3572. Bellarm. lib. 1. de Verb. Dei, cap. 12. & de Script. Eccles. Petavius, lib. 12. cap. 26. Doct. Temp. &c.
• Iudith, the Daughter of Guelphus, or Velpo, Count of Ravens∣berg, or Altorf, in Bavaria, was the 2^d. Wife of Lewis I. Empe∣ror, and K. of France, to whom she was married at Francfort, in 819. He had before Children by Ermengarda; but the wan∣ton and ambitious Humour of this Lady being displeasing to the People, they took up Arms, and put her into the Monastery of Our Lady at Laon, and forced her to take the Religious Habi••, in 830. And she was afterwards confined to the Monastery of Poictiers; but the next Year they restored her to her Husband, who had by her Charles the Bald. She died at Tours, April 19. 843. Mezerai Hist. de France.
• Iudith, the Daughter of Charles the Bald, was married to Ethelwolf and Ethelred, Kings of England, and after their Death returned to France, where Baldwin, surnamed Iron-Arm, Earl, or, as others say, Chief Forester of Flanders, run away with her. At which the King being incensed, pursued him; but finding af∣terwards that it was with her Consent, and that of her Brother Charles, surnamed The Stammerer, the King, at the Intercession of Pope Nicholas I. gave way to their Marriage, which was ce∣lebrated at Auxerre in 863.
• * Iudoigne, a Town of Brabant, on the River Gias, 12 Miles S. E. of Louvain, 16 N. of Namur, and 22 E. of Brussels, it be∣longs to the King of Spain.

• * St. Ives, a Market and Burrough-Town of Penrith-Hundred, in the farthest Parts of Cornwal, with a noted Haven upon the Severn-Sea. From this Town the neighbouring Bay is called St. Ives Bay.
• * St. Ives, a goodly Market-Town of Hurstington-Hundred, in the East of Huntingtonshire. So called, says our Author, from one Ivo, a Persian Bishop, who about An. 600. travelled through England, preaching the Gospel, and ended his Days here, but his Body was removed soon after to Ramsey-Abby. Cambd.
• Ives, B^p. of Chartres, who opposed K. Philip I. of France, for leaving his Wife Bertha of Holland, and marrying Bertrada of Montfort, the Daughter of Fulk le Rechin E. of Anjou; being re∣solved never to allow of this Divorce, so contrary to the Laws of the Church. He was in that Esteem for his Piety and Lear∣ning, that he was consulted as the Oracle of his Time. He died Decemb. 22. or 23. 1115. or 16. being 80 Years of Age. He writ several Books, which we have now published by the Care of Joannes Baptista Souchet, Canon of Chartres, since An. 1647. in a great Volume, divided into two Parts: The First contains the Decrets; and the Second, 287 Epistles, 22 Sermons, and one Chronicle.
• Ivetot, A Lordship in the Country of Caux in Normandy. Some Authors say, That it was made a Kingdom by Clotharius I. to make Satisfaction for his having killed Walter, the Lord there∣of, with his own Hand, on Good-Friday, in the Church.
• Ivette, or Iuhra. Guagninus placeth it on the Frozen Ocean, and the Maps between the Obb and the Tobol. Out of this Coun∣try the Hungarians first came; and setling on the Palus Moeotis, from thence passed into Pannonia, now Hungary, under Attila. The Russ brag much of this Province, and say, their Subjects ruined the Roman Empire. Their Language has still an Affinity with the Hungarian Dialect.
• Iugurtha, King of Numidia, Enemy of the Romans. He was the Grandchild of Massinissa, who had Micipsa, his Successor, and two other Sons, Manastabal and Gulassa, by one of his Con∣cubines; which Manastabal was the Father of Jugu••tha, who had his Education in the Court of his Uncle Micipsa, where, upon several Occasions, he gave signal Proofs of his Valour. Micipsa had two Sons, Adherbal and Hiempsal, whom he left under the Guardianship of Jugurtha, who, after he had caused the Latter to be put to death, in an hostile manner pursued the Former, that had made his Escape. The Romans, whose Ally he was, taking his Part, proclaimed War against the Usurper, who de∣fended himself with his Money, by which Means, An. Rom. 643. corrupting the Consul L. Calpurnius Bestia, and the Roman Sena∣tors;

〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• he scattered their Army, and, in scorn, declared that Rome was to be sold, and that any body that would go to the Price, might have her. But for all this, Q. Caecilius Metellus defeated him, in 645, and 2 Years after, he was again vanqui∣shed by Marius, and Bocchus King of Mauritania, his Father-in-law, delivered him bound Hands and Feet to Sylla, in 648, who delivered him to Marius; and so he was one of the Ornaments of their Triumphs, and afterwards being cast into Prison, died for grief. Salust. de Bell. Jugurth. Flor. lib. 2. Hist. Rom. cap. 2. Plutar. in Mar. & Sylla.
• Iuhorski, or Iuhora, a Province in the Northern Part of Muscovy, with a City of the same Name, to which belongs the Island Kolgoi. Olearius's Travels to Muscovy.
• * Ivingo, a Market-Town of Colstow Hundred in the E. parts of Buckinghamshire.
• * Ivica, Lat. Ebusus, an Island belonging to Majorca, E. of Spain, and but 20 Miles in compass, having a secure Haven on the South side of it; affords great plenty of Salt, and has no venomous Creature in it. It belongs to the Bishop of Terragona, and is incompassed with Rocks, which makes the approach very dangerous.
• Iulia, the Daughter of Caesar, and Wife of Pompey. Plutarch tells us, that she died in Child-bed of a Daughter; and as she was the Bond of Friendship between Caesar and Pompey, her death soon produced those Dissentions, which proved the Over-throw of that Common-wealth.
• Iulia, Wife of the Emperor Severus, and Mother of Geta; she afterwards married her Step-Son, Bassianus Caracalla, who had killed Geta his Brother, in 212. Spartian reports, That Ca∣racalla having seen his Mother-in-law uncovered, said, I would, if I might; to which she answering, You may, if you will; where∣upon he married her.
• Iulia, the only Daughter of Augustus, infamous for her wan∣ton and adulterous Life; he had her by Scribonia, and after ha∣ving taken great care of her Education, he married her first to Marcellus, and afterwards to Agrippa, by whom she had 3 Sons, and as many Daughters, Caius Caesar, Lucius Caesar, Agrippa, Posthumus, Julia and Agrippina. Tiberius was the Third Husband of Julia, who had by her a Child, who died young. She aban∣don'd her self to all manner of Lewdness, which did so exaspe∣rate her Father, that he banished her to the Island Pandataria, and afterwards to the City of Rhegium. Julia, was married to Tiberius, but disdained him, as not worthy of that Honour; which, when he was come to the Empire, he revenged up∣on her, by reducing her to that Condition, that she died of Hunger and great Misery. An. Ch. 14. Sueton. in August. & Tiber. Tacit. lib. 1. Annal.
• Iulia, the Daughter of Agrippa and Julia, the Grand-child of Augustus. She was of the same loose and lewd Inclinations with her Mother. She was married to Aemylius Lepidus, by whom she had 2 Children. Augustus, for ••er Adulteries, banished her, An. Ch. 9. to the Isle of Trimetus, upon the Coast of Apuleia, where she died, after 20 Years banishment, being maintained by the Empress Livia, who persecuted the House of Augustus, when it was in a flourishing Condition, and assisted it, when afflicted. Tacit. lib. 4. Annal.
• Iulia of Gonzaga, Dutchess of Trajetta, and Countess of Fon∣di, was renowned in the XVIth. Century, for her Wit and Beau∣ty. She was the Widow of Vespasian Colonna, and dwelt at Fon∣di. Barbarossa having heard of her Beauty, sent some Forces to seize her by night, intending to bestow her for a Present on So∣lyman, the Turkish Emperor; but the Town taking the Alarm, she, in her Shift, made an escape on Horse-back, whereat the Turks being enraged, set fire to the City. Thuanus.
• Iulian, surnamed The Apostate, was the Son of Julius Con∣stantius, Brother of Constantine the Great, his Mother's Name was Basilina. He learnt the Rudiments of Grammar of the Eunuch Mardonius, a Heathen, at Constantinople. Ecebolius, an inconstant Man in the Faith, instructed him in the Art of Rhetorick at Nicomedia, whither the Emperor had sent him, to the end, that the Bishop Eusebius, who was his Uncle, by the Mother's side, might take care to educate him in Godliness, but he was wholly spoiled by Maximus a Philosopher and Magician. His Cousin Constantius was informed of his Manners, and Julian fearing his resentment, made himself a Monk, but tho' outwardly he carried himself as a good Christian, he was a Heathen in secret. Before this time, his Brother Gallus and he, were made Clerks, and dis∣charged the Functions of Readers in the Church Assemblies; they were of very different Tempers, for having undertaken between them, at their own Charges, to build a Church in honour of Mammas, the Martyr; that part of it which Gallus undertook to build, was soon finished, but Julian's part did not advance at all, because he did not urge the building. Some time after, Constantius, at the sollicitation of his Wife Eusebia, declared him Caesar, and in 355, he married Helena, the Emperor's Sister. He had formerly been sent into Gaul, where he over-threw the Barbarians, and vanquished 7 German Kings, restoring Peace to those Provinces. He was Chaste, Learned, Temperate, Vigi∣lant, and Laborious, and outwardly, very Pious, which so gai∣ned him the Affection of the Roman Legions, that they Proclai∣med him Emperor, in 360, and the Death of Constantius, whom he was going to meet in the East, either to justifie himself, or to fight him, made way for him to the Throne, in 361. Where∣upon he immediately caused the Heathen Idol-Temples to be opened, and their Worship to be restored, and took to himself the quality of High-Priest, with all the Pagan Ceremonies; and by the Blood of Sacrifices, endeavoured to efface the Cha∣racter of his Baptism. He re-called all the Hereticks from their Banishment, and restored the Donatists to their Places in Africa, and did not let slip the least occasion, that might prejudice the Christians, whom, in contempt, he called Galileans; and burning in Malice against them to that degree, as to violate the Law of Nations, he did not stick to put to Death the King of Persia's Ambassadors, because they were Christians. In disposing of all Places, he preferred Idolaters before Christians, whom he for∣bad to keep any publick Schools, and did his utmost endea∣vours to change the Holy Laws of the Church into Paganism: To this end, he purposed to erect publick Schools, where the Youth might be instructed in Pagan Religion and Manners, as well as in other Sciences; and to introduce the Singing by turns into the Idol-Temples, together with the Distinction of Places, the Forms of Prayers, and some resemblance of publick Discipline or Penance, for the expiation of scandalous Crimes. He was going to build Hospitals for the Sick and Poor, and Monasteries for the Virgins, but did not live to accomplish these his De∣signs. Above all things, he did his utmost endeavour, to make his Souldiers renounce Christianity, especially those of the Prae∣torian Guard, but most of them, chose rather to lose their Pla∣ces and his Favour, than to Apostatize. Maris, Bishop of Chal∣cedon, having, in publick, reproved him for his Impiety; he, without any Mark of Passion, answered, That his Galilean, for all his Zeal, would not cure him of his Blindness; I bless my Saviour, replied Maris, that being blind, I need not pollute my Eyes, with the beholding of such an Apostate as you are, which the Emperor past by without saying any thing. He very much affected such Actions of Clemency and Moderation, thereby to gain the more Credit to his wicked Designs. He gave leave to the Jews to re-build the Temple at Jerusalem; and seeing himself necessita∣ted to make War with the Persians, he swore the Ruine of the Church, if ever he returned; but rashly engaging with the Ene∣my, without his Coat of Armour, he received a Wound where∣of he died. Theodoret saith, it was a common Report, That feeling himself wounded, he toook a handful of his Blood, and casting it upwards to Heaven, said, Vicisti Galilaee, and so expired with that Blasphemy. His death was revealed to St. Sabas, and An∣chorete, who lived above 20 days Journey from the Field of Bat∣tle, and to some others. This happened, June 26. and in the 31st. Year of his Age. The Works we have of Julian, are a pregnant Testimony of his Excellent Parts, and great Lear∣ning.
• Iulian, Earl of Ceuta, the chief City of a Government of the Goths in Spain, situate upon the Coast of Barbary, near to the Streights of Gibraltar, where the Goths possessed some places, in 71••, who having understood that Roderigo, King of Spain, had ravished his Daughter Caba, dissembled his resentment for some time, and the Arabians having at that time a powerfull Army in Africa, he made use of that Pretence, to get leave of the King to go to his Government, to have a watchfull eye upon them, which, having obtained, he pass d over to Ceuta, whence he writ a Letter to the King, desiring him to let his Daughter come over to see her Mother, before she died, pretending that his Wife was sick to Death, which being also granted him, he com∣municated his Design to Mu a, General of the Army of the Caliph, of Damascus, who was then in Barbary, promising him, not only to put into his Hands all the Places belonging to his Government, but also to make him Master of all Spain, if he would lend him some of his Forces; whereupon, Muza having let him have 12000 Men, he therewith Conquere•• part of Spain, and made way for the Arabians, who subdued the whole Kingdom to the Obedi∣ence of the Caliph. But this unhapp•• Man, who had betrayed his King, being suspected by Muza, for helding Correspondence with the Christians, had his Head cut off by his Order, in 717. Marmol. de l' Africk lib. 2.
• Iulian, a certain King of the Samaritans, under the Reign of Justinian, being taken, with his revolting Subjects, was burnt.
• Iulian, whom others call Julius Sabinus, the Tyrant. He was killed in 275, in Italy near to Verona, by Carinus, as he was on his March towards Pannonia, to stop Dioclesian's Passage, who was coming from the East with a puissant Army. Also Marcus Aurelius Julianus the Tyrant, who rebelled in Africa, at the Head of the Quinquegentians in Dioclesian's time, and being over-come, stabbed himself.
• Iulian, the Uncle of Julian the Apostate, and Minister of his Cruelties, lived in the IVth. Century, and died miserably at An∣tioch, An. 363. He being on a time in the chief Church there, after having offered a Thousand Indignities to the Priests, made his Water against the Altar, and Foelix, the Comptroller of the Emperor's Revenue, seeing the sumptuousness of the Vessels up∣on the Altar, said, in a scornful Way, See how richly the S••n of Mary is served; but the Divine Justice soon over-took them both, for Julian, by a terrrible Disease in his Bowels, voided his Excrements at his Mouth, and Faelix was choaked with his own Blood.
• Iulian, Bishop of Pozzuolo, in the IVth. Century. Pope Leo I. sent him in 449 to the Council of Ephesus. Another of that Name, Bishop of C••••••, was Legate at the Council General of Chalcedon for the same Pope.

• he built an Altar in honour of him, under this Name, and sacri∣ficed there to him in such manner as himself had ordained: Which Ceremonies being not exactly performed by Tu••lus Hosti∣lius, his House was struck with Lightning, and he and his Fami∣ly burnt thereby. Tit. Liv. lib 1.
• Iupiter Feretrius, was so called from the Latin Word Ferre, to carry, because Romulus having vanquished the King of the Ce∣ninenses, a People neighbouring upon the Romans, he carried the Spoils of that King in Triumph to Mount Capitoline, upon a Wooden Bier called Feretrum, and consecrated them to Jupiter; fastening them to an Oak in the same Place where he designed to build a Temple: And ordered, that all the Roman Conque∣rors for Time to come should offer their Spoils to this Jupiter Feretrius. Others suppose, that he was so called from the Word Ferire, which signifies, to smite, or slay, because the Spoils con∣secrated to this God were such only as the General of an Ar∣my had taken from the Enemy's General, having first killed him. The Kings of Rome, at their Inauguration, went to this Temple of Jupiter Feretrius, to receive the Sceptre. Here also they took the Stone, or Flint, which they made use of in the Making of any Alliance. The Ceremony was this, They held the Flint in their Hand whilst they swore to the Treaty; and then casting away the same, said, If I break my Oath may Jupiter throw me as I throw this Stone. Tit. Liv. Corn. Nep. in Attic.
• Iupiter Imperator, so called, either because his Empire reacheth over all, or because he is the Director of Emperors, or Generals of Armies; giving them the Victory, or over∣throwing them, according to his Pleasure. Titus Quintius, Dicta∣tor, having vanquished the Praenestini, brought this their Idol with him to the Capitol.
• Iupiter Inventor, was so called by Hercules, after that he had found his Oxen which Cacus had got into his Cave, near to Mount Palatine, about A. M. 2816. To whom he erected an Altar, and offered Sa rifice to him, according to the Ceremo∣nies of the Graecians; which was afterwards continued by the Latins, and from them derived to the Romans. When Rome was built, this Altar was placed in the 6^th. Quarter, or Ward, of the City, called The Great Circus. Tit. Liv. lib. 1.
• Iupiter Latialis, so called when the Latins enter'd into Al∣liance with Tarquinius Superbus King of the Romans; and when both these People, toget••er with the Volsci and H••rnici, who were joined with them, set a-part a certain Time in the Year to sacrifice to Jupiter, on Mount Albanus in Latium; which Mountain is now called Monte Cavo, near to the City Alba, where they celebrated the ••eriae Latinae, or Latin-Festivals, or Holy-Days.
• Iupiter Pistor, or The Baker, so called by the Romans, be∣cause he had advertised them in a Dream to bake a vast quan∣tity of Bread, and to throw them into the Camp of the Gauls, who were then besieging the City; whereat the Gauls were quite discouraged; and despairing to reduce the Romans, by Famine, to surrender their City, they broke up the Siege.
• Iupiter Sponsor had this Name given him when Tarquinius Superbus built him a Temple at Rome, which was dedicated in the 288^th. Year after the Building of that City. He was al∣so called Dius Fidius, being ordinarily called upon for the per∣forming of Promises, and keeping of ones Word. Dions. Hali∣carnas. lib. 9.
• Iupiter Stator was called by this Name, for having stopped the Flight of the Romans, when they were pursued by the Sa∣bines, who had already made themselves Masters of the Capitol. Romulus seeing his Forces routed, made a Vow to Jupiter of Building him a Temple, if ••e would favour him so far as to rally his Forces, and to give him Victory over his Enemies Whereupon, immediately the Romans took Courage again; and returning upon the Sabines, chas••d them out of Rome. After this Victory, Romulus built the Temple he had vowed, at the Bottom of Mount Palatine. Also M. Attilius Regulus, Consul An. Rom. 460. being engaged in Battel with the Sam∣nites, made a Vow to build a Temple to the same Jupiter Stator; which, after having gained the Victory, he performed, by building a Temple to him in the Flaminian Circus. The Se∣nate sometimes met in the Temple of Jupiter Stator, as Cicero in∣forms us. Tit. Liv. Macrob.
• Iupiter Ʋltor, that is, The Avenger; so called, because they supposed him the Punisher of all Crimes. Agrippa, Son-in-Law to the Emperor Augustus, built a Temple in honour of him, which he called Pantheon, either because, being round, it re∣presented the Heaven, which is the Abode of all the Gods; or because it contained the Figures of all the Deities worshipped by the Romans. The Dome of this Temple was covered with Plates of Silver, which the Emperor Constantius II. took away, and put Lead in their place. Pope Boniface VI. consecrated it to God, in honour of the Blessed Virgin and Martyrs. Since which Time it hath been called Sancta Maria della Rotonda. Dio∣nys. Halicarnas.
• Iura, Mount Jura, or Mount of St. Claudius, a Mountain which reacheth from the River Rhine, to the Neighbourhood of Geneva, near the Rhone. The Mountain called The Great Cre∣d••, which runs along by that River, 4 Leagues beneath Geneva, is a part of th••s Mountain; which the French, Switzers and Ger∣mans call by different Names. This Mountain made that an∣cient famous Division of Burgundy, whereby it was divided into Burgundia Transjurana and Cisjurana, as is elsewhere men∣tioned.
• Ivrea, Lat. Eporedia, a City of Piedmont, on the River Do∣riab••lta, with a Bishop's See, under the Archbishop of Tu∣rin, and a Marquisate, belonging to the Duke of Savoy. This City, according to the Opinion of some Authors, was built 100 Years before the Birth of our Saviour, and is situate in the Country of the ancient Salassi, and gave its Name to this Mar∣quisate, which formerly was so famous under Berengarius, who contended for the Empire with the French, descended from the Kings of Arles. Anscharius was Marquis of Ivrea; which Marquisate came under the Dominion of the Duke of Savoy in 870. The Town is 22 Miles N. of Turin, 29 E. of Susa, and 32 West of Vercelli. Long. 27. 33. Lat. 44. 55.
• * Ivry, Lat. Ibregium, a little Town of France, with a strong Castle, on the River Eure in Normandy; famous for a Victory obtained by Henry the Great, over the Leaguers.
• Iustel (Christophorus,) Counsellor and Secretary to the French King, was born at Paris in 1580. He was a Person of excellent Parts, and had great Inclination for Learning; in which he made an extraordinary Progress. Having finished his Studies at the University, he applied himself to the Study of Ecclesiastical History, and the Councils; and, at the Intreaty of his Friends, published his Codex Ecclesiae Ʋniversae, and The Councils of Africa, with Notes. To which he afterwards added other rare Pieces; as, several Collections of Greek and Latin Canons, taken from Manuscripts: Whence the Bibliotheca Ju••is Canonici veteris was composed; which Hen••y Justel, his Son, and William Voël published in 1661. at Paris, in 2 Volumes in Folio; in which are contained the following Piece••.
  • ...Codex Canonum Ecclesiae Ʋniversae, Graece & Latine.
  • ...Codex Dionysii Exigui Latinus.
  • ...Codex Carthaginensis Ecclesiae.
  • ...Breviarium Fulgentii, Ferrandi ac Crisconii.
  • ...Martini Bracarensis Collectio Canonum Orientalium.
  • ...Crisconii Concordia Canonum.
  • ...Graeci Canonum Collectores, Joan. Antiochenus, Joan. Scholasti∣cus, Alexius Aristinus, Simeon Logotheta, Photius cum Com∣mentario, & Paratitlis Balsamonis. Varia Synodica, cum Notis variorum.
• Christophorus Justel, An. 1645. published his Genealogical Histo∣ry of the H••use of Auvergne, from Records, and other Authentick Proofs: Which is a very curious Piece, illustrating many Par∣ticulars of the French History. He held a Correspondence with all the most famous and learned Men of his Time, and more particularly, with the Most Reverend Archbishop Ʋsher, Mr. Spel∣man, Salmasius, Blondel, and many others. He died at Paris in 1649. being 69 Years of Age. Besides the Works already men∣tioned, he composed a Sacred Geography, which is not yet pub∣lished, because he left it imperfect.
• St. Iustin, a Christian Philosopher and Martyr, who lived in the II^d. Century. He was born at Sichem, called Napoulouse. And having before been a Platonick Philosopher, was miracu∣lously converted to the Faith; which himself hath related in his Writings. Since that Time he was an Honour to the Chri∣stian Religion, as well by his Knowledge, as by his Life, and the great Strength of his Faith. A Persecution being raised by Antoninus, Adrian's Successor, he writ an Apology, which is the Second in his Works, wherein he clears the Christians from the Crimes imputed to them by the Heathens: As, That they were used to kill an Infant in their Assemblies, to eat the Flesh of it; and to defile themselves with Incest at their Nocturnal Meet∣ings. After this he writ another Apology, wherein he evinceth the Innocence and Holiness of the Christian Religion, against Crescens the Cynick, and some other Slanderers: Which pro∣cured for him the Crown of Martyrdom on June 1. according to the Greek Account, or April 13. according to the Roman Martyrology, A. C. 163. Besides these two Apologies, we have also his Dialogue with Tryphon, a learned Jew; his Speech to the Gentiles; a Treatise of the M••narchy or Ʋnity of God. There is also ascribed to him, An Exposition of the Faith, An Epistle to Zena and Serenus, Questions of the Gentiles, Questions and Answers of the Orthodox, &c. Sixtus Senens. Baron. Possevin. Bellarm.
• Iustin I. Emperor of the East, succeeded Anastasius, Ju∣ly 9. 518. He, from a Swine-herd, became a Soldier; and, after having passed all the Degrees of Military Advancement, was raised to one of the chiefest Places of the Empire; and whilst he was in this Post, the Praetorian Guard made him Em∣peror against his Will. As soon as he was advanced to the Throne he re-called all the Exiled Bishops, put down the He∣reticks that had got into their Places, commanded the Ob∣servation of the Council of Chalcedon, and published very se∣vere Edicts against the Arians, who thereupon implored the Assistance of Theodorick King of the Goths, who forced Pope John II. to go to Constantinople in 523. to compose that Affair; whom Justin received with Joy. But upon the News in 526. that an Earthquake had almost wholly overthrown the City of Antioch, he was so extreamly aff••icted, that laying aside his Im∣perial Purple and Diadem, he covered himself with Sack-cloth, and spent many Days in Silence, refusing to speak to any one whatever; so deeply was he affected to see the Wrath of God in such a signal manner di••played against his People. Many

〈1+ pages missing〉〈1+ pages missing〉

• other Cities in the East, were laid wast by the same Misfor∣tune; for the Re-building of which, the Emperor furnished great Summs out of his Treasury, and changed the Names of Anazarha and ••dessa into Justinopolis. Finding himself Old and Crazy, he named Justinian, his Sisters Son, to be his Successor, and died about four Months after, August 1. 527. being the 9th. of his Reign, Aged 77. Zonaras Tom. III. An∣nal. Evagr. lib. 4. &c.
• Iustin II. or The Younger, was the Son of Dulcissimus and Vi∣gilantia, the Sister of Justinian, whom he succeded in 566. He began his Reign very well, but it was not long till he eviden∣ced the viciousness of his Inclination, by abrogating a Law which his Grand-father Just••nian had made, against unlawfull Marriages. He had a Cousin of the same Name, who Com∣manded an Army on the Danube, to hinder the Incursions of the Barba••ians. Before Justin was Declared Emperor, their Pre∣tensions were equal, and therefore they had made an Agree∣ment, That which ever came to the Throne should make the other the Chief Person of the Empire next himself; but con∣trary to this Engagement, he sends for him to Constantinople, and having thence Ordered him to go to Alexandria, he got him Strangled there in his Bed, An. Ch. 567. He also caused the 2 Senators Etherius and Addaeus to be put to death. The conti∣nual Complaints of the Poor that were Oppressed by the Great Ones, made him nominate a Praetor, with Power to seize any Person how great soever, even at the Emperor's Table. Soon after, the Empire being Invaded by the Avari, Lombards and Persians, it so troubled him, that he grew Distracted; where∣upon the Empress Sophia was forced to make Peace with the Persians, and Tiberius was Declared Caesar to support the Weight of the Empire, during the Malady of Justinus, who died 577, or 578. after having Reigned 12 or 13 Years. Zonar. in Annal. Evagr. lib. 5. Hist. Paul. Diacon.
• Iustin the Historian, lived, according to the most probable Opinion, under the Reign of Antoninus Pius in the IId. Centu∣ry. He abridged the History of Trogus Pompeius. Voss. de Hist. Lat. lib. 1. cap. 32.
• Iustina, the Wife of Magnentius the Tyrant, and afterwards married to Valentinian the Elder, was the Mother of Valentinian the Younger, and of Galla, married to Theodosius. The Arians having inveigled the Spirit of this Princess, she with great Ob∣stinacy maintained their Errors, and persecuted the Orthodox, and more especially the Prelates, with an extream fury; it was at her instigation, that Valentinian, her Husband, refused to see St. Martin of Tours, and that her Son, Valentinian the Younger, was not very favourable to St. Ambrose, who having refused to grant a Church to the Arians in Milan, the Empress was so enraged thereat, that she resolved to ruine him; tho' afterwards she was fain to make use of the said St. Ambrose, to appease the Tyrant Maximus; and some time after, retiring to Thessalonica with her Son, she died there, in 388. St. Ambros. Epist. ad Marcel. Zosim. lib. 4. Sozomen lib. 7. Rusin. Socrat. Baronius.
• Iustinian I. was the Son of Justin the Elder, called Vigilan∣tio, and of Sabatius. He was made Nobilissimus, and afterwards Caesar and Augustus, April 1. 527, and some Months after succee∣ded him. He conquered the Persians, by Belisarius his Gene∣ral, in 528, and by his means also, in 542, and 43, he exter∣minated the Vandals, having taken their King Gilimer. He re∣gained Africa, sub••ued the Goths in Italy, made their K. Viriges his Prisoner, defeated the Moors, vanquished the Rob••lling Sa∣maritans, and restored the Roman Empire to that high pitch of Glory, at which it was arrived during its first Emperors; ha∣ving before this crushed the threatning Rebellion of Hypatius Pompeius and Probus, Nephews of the Emperor Anastasius, which had taken its rise from the 2 Parties or Factions of the Circus, called The Green, and The Light Blew. This Sedi••ion was so formidable, that Justinian supposing all lost, was about to quit the Palace, but being re-assured by the Empress, and courageou∣sly defended by Belisarius and Mundus, the Rebels were De••ea∣ted, and afterwards Executed. Just••nian seeing himself thus at Peace on all hands, resolved to Collect all the Roman Laws into one Body, and having chosen 10 of the Ablest Men of the Em∣pire for this Work, to compile the same from the Codex's of Gregorius, Theodosius and Hermogenes, he gave it the Name of Co∣dex Justinianus. The Laws of the Judges and Magistrates di∣spersed in near 200 Books, were reduced to the number of 50, in 533, and were called the Digesta, or Pandectae. He composed also 4 Books of Institutions, being an Abridgment of the Text of all the Laws; the new Laws which had been made by him∣self, were also compiled into one Volume, which was called Co∣dex Novellarum, An. Ch. 541. All these great and worthy Acti∣ons, made Justinian very famous. He died Novemb. 13. 565, or 66. Aged 83, whereof he had Reigned 39. Justinian abo∣lished the Consulship, built a great number of Churches, and above all, that of Sancta Soph••a at Constantinople, esteemed to be one of the Wonders of Architecture, and repaired some Cities. Pro∣cop. de bell. Pers. Vandal. & Gott. Evagr. lib. 4. Agathias. Nicephor. Paul. Diaconus. Baron. in Annal.
• Iustinian II. alias, The Younger, surnamed Rhinotmetus, or Cropt-nose, at 16 Years of Age succeeded his Father Constantinus Barbatus, in Septemb. 685. At his coming to the Throne, he re∣covered several Provinces of the Roman Empire, which the Sa∣racens had usurped, and vouchsafed them Terms of Peace, up∣on Condition of their b••coming Tributaries; but afterwards, in 690, he broke the Treaty he had ma••e with them, upon pre∣tence that the Money they paid him was not stampt with his Image; but he soon repented this Breach of Faith, the Arabi∣ans having utterly Defeated his Army. This his Perfidiousness and ill Success, made him odious to the People, and gave occa∣sion to ••e••ntius to Depose and Banish him into the Chers••nesus, having first cut off h••s Nose, in 694. Leontius being made Em∣peror in his stead, was Deposed in 697, by Tiberius Abstinarus, who Reigned about 7 Years; at the end of which Justinian was Restored, about 704, or 705, with the Assistance of Trebellius, K. of the Bulgarians, who took the City of Constantinople, having entered part of his Forces into it through an Aquaduct. Justi∣n••an being thus Restored, caused Leontius to be Beheaded, not withstanding that he had retired himself to a Monastery, and did the same to Absimarus; and as oft as there fell the least Drop from his cut Nose, he never failed to sacrifice some Senator to his Revenge; he caused also the Patriarch Callinicus his Eyes to be put out; and forgetting the great Obligations laid upon him by the Bulgarians, in restoring him to his Throne, he waged War against them, with a Success worthy of his Ingratitude, his Army having been wholly Defeated, and himself narrowly esca∣ping. Not long after, he was killed, together with his Son Ti∣berius, by his Successor Philippicus Bardane••, in 711. Paul Diacon. lib. 6. Theophanes & Cedren. in Annal. Graec. Athanas. in Constantinop.
• Iustinian, Nephew to the Emperor Justin the Younger. Sophia, the Wife of the latter, had advanced Tiberius to the Throne, in hopes of marrying him; but when she saw he had bestowed the Title of Augusta upon his Wife, she was so enra∣ged thereat, that she conspired against Tiberius in favour of this Justinian; but Tiberius, instead of revenging himself of him, reproved him mildly, pardoned him generously, and employed him in his Wars against the Persians.
• Iustiniani, or Iustinian (Bernard) of Venice, was Ambas∣sador at Rome, in 1471, to Pope Sixtus IV. and at his return, composed the Life of St. Laurentius Justiniani, his Uncle, which we have at the beginning of the Works of that great Prelate, printed at Basil. He also publish'd a Treatise of the Original of Venice, the History of the Goths, and the Life of St. Mark the Evangelist, with other Works. Trithem. de Script. Eccles. Vos∣sius de Hist. Lat. Paul. Jovius in Elog. Doct. cap. 115.
• Iustiniani (Peter) of Venice, the Son of Lewis, a Senator of that Republick, lived towards the end of the XVIth. Centu∣ry, in 1576. He acquired a great Repute by his Abilities, and his History of Venice, which he published in 16 Books with the Title of Rerum Venetarum ab Ʋrbe Condita, Hist••ria, which was Translated into Italian by Joseph Orologio.
• Iustinopolis, or Iu••••imanaa, a City of Bulgaria, and Birth-place of the Emp. Justinian the Elder, which before was called Bederina by Agathias and Tauresia, according to Procopius, and afterwards Acrida; the said Emperor put his own Name upon it, and made it the Metropolis of the Provinces of both the Dacia's Triballia, Dardania, the Upper Moesia and Pannonia. This City was called Justinianaea the First, the Second being in the Up∣per Moesia, and the Third in Chalcedonia.
• Iustitia, a Goddess worshipped by the Heathens. She was represented in the figure of a Virgin, with a severe Look, hol∣ding a pair of Scales in one hand, and a Sword in the other, or Rods, and a bundle of Hatchets, and sitting upon a square Stone. She was also frequently represented Blind-fold, to show, that Justice must be without all distinction of Persons. The Egyptians made the Statues of Justice without a Head, to inti∣mate, that Judges must do nothing of their own Heads, but whol∣ly divest themselves of their own Opinions and Incli••a••ions, and purely f••llow the Decision of the Laws. The G••••eks con∣founded Justice with Astraea, the Daughter of As••••a••••, or, as o∣thers, of Jupiter and Themis. See Astraa.
• Iusts, single Combats with Sword or Lance, practis••d ge∣nerally after Turnaments, and when Knights offe••ed to fight single, ag••inst any that would take them up, upon the Condi∣tions mentioned in their Challenge. These were c••lled Justs, from Juxta, because the Champions sought at no Di∣stance.
• Iutland, a Peninsula, which is one of the most considerable Parts of the Kingdom of Denmark, and the Che••sonesus Cim∣brica of the Ancients. It is commonly divided into South-Jut∣land and North-Jutland, and is situate between the Hanseatick-Towns, the Baltick and German-Sea, and the Dukedoms of Hol∣stein and Sleswick. South-Jutland contains four small Provin∣ces. North-Jutland also is divided into four Parts, viz. Ripen, Arhusen, Wiborg and Alborg. Those that inhabit the Sea-Coast of Jutland, dwell in little Houses or Cottages, because the Wind frequently drives so much Sand upon them, that they are forced to get out at the top of them. The Name Jutland, is derived from the Jutti, the Inhabitants thereof, supposed to be the same with Gothi, or Gotti, and that of Chersonesus Cim∣brica, from the Cimbri. Golnitz has given us a notable Descrip∣tion of this small Country, which the curious may have re∣course to. Charles Gustavus, King of Swedeland, took Jutland in his late Wars, and passed thence on the Ice to the neighbou∣ring Island.
• Iuturna, a Goddess or Nymph, worshipped by the Romans, especially by the Women and Maids; the Women expecting,